Class -X

Social Science - 2022-23

 The Rise of Nationalism in Europe
SUMMARY
1. During the nineteenth century, nationalism emerged as a force which brought about sweeping changes in the
political and mental world of Europe. The final result of these changes was the emergence of the nation-state in
place of the multinational dynastic empire of Europe.

2. The first clear expression of nationalism came with the French Revolution in 1789. France was a full-fledged
territorial state in 1789 under the rule of an absolute monarch. The political and constitutional changes that came
in the wake of the French Revolution led to the transfer of sovereignty from the monarchy to a body of French
citizens.

3. A new French flag, the tricolour, was chosen to replace the former royal standard. The Estates-General was
elected by the body of active citizens and renamed the National Assembly. New hymns were composed, oaths
taken and martyrs remembered, all in the name of the nation.

4. The news of the events in France reached the different cities of Europe. As a result, people in these cities began
setting up Jacobin clubs. Their activities and campaigns prepared the way for the French armies which moved
into Holland, Belgium, Switzerland and Italy and spread there the idea of nationalism. The cities like Brussels,
Mainz, Milan and Warsaw also welcomed the French armies. They began to view the French armies as harbingers
of liberty.

5. There were no nation-states in mid-eighteenth-century Europe. Germany, Italy and Switzerland were divided
into several kingdoms. Eastern and central Europe was under autocratic monarchies within the territories of which
lived diverse peoples. Often, they spoke different languages and belonged to different ethnic groups. The only tie
binding these diverse groups together was a common allegiance to the emperor.

6. The continent of Europe was dominated by the landed aristocracy. Although it constituted a small group, it was
very powerful. The majority of the population was made up of the peasantry. With industrialization, new social
groups which included a working-class population and middle classes made up of industrialists, businessmen,
professionals etc. came into being. However, the educated, liberal middle classes began to think of ways to abolish
aristocratic privileges.

7. Ideas of national unity in early-nineteenth-century Europe were closely allied to the ideology of liberalism. For
the new middle classes liberalism stood for freedom for the individual and equality of all before the law. In the
economic sphere, liberalism stood for the freedom of markets and the abolition of state-imposed restrictions on
the movement of goods and capital.

8. Napoleon, who ruled France for more than a decade, was defeated by the collective power of Britain, Russia,
Prussia and Austria. Afterwards, the representatives of these European powers met at Vienna in 1815 and drew
up the treaty of Vienna with the object of undoing most of the changes that had come about in Europe during the
Napoleonic wars. The main intention was to restore the monarchies and create a new conservative order in Europe.

9. Conservative regimes set up in 1815 were autocratic. They did not tolerate criticism and dissent and imposed
censorship on newspapers, books, plays and songs that reflected the ideas of liberty and freedom. Many liberal-
nationalists, therefore, went underground. Secret societies in many European states began to train revolutionaries
who aimed at the creation of nation-states.
10. One such revolutionary was Giuseppe Mazzini who hailed from Italy. He became a member of the secret
society of the Carbonari. Afterwards he founded two more underground societies whose members were young
men from Poland, France, Italy and the German states.

11. Revolutions led by the liberal-nationalists spread in many regions of Europe. The first upheaval took place in
France in July 1830 as a result of which the Bourbon kings were overthrown and a constitutional monarchy with
Louis Philippe as its head was installed. The July Revolution sparked an uprising in Brussels which led to Belgium
breaking away from the United Kingdom of the Netherlands.

12. The growth of revolutionary nationalism in Europe gave rise to a struggle for independence amongst the
Greeks. In 1832, the Treaty of Constantinople took place which finally recognized Greece as an independent
nation.

13. Culture also played an important role in creating the idea of the nation. Art and poetry, stories and music
helped express and shape nationalist feelings. Language too contributed a lot in the development of nationalist
sentiments.

14. With an enormous increase in population in the nineteenth century Europe led to widespread poverty in town
and country. In 1848, the poor people of Paris came out on the roads forcing Louis Philippe to flee. A National
Assembly proclaimed a republic, granted suffrage to all adult males above 21, and guaranteed the right to work.
National workshops to provide employment were set up.

15. Revolutions were also started by the educated middle classes belonging to Germany, Italy, Poland and the
Austro-Hungarian Empire. They took advantage of the growing popular unrest to push their demands for the
creation of a nation-state on parliamentary principles. Monarchs now began to realize that cycles of revolution
and repression could only be ended by granting concessions to the liberal-nationalist revolutionaries.

16. As nationalist feelings were widespread among middle-class Germans, in 1848 they tried to unite the different
regions of the German confederation into a nation-state governed by an elected parliament. Prussia took on the
leadership of the movement for national unification. Its Chief Minister, Otto von Bismarck played an important
role in this process. After the completion of the unification, the Prussian King, William I was proclaimed German
Emperor in January 1871.

17. Like Germany, Italy too had a long history of political fragmentation During the middle of the nineteenth
century, Italy was divided into seven states, of which only one, Sardinia-Piedmont was ruled by an Italian princely
house. Even the Italian language had not acquired one common form.

18. Chief minister of Sardinia-Piedmont named Cavour led the movement to unify the regions of Italy.

19. Through a tactful diplomatic alliance with France engineered by him, Sardinia-Piedmont succeeded; in
defeating the Austrian forces in 1859. Apart from regular troops, a large number of armed volunteers under the
leadership of Giuseppe Garibaldi joined the fray. In 1860, they marched into South Italy and the Kingdom of the
Two Sicilies and succeeded in driving out the Spanish rulers. In 1861, Victor Emmanuel II was proclaimed king
of United Italy.

20. In Britain, the formation of the nation-state was not the result of a sudden upheaval or revolution.
21. It was the result of a long-drawn-out process. The new British nation was forged through the j propagation of
a dominant English culture. The symbols of the New Britain – the British flag, the j national anthem, the English
language etc. were actively promoted.

22. Artists in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries began to represent a country as if it were a person.

23. Nations were then portrayed as female figures. The female form that was chosen to personify the nation did
not stand for any particular woman in real life; rather it sought to give the abstract idea of the nation as a concrete
form. Thus, the female figure became an allegory of the nation. In France, she was christened Marianne which
underlined the idea of a people’s nation. Similarly, Germania; became the allegory of the German nation.

24. By the last quarter of the nineteenth-century nationalism no longer retained its idealistic liberal-democratic
sentiment of the first half of the century, but became a narrow creed with limited ends. During this period,
nationalist groups became increasingly intolerant of each other and ever ready to go to war.

25. It was this sentiment that led Europe to disaster in 1914 when the First World War broke out. However, the
19th century also witnessed the growth of anti-imperial movements in different parts of the world.

The Rise of Nationalism in Europe Class 10 CBSE Notes Important Terms

Absolutist: The term refers to a form of monarchical government that was centralized, militarized and repressive.

Utopian: A vision of a society that is so ideal that it is unlikely to actually exist.

Plebiscite: A direct vote by which all the people of a region are asked to accept or reject a proposal.

Suffrage: The right to vote.

Conservatism: A political philosophy that stressed the importance of tradition, established institutions and
customs, and preferred gradual development to quick change.

Feminist: Awareness of women’s rights and interests based on the belief of the social, economic and political
equality of the genders.

Ideology: System of ideas reflecting a particular social and political vision.

Ethnic: Relates to a common racial, tribal, or cultural origin or background that a community identifies with or
claims.

Allegory: Expression of an abstract idea such as greed, envy, freedom, liberty through a person or a thing.

Feudalism: A social system that existed in Europe during the Middle Ages in which people worked and fought
for nobles who gave them protection and the use of land in return.

Nationalism: Devotion for one’s own nation’s interests over those of all other nations.
Notes of History Class 10 Chapter 1 Time Period

1797: Italy invaded, beginning of Napoleonic wars

1804-15: Siberian Revolution against the Ottoman Empire

1815: Congress of Vienna

1821-29: Greek War of Independence against the Ottoman Empire

1830-31: Belgian Revolution

1830-31: Revolution in Poland and Lithuania

1846: Uprising in Greater Poland

1848: Nationalist revolts in Hungary, Italy and Germany

1859-61: Italy unified

1866-71: Germany unified

(MCQ/Very short questions)

1. Identify the correct statement with regard to ‘The Act of Union -1707’ from the following options.
A. The British monarchy surrendered the power to English Parliament.
B. The British parliament seized power from Ireland.
C. The formation of the ‘United Kingdom of Great Britain’.
D. The British nation was formed as a result of a war with Scotland and Wales.
ANS: OPTION C
2. Which of the following treaty recognized Greece as an independent nation?
A. Treaty of Sevres B. Treaty of Versailles
C. Treaty of Lausanne D. Treaty of Constantinople
ANS: OPTION D
3. Who among the following was the founder of ‘Young Europe’ underground secret society in Berne?
A. Giuseppe Garibaldi B. Giuseppe Mazzini
C. Count Cavour D. Otto von Bismark
ANS: OPTION B

4. Which of the following was the result of the Act of Union, 1707?
A. Unification of Germany B. Unification of the kingdom of Great Britain
C. Unification of Italy D. Unification of Vietnam
ANS: OPTION C
 5. Identify the correct statement with regard to the ‘Zollverein’ from the following options:
A. It was a coalition of Prussian states formed to manage political alliances.
B. Its aim was to bind the Prussia politically into an association.
C. It was a Custom Union at the initiative of Prussia.
D. It helped to awaken and raise national sentiment in Europe
5. Which of the following countries were involved in the Three Wars with Prussia and ended with victory and
unification of Germany?
A. Austria, Poland and France B. Austria, Denmark and France
C. Austria, Turkey and France D. Austria, England and France
ANS: OPTION B
6. Identify the ideology under which people demanded freedom of markets in earlynineteenth-century Europe.
A. Romanticism B. Liberalism
C. Socialism D. Rationalism
ANS: OPTION B
7. Why did Slavic nationalist struggle in the 19th century? Give one reason
ANS: The Slavic nationalist struggle in the 19th century mainly to define their identity and independence.
8. Why did France take up the idea of civilizing mission during mid- nineteenth century? Give one reason
ANS: They wanted to spread their religion and custom all over the world.
9. Why did Charles Dickens write about the terrible effects of industrialization on people’s lives and characters'?
Give one reason.
ANS: To bring out the undervalued lives of the industrial workers. It was feared that if there was no control over
what was printed and read then rebellious and irreligious thoughts might spread.
10. Who was Frederic Sorrieu?
Ans: A French artist
11.To which country did the artist Frederic Sorrieu belong?

Ans: France

12. Why did French artist, Frederic Sorrieu prepare a series of print based on democratic and socialist republics
in 1848?
Ans: to reflect the vision of a world full of democratic and socialist republics. He visualized his dreams of
democratic world in these paintings.

13. What does ‘Absolutist’ mean?

Ans: An absolutist is someone who believes that the best form of government allows one person to hold all the
power. North Korea is an example of a country
14. What was the concept of a ‘modern state’?
Ans: The modern state achieved unprecedented control over social, economic, and cultural activities within its
boundaries.
15. What do the ideas of ‘la Patrie’ and ‘le Citoyen’ emphasize?
Ans: fatherland and citizen
16. Which new name was given to ‘The Estates General’?
Ans: National Assembly
17. Which new social groups emerged after industrial revolution?
Ans: A working class population and middle classes made up of industrialists, businessmen and professionals.
18. What is the origin of the word ‘Liberalism’? What did it mean?
Ans: Liberalism originates from ‘liber’ means free. Liberalism stood for a representative government through
parliament and the constitution.
19. Why was Zollverein formed?
Ans: to manage tarrifs and economic policies within their territories.
20. Which countries met at Treaty of Vienna?
Ans: Austria, Great Britain, Prussia and Russia on 25 March 1815
21. Who hosted the Treaty of Vienna?
Ans: Austrian Chancellor Duke Metternich
22. What was the main aim of Treaty of Vienna 1815?
Ans: To undo most of the changes that had come about in Europe during the Napoleonic wars, to re-establish
conservative regions in Europe.
23. Who was Giuseppe Mazzini?
Ans: A revolutionary, founder of Young Italy and Young Europe.
24. Which two underground societies were formed by Giuseppe Mazzini?
Ans: Young Italy and Young Europe
25. Who was Otto von Bismarck?
Ans: Chief Minister of Prussia
26. Who was proclaimed the King of United Italy in 1861?
Ans: Victor Emanuel II
27. What was the Allegory of Germany?
Ans: Germania
28. Who remarked “when France sneezes the rest of Europe catches cold”.
Ans: Duke Metternich
29. Who was proclaimed German Emperor in a ceremony held at Versailles in January 1871?
Ans: Kaiser William I
30. Who was the called the Bismarck of Italy?
Ans: Garibaldi
VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS FOR 2 MARKS
1. Name the painting prepared by Frederic Sorrieu in 1848.
Ans: In 1848 Frederic Sorrieu prepared the painting ‘The Dream of Worldwide Democratic and
Social Republics-The Pact between Nations.’
2. What is conservatism?
Ans: It is a political philosophy that stressed the importance of tradition, established institutions and
customs and preferred gradual development to quick change.
3. What was the main aim of the French Revolution?
Ans: Liberate the people of France and Europe from despotism.
4. Why Count Camillo de Cavour was remembered in history?
Ans: Chief Minister of Italy during its unification.
5. What is a nation state?
Ans: Sense of common identity, common language and shared history.
6. What is the main contribution of French Revolution to the world?
Ans: The transfer of sovereignty from the monarchy to a body of French citizens, unity, liberty and
fraternity
7. What was the result of the Act of Union?
Ans: Making of Great Britain
8. What is nationalism?
Ans: the sense of collective identity, shared common culture, language and tradition.
9. What was Napoleonic code?
Ans: Reforms introduced by Napoleon in 1804, removed privileges based on birth, established
equality before law and secure right to property.
10. How did 18th and 19th century artists begin personifying a nation in an allegory?
Ans: female figures became allegory of nations, Marianne in France, Germania in Germany.

Short questions (3M)

1. How had the female figures become an allegory of the nation during the 19th century in Europe?
Ans: Nations were portrayed as female figure.
The female form that was chosen to personify the nationdid not stand for any particular woman in
real life.
It gives an abstract idea of the nation in concreteform.

2. The decade of 1830 had brought great economic hardships in Europe’. Support the statement with
arguments.
Ans: Enormous increase in population, more jobs seekers than employment, population from rural
areas migrated to cities, small producers faced competition, and peasant struggled under the feudal
dues, rise of price of food crops and bad harvest.
3. Describe the role of culture in shaping the feelings of nationalism in Europe from 1830 to the end of
19th century.
Ans: Culture helped to express and shape nationalist feeling, shared collective heritage, criticized the
glorification of reason and science, German philosophers Johann Gottfried popularized the true spirit
of nation through folk song, folk poetry and folk dance.

4. What were main aims of the Treaty of Vienna of 1815?

Ans: The Bourbon dynasty was restored to power and France lost the territories it had annexed.
A series of states were set up o the boundaries of France.
Prussia was given important new territories on its western frontiers, while Austria was given control
of Northern Italy.
The German confederation of 39 states was left untouched.

5. Explain the contribution of Otto von Bismarck in German unification.

Ans: Bismarck was the Chief Minister of Prussia, he carried out the process of German unification
with the help of Prussian army and bureaucracy, the unification was done by three wars for seven
years, after winning Bismarck became the chancellor of North Confederation, and the King of Prussia
William I was crowned as the German Emperor.

6. Explain any three causes of conflict in the ‘Balkan area’ after 1871.
Ans: Slav nationalities struggle for their identity and independence, the Balkan states were fiercely
jealous of each other and wanted to gain more territory, rivalry among the European powers over trade
and colonies as well as army and naval might, Balkan tension led to a series of wars and finally the
First World War.

7. Why was Zollverein formed?

Ans: (a) In 1834, a custom union or zollverein was formed at the initiative of Prussia.
(b) The aim of zollverein was to bind the Germans economically into a nation.
© The Union abolished the tariff barriers and reduced the number of currencies from over thirty to
only two.
8. What was the Act of Union, 1707?
Ans: Scotland got incorporated in Britain through this Act of Union of 1707, England could impose
its influence on Scotland, The catholic clans of Scottish Highlands suffered terrible repression, they
were forbidden to speak their Gaelic language, wear their national dress, many were forcibly driven
out of their homeland.

9. Explain any three beliefs of the conservatism that emerged after 1815.
Ans: They did not tolerate criticism and dissent, curbed activities that questioned the legitimacy of
autocratic governments, censorship on media,
10. Explain any five social and administrative reforms introduced by Napoleon in regions under his
control.
Ans: (a) did away all privileges based on birth. Simplified administrative divisions
(b) Established equality before the law and secured the right to property.
 © Simplified administrative division, abolished the feudal system, freed peasants from serfdom and
manorial dues,

Long questions (5M)

1. Describe the events of French Revolution which had influenced the people belonging to other parts of
Europe.
Ans: The French revolution took place in 1789 had various impacts on Europe.
-the revolution led to the setting up of Jacobin Clubs in different cities of Europe.
-paved way for the French armies to move into Holland, Belgium, Switzerland and some parts of Italy.
-the idea of nationalism began to be carried by French armies
-rise of Napoleon, the concept of equality of law and uniform laws, liberate the people of Europe from
despotic rulers
-the concept of nation states.

2. Explain the contribution of Otto von Bismarck in German unification.

Ans: Germany was united by the Prussian Chief Minister Otto Von Bismarck with the help of the
Prussian Army and bureaucracy. Prussia fought three wars with Austria, Denmark and France over seven
years and won. It completed the process of unification. Finally the German Empire was proclaimed and
William I was crowned as the Emperor.

3. Explain the process of unification of Italy.

Ans: The Italian state of Sardinia-Piedmont played the role of uniting Italy, similar to that play by Prussia
in the case of Germany. Count Camillo de Cavour the chief minister of Sardinia Piedmont led the
movement to unite the separate states of 19th century Italy with the help of army and an alliance with
France. The regions annexed by Giuseppe Garibaldi and his Red Shirts joined with the Northern regions
to form a united Italy in 1861. The Papal states joined it in 1870.

4. Describe any five steps taken by the French revolutionaries to create a sense of collective identity among
the French people.
Ans: They introduced the idea of la patrie and le citoyen, concept of a uited community enjoying equal
rights under a constitution-new French flag to replace royal standard flag-the Estates General, elected
body of active citizens, renamed the National Assembly-new hymns composed, oaths taken, martyrs
commemorated-established centralized administrative system, formulated uniform law for all-adopted
uniform system of weights and measures, internal custom duties were abolished-promoted French
language, discouraged regional dialects…
5. Describe the process of unification of Britain.
Ans: In Britain, the formation of nation state was not the result of a sudden upheaval or revolution-it was
a long drawn process.-role of ethnic groups: their cultural identities-steady growth of the English nation
in case of wealth, importance and power, Act of unior 1707- between Scotland and England-language
and religious policies-1801 Ireland was incorporated forcibly into Britain.

Source base Question

Following the defeat of Napoleon in 1815, European governments were driven by a spirit of
conservatism. Conservatives believed that established, traditional institutions of state and society – like
the monarchy, the Church, social hierarchies, property and the family –should be preserved. Most
conservatives, however, did not propose a return to the society of pre-revolutionary days. Rather, they
realized, from the changes initiated by Napoleon, that modernization could in fact strengthen traditional
institutions like the monarchy. It could make state power more effective and stronger. A modern army,
an efficient bureaucracy, a dynamic economy, the abolition of feudalism and serfdom could strengthen
the autocratic monarchies of Europe. In 1815, representatives of the European powers who had
collectively defeated Napoleon, met at Vienna to draw up a settlement for Europe. The Congress was
hosted by theAustrian Chancellor Duke Metternich. The delegates drew up the Treaty of Vienna of 1815
with the object of undoing most of the changes that had come about in Europe during the Napoleonic
wars. The Bourbon dynasty, which had been deposed during the French Revolution, was restored to
power, and France lost the territories it had annexed under Napoleon. A series of states were set up on
the boundaries of France to prevent French expansion in future.
1. Which of the following statements correctly describes about European conservative ideology?
A. Preservation of believes introduced by Napoleon
B. Preservation of two sects of Christianity
C. Preservation of socialist ideology in economic sphere
D. Preservation of traditionalist beliefs in state and society
Ans: D. Preservation of traditionalist beliefs in state and society

2. Identify the purpose to convene the Vienna of Congress in 1815 from the following options?
A. To declare competition of German unification
B. To restore conservative regime in Europe
C. To declare war against France
D. To start the process of Italian Unification
Ans: B. To restore conservative regime in Europe

3. What did conservatives focus on at the Congress of Vienna? Select the appropriate option.
A. To re-establish peace and stability in Europe
B. To establish socialism in Europe
C. To introduce democracy in France
D. To set up a new Parliament in Austria
Ans: A. To re-establish peace and stability in Europe

4. How did the Congress of Vienna ensure peace in Europe? Select the appropriate option.
A. With the restoration of Bourbon Dynasty
B. Austria was not given the control of Northern Italy
C. Laying out a balance of power between all the great powers in Europe
D. By giving power to the German confederation
Ans: C. Laying out a balance of power between all the great powers in Europe
 Nationalism in India
Summary
1. In India, the growth of modern nationalism is closely connected to the anti-colonial movement. People
began discovering their unity in the process of their struggle with colonialism.
2. The national movement began spreading to new areas and developing new modes of struggle after the
First World War in 1919. The reason was clear. People were hopeful that their hardships would end after the war
was over. But that did not happen. At this stage, a new mode of struggle was necessary to initiate under the
guidance of a leader.
3. Mahatma Gandhi emerged as the new leader with his idea of satyagraha. The idea of satyagraha
emphasized the power of truth and the need to search for truth. A satyagrahi could win the battle through non-
violence. Mahatma Gandhi believed that non-violence could unite all Indians.
4. After arriving in India from South Africa, Mahatma Gandhi successfully organized satyagraha movements
at various places such as Champaran in Bihar, Kheda and Ahmedabad in Gujarat, etc. and got huge success.
5. In 1919, Gandhiji decided to launch a nationwide satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt Act (1919).
This Act gave the government enormous powers to repress political activities and allowed detention of political
prisoners without trial for two years.
6. Rallies began to be organized in various cities against such unjust laws. Workers went on strike in railway
workshops, and shops were closed down. On 13 April, 1919 the infamous Jallianwala Bagh incident took place.
Thousands of innocent people were killed when General Dyer opened fire on them.
7. This ghastly action of the British angered the common mass in India. They took to the streets in towns
and attacked government buildings. The government responded with brutal repression, seeking to humiliate and
terrorize people.
8. Mahatma Gandhi now launched a more broad-based movement in India. This movement came to be
known as the non-cooperation movement. It began in 1920. Various social groups participated in this movement,
each with its own specific aspiration.
9. Thousands of students left government-controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and teachers
resigned and lawyers gave up their legal practices. But the effects on noncooperation on the economic front were
more dramatic. Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops picketed and foreign cloth burnt in huge bonfires.
10. The non-cooperation movement could not last for a long time. In February 1922, Mahatma Gandhi decided
to withdraw this movement as he felt it was turning violent in many places and satyagrahis needed to be properly
trained before they would be ready for mass struggles.
11. Within the Congress, some moderate leaders like C.R. Das and Motilal Nehru argued for a return to
council politics but younger leaders like Nehru and Bose pressed for more radical mass agitation and for full
independence.
12. In 1928, the Simon Commission arrived in India to look into the functioning of the constitutional system
in the country (India) and suggest changes. But the commission was boycotted because it did not have a single
Indian member. In an effort to win them over, the Viceroy, Lord Irwin, announced in October 1929, a vague offer
of‘dominion status’ for India. But this did not satisfy the Congress leaders.
13. In December 1929, under the presidency of J.L. Nehru, the Lahore Congress formalized the demand of
‘Purna Swaraj’ or full independence for India. It was declared that 26 January 1930, would be celebrated as the
Independence Day when people were to take a pledge to struggle for complete independence. But the celebrations
could not attract much attention.
14. In 1930, Mahatma Gandhi launched the Civil Disobedience Movement when his demand to abolish the
salt tax was not fulfilled. His famous salt march was accompanied by 78 of his trusted volunteers. The march was
over 240 miles, from Gandhiji’s ashram in Sabarmati to the Gujarati coastal town of Dandi. Thousands joined
Mahatma Gandhi. On 6 April, he reached Dandi and violated the law, by manufacturing salt.
15. The movement spread far and wide. Worried by the developments, the colonial government began
arresting the Congress leaders one by one. This led to violent clashes in many places. A frightened government
responded with a policy of brutal repression.
16. Mahatma Gandhi called off the movement and entered into a pact with Irwin on 5 March 1931, which
came to be known as Gandhi-Irwin Pact. As per this Pact Gandhiji went to London in December 1931 for the
Second Round Table Conference, but the negotiations broke down and he returned disappointed.
17. Back in India, he found that a series of measures had been imposed on Indian leaders to prevent them
from organizing meetings, demonstrations and boycotts with great apprehension, Gandhiji relaunched the Civil
Disobedience Movement. But it lost its momentum by 1934.
18. This movement had its own limitations. Some of the Muslim political organizations in India were not
enthusiastic in their response to this movement. So far dalit participation was concerned, it was also limited.
19. From the mid-1920s, relations between Hindus and Muslims began to worsen. Each community organized
religious processions with militant fervor, provoking HinduMuslim communal clashes and riots in various cities.
So, when the Civil Disobedience Movement was started, large sections of Muslims could not respond to the call
for a united struggle.
20. Many Muslim leaders and intellectuals expressed their concern about the status of Muslims as a
minority within India. They feared that the culture and identity of minorities would be lost under the domination
of Hindumajority.
21.
Nationalism in India Class 10 CBSE Notes Important Terms

Forced recruitment: A process by which the colonial state forced people to join the army.
Boycott: The refusal to deal and associate with people, or participate in activities, or buy and use things, usually
a form of protest.
Picket: A form of demonstration or protest by which people block the entrance to a shop, factory, or office.
Begar: Labour that villagers were forced to contribute without any payment.
Khadi: Indian hand-spun cloth.
Satyagraha: Following the path of truth and non-violence,
Sanatan’s: The conservative high-caste Hindus.
Bhangies: The sweepers.
Harijaiv: The children of God.

Time Period

1915: Mahatma Gandhi returned to India from South Africa.

1916: Mahatma Gandhi traveled to Champaran in Bihar.
1917: Mahatma Gandhi organized satyagraha to support the peasants of the Kheda district in Gujarat.
1918-19: Distressed UP peasants organized by Baba Ramchandra
April 1919: Gandhian hartal against Rowlatt Act; Jallianwalla Bagh massacre
January 1921: Non-cooperation and Khilafat movement launched
February 1922: Chauri Chaura; Gandhiji withdrew Non-cooperation movement
May 1924: Alluri Sitarama Raju arrested ending a two-year armed tribal struggle
December 1929 Lahore Congress; Congress adopted the demand for ‘Purna Swaraj’

1930: B.R. Ambedkar established Depressed Classes Association

March 1930: Gandhiji’ began Civil Disobedience Movement by breaking salt law at

Dandi.March 1931: Gandhiji ended Civil Disobedience Movement

Dec. 1931: Second Round Table Conference

1932: Civil Disobedience re-launched.

(MCQ/Very short question)

1. When did Mahatma Gandhi return to India?

A. January 1912 C. January 1913

B. January 1914 D. January 1915

Ans: D. January 1915
2. Which province did not boycott the council election?

A. Madras C. Hyderabad

B. Ahmadabad D. Lucknow
Ans: A. Madras
3. Who headed the Owdh Kisan Sabha in Awadh?

A. Subhash chandra Bose C. Bipin Chandra Pal.

B. Madan Mohan Malviya D. Jawharlal Nehru

Ans: D. Jawharlal Nehru
4. Who was the president of Muslim league in1930?

A. Sir Muhammad Iqbal C. Muhammad Ali Jinnah

B. Shaukat Ali. D. Maulana Azad.
Ans: A. Sir Muhammad Iqbal
5. The resolution of Purna Swaraj was adopted at which congress session?

A. Bombay C. Karachi

B. Lahore. D. Madras
Ans: B. Lahore.
6. Who was known as the lion of Punjab?

A. Bal Gangadhar Tilak C. Lala lajpat Rai

B. Bupin Chandra Pal D. Sardar Vallabh Bhai Patel

Ans: C. Lala lajpat Rai
7. When did Mahatma Gandhi reach in Dandi to violate the salt law?

A. On 5thApril 1930 C. On 6th April 1930

B. On 6th May 1930. D. On 7th April 1930.
Ans: On 6th April 1930
8. Who organized the Swaraj party in west Bengal?

A. Bipin Chandra pal .C. Jawaharlal lal Nehru

B. Chitranjan Das and Motilal Nehru D. Subhas Chandra Bose
Ans: B. Chitranjan Das and Motilal Nehru
9. The tribal peasants of Gudem Hills is located in which state?

A. Tamil Nadu. C. Andhra Pradesh.

B. Kerala. D. Karnataka.
Ans: C. Andhra Pradesh

10. In which year the Indigo Satryagrah was organized?

11. A. 1916. B. 1917. C. 1918. D. 1919.
Ans: B. 1917

12. When was the Rowlatt Act passed?

Ans: February 1919

13. Name the British officer who was responsible for the Jallianwalla Bagh?
Ans: General Dyer

14. In which Indian National Congress session the Non-Cooperation Movement was accepted?
Ans: December 1920

15. What were the reasons to calling off the Non-cooperationMovement?

Ans: Chauri Chaura incident in 1922

16. By which name Gandhiji referred Dalit?

Ans: Harijans
17. For which reason the Simon commission was boycotted?
Ans: It had no Indian Members

18. Who announced a vague offer of Dominion status for Indiain1929?

- Ans: The Viceroy, Lord Irwin

18. What is meant by Begaar?

Ans: complete labour without payment

19. Who was known as ‘Frontier Gandhi’?

Ans: Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan

20. During the British India how many provinces were there?
Ans: 8 provinces
21. Name the writer of the novel Anandamath.

Ans: Bankim Chandra Chatterji

22. StatethesloganwithwhichSimonCommissionwasgreetedin1928inIndia
Ans: Simon Go Back

23. Who wrote the song ‘Vande Mataram’?

Ans: Bankim Chandra Chatterji

24. Namethewriter of the book‘Hind Swaraj’.

Ans: Mahatma Gandhi
25. What was the Inland Emigration Act of 1859?
Ans: The plantation workers were not permitted to leave the tea gardens without permission as per the Inland
Emigration Act of 1859.
VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS FOR 2 MARKS
1. What was the Rowlatt Act?
Ans: Passed 1919 by imperial legislative council, it gave the government enormous power to suppress
political activities and allowed detention of political prisoners without trial for two years.
2. Why was the Khilafat Movement started?
Ans: started by Mahatma Gandhi and Ali brothers, in response to the harsh treatment given to the Caliph
of the Ottoman Empire by the British.
3. What was the main reason to withdraw the Non Cooperation Movement?
Ans: the movement had turned violent in many places, the Chauri-Chaura incident in 1922 turned into a
violent dash and 22 policemen were killed. Gandhiji felt satyagrahis were not ready for mass struggles.
4. Explain any two facts about the new economic situation created in India by the First World War.
Ans: Import Manchester import into India declined, Indian factories were called to supply war needs, and
result new factories were set up.
5. What was the ‘inland emigration act’?
Ans: Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859, plantation workers were not permitted or very rarely
permitted to leave the tea gardens without permission.
 6. Explain any two problems faced by the peasants of Awadh.
Ans: Talukdars and landlords demands high rents and a variety of other taxes from peasants, peasants had
to do beggar means work without any payment.
7. Why did the nationalists in India tour villages to gather folk songs and legends?
Ans: as it was essential to preserve one’s folk tradition in order to discover his national identity and restore
a sense of pride in his past.
8. Why were the Dalits ignored by the congress for a long time?
Ans: the Dalits were ignored by the congress for fear of offending the sanatanis, the conservative high
caste Hindus.
9. Why was the Simon Commission boycotted?
Ans: because there were no Indian members in the Commission.
10. By whom was the first image of Bharat Mata painted?
Ans: Abanindranath Tagore, pioneer of Bengal School of Art, painted the first image of Bharat Mata.
11. Why did Non-Cooperation Movement gradually slowdown in cities? Explain two reasons.
Ans: Khadi cloth was often more expensive, no alternative Indian institutions to join.

Short Questions (3M)

1. Mention the Satyagraha movements organized by Mahatma Gandhi before starting freedom movement of
India.
Ans. 1) Champaran movement in Bihar, 1917
2) Kheda movement in Gujrat, 1917
3) Movement in Ahmedabad, 1918
2. What powers had been given to the Government through Rowlatt Act1919? How it caused Jallianwalla
Bagh incident?
Ans: Rowlatt Act had given the government enormous powers to repress political activities, permitted the
detention of political prisoners without trial for two years.

3. What is the Khilafat Movement? How and by whom it was organized in India?
Ans: Started by Ali Brothers, Shaukat Ali and Muhammad Ali
To show their alliance to the spiritual head of the Ottoman Empire, Khalifa.
4. Why did Gandhiji relaunch the civil disobedience movement after the second round table conference?
explain any three reasons.
Ans: The negotiations broke down, British government had begun a new cycle of repression, many
politicians were put to jail, and Congress had been declared illegal.
5. Why did the Non-Cooperation Movement gradually slowdown in cities? Explain

Ans: Khadi clothe was more often expensive, poor people could not afford it, boycott of British institutions
and goods posed problems.
5. Explain the idea of Satyagraha according to Gandhiji.
Ans : Satyagrah is a method of agitation and protest based on truth and nonviolence.
It was first introduced by Mahatma Gandhi in the National Movement.
6. Explain the role of Ambedkar in uplifting the dalits or the depressed classes.
Ans: Ambedkar organised the depressed classes association to uplift the dalits, demanded separate
electorates for dalits and reservation of seats in educational institutions, signed the Poona pact that give
reserved seats to the depressed classes in provincial and Central legislative councils.

7. Why did Mahatma Gandhi find in “Salt” a powerful symbol that could unite the Nations? explain.
Ans: conjunct by everyone and regarded as one of the most essential item of food. Gandhiji thought if any
moment could be arranged against operations which affected people from all starta, it could unite the nation.

8. Analyze the role of merchants and the industrialist in the civil disobedience movement.
Ans: Wanted protection against imports of foreign goods and a rupee sterling foreign exchange ratio that could
discourage imports, they thought if colonial resections did not exist on business world, as a result trade and
business world flurries without constraints.
9. Explain the effects of ‘worldwide economic depression' on India towards late 1920s.
And: trade was affected, exports decreased, agricultural prices fell due to which farmers could not sell their
produce and the British government continued to take high taxes.

Long Questions (5m)

1. How did the First World War impact India?
Ans: the British government raised taxes, custom duty and income taxes in India to finance the war
expenditures, villagers and farmers were forcefully recruited in the British army, rise in prices of food and
other essential things..

2. What was Non- Cooperation Movement started in 1920s? Why did Gandhiji call of the movement in
1922?
Ans: Young Muslim leaders approached Gandhiji about the possibility of a United moment against the
British rule, Gandhiji saw this as an opportunity to bring Muslim under the umbrella of a unified National
Movement.
At the congress session in Nagpur in December 1920 the non cooperation program was finalized and
Gandhiji launched the non cooperation movement
In 1922 the Chauri Chaura incident where 22 23 policemen died due to violent class between people and
police, Gandhiji called of the moment.

3. How the civil disobedience movement did came into force in various part of the country? Explain with
examples.
Ans: With the state of the movement, foreign clothes were boycotted and liquor shops were picketed.
Peasants refused to pay revenue and chaukidari taxes.
In the countryside rich peasants and communities of Gujarat and Uttar Pradesh became the supporters of
the civil disobedience movement.
Industrialist, railway workers, mine workers and women from all over India participated in civil
disobedience movement.
4. Explain the major factors which promoted the sense of nationalism in the Indians?
Ans: United struggle, cultural process, common identity, painting of Bharat Mata, revival of India folklore andfolk song
promoting traditional culture and restore sense of pride in the past history and the culture, national leaders aroused the
feelings of nationalism through their motivational speeches and political activities.

5. Explain the role of women in the civil disobedience movement.

Ans: Thousands of women participated in marches, manufactured salt and picketed foreign clothes and liquor shops.
Many went to jail, in urban areas women were from high cast educated family and in rural areas women came from
rich peasant households. But all these participations were symbolic has women did not hold any position of authority
for a long time.

Sources/Case based

1. Read the source given below and answer the questions that follow:

While the Rowlatt Satyagraha had been a widespread movement, it was still limited mostly to cities and
towns. Mahatma Gandhi now felt the need to launch a more broad-based movement in India. But he was
certain that no such movement could be organized without bringing the Hindus and Muslims closer
together. One way of doing this, he felt, was to take up the Khilafat issue. The First World War had
ended with the defeat of Ottoman Turkey. And there were rumors that a harsh peace treaty was going to
be imposed on the Ottoman emperor – the spiritual head of the Islamic world (the Khalifa). To defend
the Khalifa’s temporal powers, a Khilafat Committee was formed in Bombay in March 1919. A young
generation of Muslim leaders like the brothers Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali, began discussing with
Mahatma Gandhi about the possibility of a united mass action on the issue. Gandhiji saw this as an
opportunity to bring Muslims under the umbrella of a unified national movement. At the Calcutta session
of the Congress in September 1920, he convinced other leaders of the need to start a non-cooperation
movement in support of Khilafat as well as for Swaraj.
Answer the following MCQs by choosing the most appropriate option:
(i) Which of the following was the main objective of Rowlatt Act of 1919?
(a) To curb the growing nationalist up surge in the country
(b) To put control on radical elements.
(c) To put control on Gandhi’s political activities.
(d) To stop Satyagrahis to take part in Non-Cooperation Movement.
(ii) During World War I, Ottoman Empire was the part of:
(a) Allies Powers (b) Central Powers
(c) Axis Powers (d) None of these
(iii) Which of the following was the main reason behind launching of Non-Cooperation Movement?
(a) Suppression by the British government.
(b) Defeat of Ottoman Empire in World War I.
(c) Now Gandhiji was popular enough to launch a nationwide movement.
(d) First time both major Indian communities were against the government.
(iv) Find out the incorrect statement from the following:
(a) At the end of World War II, Gandhiji became an important leader in Indian politics.
(b) Gandhiji toured India with Shaukat Ali to show Hindu-Muslim unity.
(c) In Nagpur session, Gandhiji succeeded to convince the Congress leaders to support Khilafat issue.
(d) Some of the leaders in Congress were not happy to take Khilafat issue.
Ans. (i) (a) To curb the growing nationalist up surge in the country
(ii) (b) Central Powers.
(iii) (d) First time both major Indian communities were against the government.
(iv) (a) At the end of World War II Gandhiji became an important leader in Indian politics.
 2. Read the extract given below and answer the questions that follow:
This sense of collective belonging came partly through the experience of united struggles. But there were alsoa variety
of cultural processes through which nationalism captured people’s imagination. History and fiction, folklore and songs,
popular prints and symbols, all played a part in the making of nationalism. The identity of the nation is most often
symbolized in a figure or image. This helps create an image with which people can identify the nation. It was in the
twentieth century, with the growth of nationalism, that the identity of India came to be visually associated with the
image of Bharat Mata. The image was first created by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay. In the 1870s he wrote ‘Vande
Mataram’ as a hymn to the motherland. Later it was included in his novel Anandamath and widely sung during the
Swadeshi movement in Bengal. Moved by the Swadeshi movement, Abanindranath Tagore painted his famous image of
Bharat Mata. In this painting Bharat Mata is portrayed as an ascetic figure; she is calm, composed, divine and spiritual.
In subsequent years, the image of Bharat Mata acquired many different forms, as it circulated in popular prints, and
was painted by different artists. Devotion to this mother figure came to be seen as evidence of one’s
nationalism.

Answer the following MCQs by choosing the most appropriate option:

(i) Find out the real meaning of the nationalism from the following:

(a) To mobilize people to make a change in society.

(b) To develop a sense within Indians that British government in not good for them.

(c) To ignite the feeling that all Indians are one.

(d) To revive the glory which has been destroyed by colonial rulers?

(ii) Which of the following played important role to ignite feelings of nationalism?

(a) Anandmath

(b) Collection of folklore and folktale

(c) Image of Bharat Mata

(d) All of the above

(iii) The main motive behind the launching of Swadeshi Movement was:

(a) To promote Gandhian idea of self dependency.

(b) To oppose the arrest of nationalists by the government.

(c) To oppose the division of Bengal into two parts.

(d) To promote ‘Vande Mataram’ to unite Indians.

(iv) Which of the following statement is not correct about the image of Bharat Mata?

(a) The image was drawn by several artists at different times.

(b) Bharat Mata carries same symbols in all images.

(c) French and German allegories inspired to draw the image of Bharat Mata.

(d) Different artists used different symbols to show collective belongings.

Ans. (i) (c) To ignites the feeling that all Indians are one.
(ii) (d) All of the above.

(iii) (c) To oppose the division of Bengal into two parts.

(iv) (b) Bharat Mata carries same symbols in all images.

Map Questions

Q. Locate and Label the following Places in the political map of India
(a) Madras (b) Calcutta (c) Nagpur (d) Champaran
€.Kheda (f) Ahmedabad (g) Surat (h) Dhandi
 The Making of a Global World
Summary
The Pre-Modern World
The ‘globalization’ refers to an economic system that has emerged since the last 50 years .The global world has
a long history comprising the trade and migration of people in search of work, the movement of capital, and much
else. As we think about the dramatic and visible signs of global interconnectedness in our lives today, we need to
understand the phases through which this world in which we live has emerged.
From ancient times, travelers, traders, priests and pilgrims travelled vast distances for knowledge, opportunity
and spiritual fulfillment, or to escape persecution. They carried goods, money, values, skills, ideas, inventions,
and even germs and diseases. As early as 3000 BCE an active coastal trade linked the Indus valley civilizations
with present-day West Asia. For more than a millennia, cowries (the Hindi cowdior seashells, used as a form of
currency) from the Maldives found their way to China and East Africa. The long-distance spread of disease-
carrying germs may be traced as far back as the seventh century. By the thirteenth century it had become an
unmistakable link.
Silk Routes
The silk routes are a good example of vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links between distant parts of the
world. The name ‘silk routes’ points to the importance of West-bound Chinese silk cargoes along this route.
Historians have identified several silk routes, overland and by sea, knitting together vast regions of Asia, and
linking Asia with Europe and northern Africa. They are known to have existed since before the Christian era and
thrived almost till the fifteenth century. But Chinese pottery also travelled the same route, as did textiles and
spices from India and Southeast Asia. In return, precious metals – gold and silver – flowed from Europe to Asia.
Trade and cultural exchange always went hand in hand. Early Christian missionaries almost certainly travelled
this route to Asia, as did early Muslim preachers a few centuries later. Much before all this, Buddhism emerged
from eastern India and spread in several directions through intersecting points on the silk routes.

Quest and Victory of America and movement of food crops.

Food offers many examples of long-distance cultural exchange. Traders and travelers introduced new crops to the
lands they travelled. Take spaghetti and noodles. It is believed that noodles travelled west from China to become
spaghetti and Arab traders took pasta to Sicily in fifth-century. Many of our common foods such as potatoes,
soya, groundnuts, maize, tomatoes, chilies, sweet potatoes, and so on were not known to our ancestors until about
five centuries ago. These foods were only introduced in Europe and Asia after Christopher Columbus accidentally
discovered the America. Europeans found precious metals, particularly silver, from mines located in present day
Peru and Mexico also enhanced Europe’s wealth and financed its trade with Asia.(Potosi silver mine in Bolivia)
Many expeditions set off in search of El Dorado (Columbia in South America), the fabled city of gold. In mid-
sixteenth century, the Portuguese and Spanish conquest and colonization of America was not just a result of
superior firepower. In fact, the Spanish conquerors used the germs of smallpox that they carried on their person
as biological warfare. Because of their long isolation, America’s original inhabitants had no immunity against
these diseases that came from Europe. Smallpox in particular proved a deadly killer.
In the Irish Potato Famine of 1849. Hungry children started digging for potatoes in a field that has already been
harvested, hoping to discover some leftovers. During the Great Irish Potato Famine (1845 to 1849), around
1,000,000 people died of starvation in Ireland, and double the number emigrated in search of work.

Migration of people from Europe:

Until the nineteenth century, poverty and hunger were common in Europe. Cities were crowded and deadly
diseases were widespread. Religious conflicts were common, and religious dissenters were persecuted. Thousands
therefore fled Europe for America. Here, by the eighteenth century, plantations worked by slaves captured in
Africa were growing cotton and sugar for European markets. Until well into the eighteenth century, China and
India were among the world’s richest countries. They were also pre-eminent in Asian trade. However, from the
fifteenth century, China is said to have restricted overseas contacts and retreated into isolation. China’s reduced
role and the rising importance of the Americas gradually moved the centre of world trade westwards. Europe now
emerged as the centre of world trade.
Corn Laws
Under pressure from landed groups, the government restricted the import of corn. The laws allowing the
government to do this were commonly known as the ‘Corn Laws’. Unhappy with high food prices, industrialists
and urban dwellers forced the abolition of the Corn Laws. After the Corn Laws were scrapped, food could be
imported into Britain more cheaply than it could be produced within the country. British agriculture was unable
to compete with imports. Vast areas of land were now left uncultivated, and thousands of men and women were
thrown out of work. They flocked to the cities or migrated overseas.
In 19th century, economists identify three types of movement or ‘flows’ within international economic exchanges.
The first is the flow of trade referred largely to trade in goods (e.g., cloth or wheat). The second is the flow of
labour – the migration of people in search of employment. The third is the movement of capital for short-term or
long-term investments over long distances.
As food prices fell, consumption in Britain rose. From the mid nineteenth century, faster industrial growth in
Britain also led to higher incomes, and therefore more food imports. Around the world – in Eastern Europe,
Russia, America and Australia – lands were cleared and food production expanded to meet the British demand. It
was not enough merely to clear lands for agriculture. Railways were needed to link the agricultural regions to the
ports. New harbours had to be built and old ones expanded to ship the new cargoes. People had to settle on the
lands to bring them under cultivation. This meant building homes and settlements. All these activities in turn
required capital and labour. Capital flowed from financial centers such as London. The demand for labour in
places where labour was in short supply – as in America and Australia – led to more migration. Nearly 50 million
people emigrated from Europe to America and Australia in the nineteenth century. All over the world some 150
million are estimated to have left their homes, crossed oceans and vast distances over land in search of a better
future.
Some of this dramatic change, though on a smaller scale, occurred closer home in west Punjab. Here the British
Indian government built a network of irrigation canals to transform semi-desert wastes into fertile agricultural
lands that could grow wheat and cotton for export. The Canal Colonies, as the areas irrigated by the new canals
were called, were settled by peasants from other parts of Punjab. The regional specialization in the production of
commodities developed, and between 1820 and 1914 world trade was estimated to have multiplied25 to 40 times.
Nearly 60 per cent of this trade comprised ‘primary products’ – that is, agricultural products such as wheat and
cotton, rubber and minerals such as coal to feed British textile mills and industries.

Role of Technology
The railways, steamships, the telegraph, for example, were important inventions without which we cannot
imagine the transformed nineteenth-century world. But technological advances were often the result of larger
social, political and economic factors. For example, colonization stimulated new investments and improvements
in transport: faster railways,
Lighter wagons and larger ships helped move food more cheaply and quickly from faraway farms to final markets.
The trade in meat offers a good example of this connected process. Till the 1870s, animals were shipped live from
America to Europe and then slaughtered when they arrived there. But live animals took up a lot of ship space.
Many also died in voyage, fell ill, lost weight, or became unfit to eat. Meat was hence an expensive luxury beyond
the reach of the European poor. High prices in turn kept demand and production down until the development of
a new technology, namely, refrigerated ships, which enabled the transport of perishable foods over long distances.
Now animals were slaughtered for food at the starting point – in America, Australia or New Zealand – and then
transported to Europe as frozen meat. This reduced shipping costs and lowered meat prices in Europe. The poor
in Europe could now consume a more varied diet. To the earlier monotony of bread and potatoes many, though
not all, could now add meat (and butter and eggs) to their diet. Better living conditions promoted social peace
within the country and support for imperialism abroad.

Carvings of Africa
In 1885 the big European powers met in Berlin to complete the carving up of Africa between them. Britain and
France made vast additions to their overseas territories in the late nineteenth century. Belgium and Germany
became new colonial powers. The US also became a colonial power in the late 1890s by taking over some colonies
earlier held by Spain. Let us look at one example of the destructive impact of colonialism on the economy and
livelihoods of colonized people. Sir Henry Morton Stanley was a journalist and explorer sent by the New York
Herald to find Livingston, a missionary and explorer who had been in Africa for several years. Like other
European and American explorers of the time, Stanley went with arms, mobilized local hunters, warriors and
laborers to help him, fought with local tribes, investigated African terrains, and mapped different regions. These
explorations helped the conquest of Africa. Geographical explorations were not driven by an innocent search for
scientific information. They were directly linked to imperial projects.

Rinderpest or the Cattle Plague

In Africa, in the 1890s, a fast-spreading disease of cattle plague or rinderpest had a terrifying impact on people’s
livelihoods and the local economy. Historically, Africa had abundant land and a relatively small population. For
centuries, land and livestock sustained African livelihoods and people rarely worked for a wage. In the late
nineteenth century, Europeans were attracted to Africa due to its vast resources of land and minerals. Europeans
came to Africa hoping to establish plantations and mines to produce crops and minerals for export to Europe. But
there was an unexpected problem – a shortage of labour willing to work for wages. Employers used many methods
to recruit and retain labour. Heavy taxes were imposed which could be paid only by working for wages on
plantations and mines. Inheritance laws were changed so that peasants were displaced from land: only one
member of a family was allowed to inherit land, as a result of which the others were pushed into the labour market.
Mineworkers were also confined in compounds and not allowed to move about freely. Then came rinderpest, a
devastating cattle disease. Rinderpest arrived in Africa in the late 1880s. It was carried by infected cattle imported
from British Asia to feed the Italian soldiers invading Eritrea in East Africa. Entering Africa in the east, rinderpest
moved west ‘like forest fire’, reaching Africa’s Atlantic coast in 1892.It reached the Cape (Africa’s southernmost
tip) five years later. Along
the way rinderpest killed 90 per cent of the cattle. The loss of cattle destroyed African livelihoods. Planters, mine
owners and colonial governments now successfully monopolized what scarce cattle resources remained, to
strengthen their power and to force Africans into the labour market.

Indentured Labour Migration from India

The example of indentured labour migration from India shows faster economic growth as well as great misery,
higher incomes for some and poverty for others. In the nineteenth century, hundreds of thousands of Indian and
Chinese labourers went to work on plantations, in mines, and in road and railway construction projects around
the world. In India, indentured labourers were hired under contracts which promised return travel to India after
they had worked five years on their employer’s plantation. Most Indian indentured workers came from the
present-day regions of eastern In the mid-nineteenth century these regions experienced many changes – cottage
industries declined, land rent rose, lands were cleared for mines and plantations. All this affected the lives of the
poor: they failed to pay their rents, became deeply indebted and were Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, central India and the
dry districts of Tamil Nadu. forced to migrate in search of work. The main destinations of Indian indentured
migrants were the Caribbean islands (mainly Trinidad, Guyana and Surinam), Mauritius and Fiji. Closer home,
Tamil migrants went to Ceylon and Malaya. Indentured workers were also recruited for tea plantations in Assam.
Recruitment was done by agents engaged by employers and paid a small commission. Many migrants agreed to
take up work hoping to escape poverty or oppression in their home villages. Agents also tempted the prospective
migrants by providing false information about final destinations, modes of travel, the nature of the work, and
living and working conditions. Often migrants were not even told that they were to embark on a longsea voyage.
Sometimes agents even forcibly abducted less willing migrants. Nineteenth-century indenture has been described
as a ‘new system of slavery’. On arrival at the plantations, labourers found conditions to be different from what
they had imagined. Living and working conditions were harsh, and there were few legal rights. But workers
discovered their own ways of surviving. Many of them escaped into the wilds, though if caught they faced severe
punishment. Others developed new forms of individual and collective self expression, blending different cultural
forms, old and new. In Trinidad the annual Muharram procession was transformed into ariotous carnival called
‘Hosay’ (for Imam Hussain) in which workers of all races and religions joined. Similarly, the protest religion of
Rastafarianism (made famous by the Jamaican reggae star BobMarley) is also said to reflect social and cultural
links with Indian migrants to the Caribbean. ‘Chutney music’, popular in Trinidad and Guyana, is another creative
contemporary expression of the post-indenture experience. These forms of cultural fusion are part of the making
of the global world, where things from different places get mixed, lose their original characteristics and become
something entirely new. Most indentured workers stayed on after their contracts ended, or returned to their new
homes after a short spell in India. There are large communities of people of Indian descent in these countries.
Nobel Prize-winning writer V.S. Naipaul, West Indies cricketers Shivnarine Chanderpaul and Ramnaresh Sarwan.
Are such names sound vaguely Indian because they are descended from indentured labour migrants from India.
From the 1900s India’s nationalist leaders began opposing the system of indentured labour migration as abusive
and cruel. It was abolished in 1921. Yet for a number of decades afterwards, descendants of Indian indentured
workers, often thought of as ‘coolies’, remained an uneasy minority in the Caribbean islands. Some of Naipaul’s
early novels capture their sense of loss and alienation.
Indian Entrepreneurs Abroad
Many Indian bankers like Shikaripuri Shroffs and Nattukottai Chettiars were amongst the many groups of bankers
and traders who financed export agriculture in Central and Southeast Asia, using either their own funds or those
borrowed from European banks. They had a sophisticated system to transfer of money over large distances, and
even developed indigenous forms of corporate organisation. Indian traders and moneylenders also followed
European colonizers into Africa. Hyderabadi Sindhi traders, however, ventured beyond European colonies. From
the 1860s they established flourishing emporia at busy ports worldwide, selling local and imported curios to
tourists whose numbers were beginning to swell, thanks to the development of safe and comfortable passenger
vessels.
Indian Trade, Colonialism and the Global System
Historically, fine cottons produced in India were exported to Europe. With industrialization, British cotton
manufacture began to expand, and industrialists pressurized the government to restrict cotton imports and protect
local industries. Tariffs were imposed on cloth imports into Britain. Consequently, the inflow of fine Indian cotton
began to decline. From the early nineteenth century, British manufacturers also began to seek overseas markets
for their cloth. Excluded from the British market by tariff barriers, Indian textiles now faced stiff competition in
other international markets. While exports of manufactures declined rapidly, export of raw materials increased
equally fast. Between 1812 and 1871, the share of raw cotton exports rose from 5 per cent to 35 per cent. Indigo
used for dyeing cloth was another important export for many decades. And, as you have read last year, opium
shipments to China grew rapidly from the 1820s to become for a while India’s single largest export. Britain grew
opium in India and exported it to China and, with the money earned through this sale, it financed its tea and other
imports from China. Over the nineteenth century, raw material exports from India to Britain and the rest of the
world increased. But the value of British exports to India was much higher than the value of British imports from
India. Thus Britain had a ‘trade surpluses with India. Britain used this surplus to balance its trade deficits with
other countries – that is, with countries from which Britain was importing more than it was selling to. Britain’s
trade surplus in India also helped pay the so-called ‘home charges’ that included private remittances home by
British official sand traders, interest payments on India’s external debt, and pensions of British officials in India.

The Inter-war Economy

The First World War (1914-18) was mainly fought in Europe. But its impact was felt around the world. Notably
for our concerns in this chapter, it plunged the first half of the twentieth century into a crisis that took over three
decades to overcome. During this period the world experienced widespread economic and political instability,
and another catastrophic war.
Wartime Transformations
The First World War, as you know, was fought between two power blocs. On the one side were the Allies –
Britain, France and Russia (later joined by the US); and on the opposite side were the Central Powers – Germany,
Austria-Hungary and Ottoman Turkey. When the war began in August 1914, many governments thought it would-
be over by Christmas. It lasted more than four years. The First World War was a war like no other before. The
fighting involved the world’s leading industrial nations which now harnessed the vast powers of modern industry
to inflict the greatest possible destruction on their enemies. This war was thus the first modern industrial war. It
saw the use of machine guns, tanks, aircraft, chemical weapons, etc. on massive scale. These were all increasingly
products of modern large scale industry. To fight the war, millions of soldiers had to be recruited from around the
world and moved to the frontlines on large ships and trains. The scale of death and destruction – 9 million dead
and 20 million injured – was unthinkable before the industrial age, without the use of industrial arms. Most of the
killed and maimed were men of working age. These deaths and injuries reduced the able-bodied workforce in
Europe. With fewer numbers within the family, household incomes declined after the war. During the war,
industries were restructured to produce war-related goods. Entire societies were also reorganized for war – as men
went to battle, women stepped in to undertake jobs that earlier only men were expected to do. The war led to the
snapping of economic links between some of the world’s largest economic powers which were now fighting each
other to pay for them. So Britain borrowed large sums of money from US banks as well as the US public. Thus
the war transformed the US from being an international debtor to an international creditor. In other words, at the
war’s end, the US and its citizens owned more overseas assets than foreign governments and citizens owned in
the US.
3.1 Post-war Recovery
Post-war economic recovery proved difficult. Britain, which was the world’s leading economy in the pre-war
period, in particular faced a prolonged crisis. While Britain was preoccupied with war, industries had developed
in India and Japan. After the war Britain found it difficult to recapture its earlier position of dominance in the
Indian market, and to compete with Japan internationally. Moreover, to finance war expenditures Britain had
borrowed liberally from the US. This meant that at the end of the war Britain was burdened with huge external
debts. Unemployment increased and grain prices fell due to overproduction. After the war, Eastern Europe revived
its wheat production leading to glut.

The Great Depression of 1929

It signaled acute economic crisis that started during the interregnum phase (period between great wars). It began
in 1929 and ended in 1936

Second World War

The Second World War broke out in 1939 just after 20 years of First World War and ended in 1945. In the
aftermath of Second World War, the axis power suffered and Germany faced a merciless defeat.

Breton Woods Agreement (July 1944):

To ensure a stable economy, a framework was agreed upon at the United Nations Monetary and Financial
Conference held at Breton Woods in New Hampshire, USA. It established the International Monetary Fund and
IBRD (International Bank for Reconstruction and Development also called as World Bank.)

Cold War and Decolonization:

● After the end of Second World War, the world got divided into two distinct blocs influenced by USA and
USSR. The western bloc was dominated by USA (Capitalist bloc) and USSR influenced the Eastern bloc
(Communist Bloc).
● From 1947 onwards, the process of decolonization continued for a long time.
● Developing nations integrated themselves into a group called G-77 and demanded a New International
Economic Order (NIEO).
(MCQ/Very short questions)
1. Which out of the following was beyond the reach of the poor in 18th century Europe?
(a) Bread (b) Meat
(c) Potatoes the above (d) None of above
2. Which of the following was not a destination for Indian indentured migrants?
(a) Caribbean islands (b) Fiji (c) South Africa (d) Nigeria
3. Many expeditions set off in search of El Dorado, the fabled city of .
(a) Silver (b) Emerald
(c) Diamonds (d) Gold
4. Which country passed the ‘Corn Laws’ to restrict the import of corn?
a) France (b) Great Britain
c) Spain (d) USA
5. Demand for led to the migration of people to America and Australia.
(a) Capital (b) Raw materials
(c) Labour (d) Both (a) and (b)
6. One of the oldest livestock markets in _ was at Smithfield.
(a) London (b) Liverpool
(c) Manchester (d) Edinburg
7. The loss of destroyed African livelihoods.
(a) Cattle (b) Human lives
(c) Land (d) Forests
8. The main destinations of Indian indentured migrants were the .
(a) Caribbean Islands (b) Fiji
(c) Mauritius (d) All of the above
9. Most Indian indentured workers came from the present-day regions of
(a) Bihar (b) Eastern Uttar Pradesh
(c) Central India (d) All of the above
10. Migrants from went to Ceylon and Malaya.
(a) Andhra Pradesh ( b) Odisha
(c) Tamil Nadu (d) Karnatak
11. What is the rearing of silk worms for the production of silk fiber known as?
12. Which European country first conquered America?
13. What were Canal Colonies?
14. What was Rinderpest?
15 Which one of the following was the world’s first mass produced car?
16. Why did household incomes decline after the First World War? Give two reasons.
17. When was the Breton Woods Conference convened?
18. Define trade surplus.
19. How the First World War was so horrible a war like none other before.
20. How was the food problem solved in Britain after scrapping of the Corn Laws?
Short Questions (2Mark)
1. Where was El Dorado? For what was it famous?
2. Why people migrated from Europe in new colonies?
3. What was indentured labour system in colonial period?
4. What were the weapons used by Spanish conquerors in America?
5. Why the famous ‘Corn law’ was scrapped?
6. Why the famous ‘silk route’ was made?
7. Why the great depression occurred between 1929-36?
8. How the British financed their trade deficit in tea with China?
9. How the European colonies settled their territorial disputes in Africa?
10. How the Rinderpest helped the European colonizers in Africa?
11. How the technology helped in the inflow of food items in Europe?
12. Why the ‘canal colonies’ were made?
Short Questions (3Mark)
1. Why were the Corn Laws scrapped? Explain any three reasons
2. Why was there a need for clearing lands in Britain during the nineteenth century? Explain any three reasons.
3. How did the change in international financial system affect the people in developing countries?
4. Why is it said that there was no other war earlier like First World War? State in three points.
5. Why did Europeans flee to America in the 19th Century? Give three reasons.
6. “The relocation of industry to low-wage countries stimulated world trade and capital flows.” Justify the
statement.
7. Why did household incomes decline after the First World War? Give two reasons.
8. How did Rinderpest become instrumental in subjugating the Africans?
9. How did technology help to solve hardship of food availability throughout the world in the late-nineteenth
century? Explain with example.
10. Explain the impact of First World War on the British economy.
11. Describe the Canal Colonies. Where and why were they introduced? Describe the effects of abolishing the
‘Corm Laws’.
12. Describe in brief the destruction caused during the Second World War.
13. What was the impact of technology on food availability?
14. When was the Breton Woods Conference convened? State the main aim of the conference.
Long Questions (5 Marks)
1. Explain, giving examples, the role played by technological inventions in transforming 19th century world.
2. How did the withdrawals of US loans during the phase of the Great Depression affect the rest of the world?
Explain in three points.
3. The Spanish conquest and colonization of America was decisively underway by the mid-sixteenth century.’
Explain with examples.
4. Describe the circumstances responsible for the formation of G-77.
5. “Trade and cultural exchange always went hand in hand.” Explain the statement in the light of silk route.
6. Explain the three types of movements or flows within international economic exchange. Mention any one
example of any one type of flow from India and one from England.
7. How did the Great Depression of 1929 affect the farmers and the middle classes in India in different ways?
8. How did the global transfer of disease in pre-modem world helped in colonization of the Americas.
9. Explain two major changes that affected the international financial system after 1970
10 How was the food problem solved in Britain after the scrapping of the ‘Corn Laws’? Explain

Source /case-based Question

Q. Read the extract given below and answer the questions that follow:
The silk routes are a good example of vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links between distant parts of the
world. The name ‘silk routes’ points to the importance of West-bound Chinese silk cargoes along this route.
Historians have identified several silk routes, over land and by sea, knitting together vast regions of Asia, and
linking Asia with Europe and Northern Africa. They are known to have existed since before the Christian era and
thrived almost till the fifteenth century. But Chinese pottery also travelled the same route, as did textiles and
spices from India and Southeast Asia. In return, precious metals – gold and silver – flowed from Europe to Asia.
Trade and cultural exchange always went hand in hand. Early Christian missionaries almost certainly travelled
this route to Asia, as did early Muslim preachers a few centuries later. Much before all this, Buddhism emerged
from eastern India and spread in several directions through intersecting points on the silk routes.
Answer the following MCQs by choosing the most appropriate option:
(i) Find out the incorrect statement from the following about the ‘silk route’:
(a) It was a prominent trade route in ancient times.
(b) Silk was the main trading item, that’s why it was called ‘silk route’.
(c) India used this route mainly to export silk to European countries.
(d) There were two silk routes, i.e. inland route and maritime.
(ii) Find out the incorrect statement from the following:
(a) A route from India met in Central Asia with the main silk route.
(b) Mainly, cotton and spices were supplied from India through this route.
(c) Silk route was not profitable for India but to China.
(d) Silk was costly and used by elite class in Europe.
(iii) Silk route was never used:
(a) To spread Islam from West Asia to East Asia.
(b) To spread Christianity from Europe to Asia.
(c) To spread Buddhism from East Asia to India.
(d) To explore the knowledge by Chinese travelers.
(iv) Which of the following religion was first to use ‘silk route’ for expansion:
(a) Christianity (b) Buddhism (c) Islam (d) Jainism
Answer Key:
VSA/MCQ

1-B 2-D 3-D 4-B 5-C 6-A 7-A 8-D 9-D 10-C
11-Sericulture
12-Spanish
13-Areas irrigated by new canals settled by peasants from other parts of Punjab.
14-Rinderpest was a cattle plague spread in Africa in 1890s killed 90% cattles.
15- Ford car
16. Death and destruction in World war I, Loss of work force
17. 1944
18. When the value of export is more than import, it is called trade surplus.
19. Involved many countries of the world and created mass destruction of life and property.
20. Import of grains increased from colonies and price reduced.

Short Questions (2Mark)

1. El Dorado was situated in Columbia in South America. It was a famous gold mine for which Spanish launched
their victory operations.
2. The population of Europe increased many times and the people migrated from Europe for the search of
employment (capital) and food.
3. Indentured labour system was introduced by British to meet the requirement of labourers in colonies for the
production of food crops, agricultural raw products, and mining products for British industries. Such contracted
poor labourers were taken from densely populated areas like Bihar, Eastern UP, MP and some districts of Tamil
Nadu. They were sent to Fiji, Mauritius, Guyana, and Trinidad & Tobago and in other parts of British colonies.
They were contracted for 5 years and were treated inhumanly. Many such labourers did not return to their homes
and established new mixed culture. Such system ended in 1920s after the demand for its abolition by freedom
fighters.
4. Apart from fire arms Spanish conquerors used biological weapons to conquer America. Native population was
unaware with fire arms and biological weapons. Spanish soldiers had already vaccinated themselves against small
pox virus and they left that virus in America to kill and discourage unvaccinated Native Americans.
5. The famous ‘corn law’ was scrapped by the British government due to pressure from landless labourers and
industrial workers in the cities as the price of grains had increased due to ban on import of food grains.
6. The famous ‘Silk route’ was connecting Beijing with Asia and Europe through land and maritime route.
Through land Silk route Beijing was connected with eastern Mediterranean via central Asia. Maritime Silk route
was connecting Beijing with Africa and Middle East countries via Malacca and Maldives. Trade and culture
flourished much by this famous route.
7. After World War I there was great loss of life and properties. There was shortage of working age people. Many
industrial countries like Britain had taken loan from US banks. In 1928 a panic was created in America and all
lenders started recovery of their loans given in distant world. Many US banks became bankrupt due to nonpayment
of loans by borrowers. That was the time of economic recession and there was deficiency of capital in the world
market. Production of grains increased but its demand decreased and price of items also decreased. This led to
decrease in the world trade too.
8. British were accustomed to Chinese tea in Britain. They started production of Opium in India to finance the
trade deficit in tea with China. In Malwa, Ganga-Yamuna valley they started production of opium and were sold
in Nantes and other port cities of China.
9. All European colonies started fighting among themselves for conquering Africa. Many wars were fought and
they made loss to their enemies by sinking their ships in sea. Lastly all these countries had a meeting in Berlin
(Germany) in 1885 to resolve the issue related to carving of Africa.
10. The cattle plague Riderpest spread in Africa and made great loss to livestock in Africa. Up to 1890s, 90% of
the cattle lost which was a source of livelihood for native Africans. They lost their source of food and were
compelled to work for European colonizers.
11. Invention of refrigerated ships helped in carrying more meet into the ships. Now cattle were cut and meet
was packed at staring locations for long journey. Earlier cattle were being carried live into the ships and many
died before reaching at destination due to deficiency of fodder and less space in the ship. New invention increased
the supply of meat in Europe. Even poor people started eating meat due to its sufficient availability.
12. Canal colonies were made to increase the production of food crops too meet the demand in Europe. British
selected different areas in India for the plantation and agriculture. Canal colony was established in Punjab for the
production of wheat. The area was connected with canals for irrigation to increase the production.
Short Questions (3 Marks)
1 (a) High population increase
(b) Costly price of food items
(c) Demand from labourers and industrial workers increased to scrap corn law.
2. (a) To meet the demands for agriculture (b) Railways (c) ports
3. Britton Wood institutions like IMF and IBRD looked after the welfare of only industrial countries. The
condition of newly independent countries remained same. Export of raw materials for supply to industries at very
low rate did not improve their situation.
4. Involved many countries of the world
Created mass destruction of life and property.
Downfall of economy
Increased indebtness
5. High population increase
Costly price of food items
Demand for labour.
Unemployment among agricultural labourers
6.MNCs were set up in the areas of cheap labour
No import duty in that country
Employment increases
Conversant with new technology.
7. Death and destruction in World War I,
Loss of work force due to death of many people/ soldiers
Women took over the earning jobs
8. Rinderpest was a cattle plague spread in Africa in 1890s killed 90% cattles.
Livelihoods of the people lost and were compelled to engage in the work.
9. Refrigerated ships enabled the transport of perishable foods over long distances.
10. Great loss to British economy and capital
Loss of life and property
Britain had to take debt from USA
11. Canal colonies were made in the agricultural land where canal irrigation was provided. In Punjab canal colony
was made to increase the crops productions and to meet the demand of Britain. As a result production of grains
increased, cheap food items, meeting the demand of Britain.
12. Death and destruction in World War II.
Economic crisis
Britain took debt from US banks
Many colonial states became independent
Formation of IMF, IBRD for the profit of industrial countries.
13. Refrigerated ships enabled the transport of perishable foods over long distances.
Live stocks were culled and packed before loading in refrigerated ships.
No loss of live stocks and money.
Supply of meat to Europe increased.
14. The Breton Woods Conference was convened in 1944.
Formation of IMF, IBRD for the profit of industrial countries.
Fixed exchange rate was introduced.
Long Questions
1. Refrigerated ships enabled the transport of perishable foods over long distances.
Live stocks were culled and packed before loading in refrigerated ships.
No loss of live stocks and money.
Supply of meat to Europe increased.
Use of Telegraph, railways etc.

2. After World war-I production increased. In 1928 a panic was created in USA and all money lenders including
US banks started recovery of their loans given to different countries of the world. That was the time of economic
recession. In the period of 1929-36 we see that many US banks became bankrupt as many lenders did not pay
their loans. Great depression (1929-36) affected farmers much because the price of agricultural product reduced
in spite of more production. Urban population profited by getting their ration at low cost.
3. Spanish adventurers were the first to conquer America. From Mexico to Peru, Bolivia, Chile. Argentina except
Brazil was conquered by Spanish conquerors like Harnandes Cortes and Piegaro.These conquerors had taken
vaccination of Anthrax but local inhabitants were unaware about the disease Maximum local people lost their life
due to impact of Anthrax brought by Spanish with them. These victors exploited the local resources like Gold of
El-Dorado and silver.
4. Developing nations integrated themselves into a group called G-77 and demanded a New International Economic
Order (NIEO). They were victim of Breton Wood’s twins. Their resources and raw materials were valued less and there
were restrictions on their goods in industrial countries. Their economic progress was very slow. Such newly independent
countries formed G-77 like groups for their loans and economic activities.
5. The silk routes are a good example of vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links between distant parts of the world.
The name ‘silk routes’ points to the importance of West-bound Chinese silk cargoes along this route. Historians have
identified several silk routes, over
Land and by sea, knitting together vast regions of Asia, and linking Asia with Europe and northern Africa. Theyare known
to have existed since before the Christian Era and thrived almost till the fifteenth century. But Chinesepottery also travelled
the same route, as did textiles and spices from India and Southeast Asia. In return, precious metals – gold and silver –
flowed from Europe to Asia. Trade and cultural exchange always went hand in hand. Early Christian missionaries almost
certainly travelled this route to Asia, as did early Muslim preachers a few
centuries later. Much before all this, Buddhism emerged from eastern India and spread in several directions through
intersecting points on the silk routes.
6. In 19th century, economists identify three types of movement or ‘flows’ within international economic exchanges. The
first is the flow of trade referred largely to trade in goods (e.g., cloth or wheat). The second is the flow of labour – the
migration of people in search of employment. The third is the movement of capital for short-term or long-term investments
over long distances. As food prices fell, consumption in Britain rose. From the mid nineteenth century, faster industrial
growth in Britain also led to higher incomes, and therefore more food imports. Around the world – in Eastern Europe,
Russia, America and Australia – lands were cleared and food production expanded to meet the British demand. It was not
enough merely to clear lands for agriculture. Railways were needed to link the agricultural regions to the ports. New
harbours had to be built and old ones expanded to ship the new cargoes. People had to settle on the lands to
bring them under cultivation. This meant building homes and settlements. All these activities in turn required
capital and labour. Capital flowed from financial centers such as London. The demand for labour in places where
labour was in short supply – as in America and Australia – led to more migration.

7. In 1928 a panic was created in USA and all money lenders including US banks started recovery of their loans
given to different countries of the world. That was the time of economic recession. In the period of 1929-36 we
see that many US banks became bankrupt as many lenders did not pay their loans. Great depression (1929-36)
affected farmers in India much because the price of agricultural product reduced in spite of more production.
Urban population profited by getting their ration at low cost in the cities.
8. Spanish adventurers were the first to conquer America. From Mexico to Peru, Bolivia, Chile. Argentina except
Brazil was conquered by Spanish conquerors like Hernandez Cortes and Piegaro. These conquerors had taken
vaccination of Anthrax but local inhabitants were unaware about the disease Maximum local people lost their life
due to impact of Anthrax brought by Spanish with them. These victors exploited the local resources like Gold of
El-Dorado and silver and established colonies.

9. From the mid 1970s the international financial system changed. Earlier, developing countries could turn to
international institutions for loans and development assistance. But now they were forced to borrow from western
commercial banks and private lending institutions. This led to periodic debt crisis in the developing world and
lower incomes and increased poverty, especially in Africa and Latin America. Industrial world was also hit by
unemployment that began rising from the mid-1970s and remained high until the early 1990s. MNCs also began
to shift production operations into low- wage Asian countries.
10. Under pressure from landed groups, the government restricted the import of corn. The laws allowing the
government to do this were commonly known as the ‘Corn Laws’. Unhappy with high food prices, industrialists
and urban dwellers forced the abolition of the Corn Laws. After the Corn Laws were scrapped, food could be
imported into Britain more cheaply than it could be produced within the country. British agriculture was unable
to compete with imports. Vast areas of land were now left uncultivated, and thousands of men and women were
thrown out of work. They flocked to the cities or migrated overseas.
Source/Case based Questions

Ans. (i) (c) India used this route mainly to export silk to European countries.
(ii) (c) Silk route was not profitable for India but to China.
(iii) (c) To spread Buddhism from East Asia to India. (
iv) (b) Buddhism
 3. The Age of Industrialization
Summary
Before the Industrial Revolution
Proto-industrialization is referred to the phase which existed even before factories began in England and Europe.
There was large-scale industrial production for an international market not based on factories. In the seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries, merchants from Europe moved to the countryside, supplying money to peasants and
artisans, requesting them to produce for an international market. Merchants were restricted to expand their
production within towns because rulers granted different guilds the monopoly right to produce and trade in
specific products. In the countryside, poor peasants and artisans eagerly agreed so that they could remain in the
countryside and continue to cultivate their small plots. The Proto-industrial system was thus part of a network of
commercial exchanges controlled by merchants
The Coming Up of the Factory
In the 1730s the earliest factories in England were set up, but only in the late eighteenth century, the number of
factories multiplied. Cotton was the first symbol of the new era and its production boomed in the late nineteenth
century. Richard Arkwright created the cotton mill where costly machines were set up and all the processes were
brought together under one roof and management.
The Pace of Industrial Change
First: In Britain, the most dynamic industries were cotton and metals. Cotton was the leading sector in the first
phase of industrialization up to the 1840s, followed by iron and steel industry. Second: The new industries found
it difficult to displace traditional industries. Third: The pace of change in the ‘traditional’ industries was not set
by steam-powered cotton or metal industries, but they did not remain entirely stagnant either. Fourth:
technological changes occurred slowly.
James Watt improved the steam engine produced by Newcomer and patented the new engine in 1781. His
industrialist friend Mathew Boulton manufactured the new model. Steam engines were not used in any of the
other industries until much later in the century.
Hand Labour and Steam Power
There was no shortage of human Labour in Victorian Britain. Industrialists had no problem of labour shortage or
high wage costs. Instead of machines industrialists required large capital investment. The demand for labour was
seasonal in many industries. In all such industries where production fluctuated with the season, industrialists
usually preferred hand Labour, employing workers for the season.
Life of the Workers
The workers’ lives were affected by the abundance of labour in the market. To get a job, workers should have
existing networks of friendship and kin relations in a factory. Till the mid-nineteenth century, it was difficult for
workers to find jobs. In the early nineteenth century, wages were increased. The fear of unemployment made
workers hostile to the introduction of new technology. Spinning Jenny was introduced in the woolen industry.
After the 1840s, building activity intensified in the cities, opening up greater opportunities for employment. Roads
were widened, new railway stations came up, railway lines were extended, tunnels dug, drainage and sewers laid,
rivers embanked.
Industrialization in the Colonies

The Age of Indian Textiles

In India, silk and cotton goods dominated the international market in textiles, before the age of machine industries.
A variety of Indian merchants and bankers were involved in this network of export trade – financing production,
carrying goods and supplying exporters. By the 1750s this network, controlled by Indian merchants, was breaking
down. The European companies came into power – first securing a variety of concessions from local courts, then
the monopoly rights to trade. The shift from the old ports to the new ones was an indicator of the growth of
colonial power. European companies-controlled trade through the new ports and were carried in European ships.
Many old trading houses collapsed, and those who wanted to survive had to operate within a network shaped by
European trading companies
What Happened to Weavers?
After the 1760s, the consolidation of the East India Company did not initially lead to a decline in textile exports
from India. Before establishing political power in Bengal and Carnatic in the 1760s and 1770s, the East India
Company had found it difficult to ensure a regular supply of goods for export. After the East India Company
established political power, it developed a system of management and control that would eliminate competition,
control costs, and ensure regular supplies of cotton and silk goods. It was established by following a series of
steps.

1. By eliminating existing traders and brokers connected with the cloth trade, and establishing more direct
control over the weaver.
2. By preventing Company weavers from dealing with other buyers.

The weavers were granted a loan to buy the raw materials once an order was placed. Weavers who took loans
needed to hand over the cloth they produced to the gomastha. Weaving required the labour of the entire family,
with children and women all engaged in different stages of the process. Earlier, supply merchants had a very close
relationship with weavers, but new gomasthas were outsiders with no social link with the village.
In many places in Carnatic and Bengal, weavers set up looms in other villages where they had some family
relation. In other places, weavers along with the village traders revolted, opposing the Company and its officials.
Over time many weavers began refusing loans, closing down their workshops and taking to agricultural labour.
By the turn of the nineteenth century, cotton weavers faced a new set of problems.
Manchester Comes to India
In 1772, Henry Patullo said that the demand for Indian textiles could never reduce since no other nation produced
goods of the same quality. But, unfortunately, by the beginning of the nineteenth century, India witnessed a
decline in textile exports. In the early nineteenth century, exports of British cotton goods increased dramatically.
At the end of the eighteenth century, import of cotton piece-goods was restricted into India. In India cotton
weavers faced two problems:

1. Their export market collapsed

2. Local market shrank and glutted with Manchester imports.

By the 1860s, weavers faced a new problem. They could not get sufficient supply of raw cotton of good quality.
Even the raw cotton exports from India increased due to which the price increased. By the end of the nineteenth
century, other craftspeople faced yet another problem. Factories in India began production, flooding the market
with machine-goods.
Factories Come Up
In 1854, the first cotton mill in Bombay set up and went into production two years later. By 1862 four more mills
were set up and around the same time jute mills came up in Bengal. The first jute mill was set up in 1855 and
another one after seven years in 1862. In the 1860s, in north India, the Elgin Mill was started in Kanpur, and a
year later the first cotton mill of Ahmedabad was set up. By 1874, the first spinning and weaving mill of Madras
began production.
The Early Entrepreneurs
The history of trade started from the late eighteenth century when British in India began exporting opium to China
and took tea from China to England. Some of the businessmen who were involved in these trades had visions of
developing industrial enterprises in India. In Bengal, Dwarkanath Tagore made his fortune in the China trade. In
Bombay, Parsis like Dinshaw Petit and Jamsetjee Nusserwanjee Tata built huge industrial empires in India. Seth
Hukumchand, a Marwari businessman set up the first Indian jute mill in Calcutta in 1917. The opportunities of
investments in industries opened up and many of them set up factories.
But due to colonial power, Indians were barred from trading with Europe in manufactured goods and had to export
mostly raw materials and food grains – raw cotton, opium, wheat and indigo – required by the British. Three of
the biggest European Managing Agencies are Bird Heiglers & Co., Andrew Yule, and Jar dine Skinner & Co.
who mobilised capital, set up joint-stock companies and managed them
Where Did the Workers Come From?
As the factories started expanding, the demand for workers increased. Most of the workers came from the
neighboring districts in search of work. Over 50 per cent workers in the Bombay cotton industries in 1911 came
from the neighboring district of Ratnagiri, while the mills of Kanpur got most of their textile hands from the
villages within the district of Kanpur. As news of employment spread, workers travelled great distances in the
hope of work in the mills.
Even after the demand for workers increased, getting jobs was difficult. The numbers seeking work were always
more than the jobs available. Most of the industrialists employed a jobber, which he brought from his village, to
recruit new workers. Industrialists helped the jobber to settle down and provided them with money in need.
The Peculiarities of Industrial Growth
European Managing Agencies were interested in certain kinds of products such as tea and coffee. They established
tea and coffee plantations and invested in mining, indigo and jute. These products are used only for export
purposes. In the late nineteenth century, Indian businessmen began setting up industries. The yarn produced in
Indian spinning mills was used by handloom weavers in India or exported to China. The pattern of
industrialization was affected by a series of changes. When the swadeshi movement gained support, nationalists
boycotted foreign cloth. From 1906, Indian yarn exports to China declined since produce from Chinese and
Japanese mills flooded the Chinese market. Till the end of the First World War, industrial growth was slow. The
war completely changed the whole scenario and Indian mills took advantage of the situation. They had a vast
market to supply war needs: jute bags, cloth for army uniforms, tents and leather boots, horse and mule saddles
and a host of other items. The industrial production boomed over the years and after the war, Manchester could
never recapture its old position in the Indian market.
Small-scale Industries Predominate
Small-scale industries continued to predominate the rest of the country. Only a small proportion of the total
industrial labour force worked in registered factories. The rest worked in small workshops and household units.
Handicrafts production expanded in the twentieth century. In the twentieth century, handloom cloth production
expanded. It happened because of technological changes as they started adopting new technology which helped
them improve production without excessively pushing up costs.
Certain groups of weavers were in a better position than others to survive the competition with mill industries.
Some of the weavers produced coarse cloth while others wove finer varieties. Weavers and other craftspeople
who continued to expand production through the twentieth century did not necessarily prosper. They worked for
long hours including all the women and children. But they were not simply remnants of past times in the age of
factories. Their life and labour were integral to the process of industrialization.
Market for Goods
When new products are produced advertisements helped people to make products appear desirable and necessary.
They tried to shape the minds of people and create new needs. Today we are surrounded by advertisements which
appear in newspapers, magazines, hoardings, street walls, television screens. From the very beginning of the
industrial age, advertisements played a part in expanding the markets for products, and in shaping new consumer
culture.
Manchester industrialists put labels on the cloth bundles, to mark the quality. When buyers saw ‘MADE IN
MANCHESTER’ written in bold on the label, they were expected to feel confident about buying the cloth. Some
of the labels were made with images and were beautifully crafted.
Images of Indian gods and goddesses appeared on these labels. Printing calendars were started by manufacturers
to popularize their products. In these calendars, figures of gods were used to sell new products. Later,
advertisements became a vehicle of the nationalist message of swadeshi.
(MCQ/Very Short Questions)
1. The person who got people from village, ensured them jobs, helped them settle in cities and provided them
money in times of need was known as:
(a) Stapler (b) Fuller
(c) Gomastha (d) Jobber
Ans-(d) Jobber
2. Why did Manchester export to India decline after the First World War?
(a) People were busy fighting the war. (b) Factories closed down due to security problem.
(c) Factories and mills were busy producing goods to fulfill the need of army.
(d) Export trade was restricted by the government.
Ans-(c) Factories and mills were busy producing goods to fulfill the need of army
3. Why were workers in England hostile to machines and new technology?
(a) They did not know how to use these.
(b) They feared that they would lose their jobs and livelihood.
(c) The workers were too poor to buy new machines.
(d) They were scared of machines.
Ans-(b) They feared that they would lose their jobs and livelihood.
4. Why were there frequent clashes between the gomastha and the weavers?
(a) The weavers hated foreigners.
(b) The gomastha forced the weavers to sell goods at a dictated price.
(c) Gomasthas were outsiders without long term social link with the village.
(d) None of the above.
Ans-(c) Gomasthas were outsiders without long term social link with the village.
5. From which of the following trade did the early entrepreneurs make a fortune?
(a) Textile trade (b) China trade (c) Trade in tea (d) Industries
Ans-(b) China trade
 6. Created the cotton mill.
(a) Orville Wright (b) Richard Arkwright (c) James Watt (d) None of the above
Ans-(b) Richard Arkwright
7. James Watt patented the new engine in .
(a) 1765 (b) 1581 (c) 1681 (d) 1781
Ans-(a) 1765
8. products came to symbolise refinement and class.
(a) Machine Made (b) Handmade (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above
Ans-(b) Handmade
9. Hoogly in had trade links with Southeast Asian ports.
(a) Maharashtra ( b) Gujarat (c) Orissa (d) Bengal
Ans-(d) Bengal
10. on the Gujarat coast connected India to the Gulf and the Red Sea Ports.
(a) Okha (b) Porbandar (c) Surat (d) Kandla
Ans-(c) Surat
11. What is the name of this machine and who invented it?

(a) Weaving machine by Charles (b) Flying shuttle by John key

(c) Cotton Gin by Eli Whitney (d) Spinning Jenny by James Hargreaves
Ans-d) Spinning Jenny by James Hargreaves
12. When did the earliest factories come up in England?
(a) In 1720s (b) In 1730s (c) In 1740s (d) In 1750s
Ans. (b) In 1730s
13. Assertion: The first symbol of the new era was cotton.
Reason: In Victorian Britain, the industrialists did not want to introduce machines that got rid of human labour
and required large capital investment
Ans.-(b) both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
14. Assertion: The cotton weavers of India flourished with the Manchester imports.
Reason: With the American Civil War, the cotton supplies from US to Britain decreased.
Ans-(d) Assertion is false but reason is true.
15. Match the following items given in column A with those in column B.
Column A Column B
(a) First cotton mill in Bombay 1. India
(b) Masulipatam
2. Connected India to the Gulf
(c) Gujarat coast and Red Sea Ports;
(d) Finer variety of coarser 3. Coromandel coast
cotton
4. 1854

Ans- (a) 4, (b) 3, (c) 2, (d) 1

16. Complete the following table with correct information with regard to Spinning Jenny:
Spinning Jenny Devised by Devised year How it work?
(A)-? (B)-? This machine speeded
up the spinning
process and reduced
labour demand.

Ans- (A) James Hargreaves, (B) 1764

17. Why the merchants and traders did turn their attention towards the countryside for production in Seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries?
Ans-Production could not be expanded in the town because the urban trade and craft guilds regulated the
issues in the towns strictly. Moreover, they did not allow free entry and lenient rules for outsiders
18. Why were wages low in England during eighteenth centuries?
Ans- In England during the Victorian Age, there was no shortage of human labour. Unemployed people, farmers
and vagrants often moved through the cities in search of work. So, the industrialists had an ample supply of labour
and no problem of high wage cost
19. Give some examples of seasonal industries
Ans:- Gasworks, breweries, book binding factories, dockyard works, repairing tasks in various other factories too
20. Why was hand labour preferred in seasonal factories?
Ans- In industries such as breweries and book binders, production was affected by the seasonal demands and
changes. Hence, seasonal labours could be easily employed when the need arose. Moreover, as the supply
of labour was high, it was easy to get such labourers and keep cost of production low.

21. Why the aristocrats in Victorian England demanded handmade products?

Ans- Handmade products portrayed class, royalty, high tastes and refinement. They were unique in their own
designs and carefully designed and finished, so they attracted the upper elites of the society more.
22. How did urbanization help create opportunities?
Ans-Urban activities like building up of roads, laying down railway lines, construction of new railways stations
as railways were expanded too, drainage and sewers laid and river embankments created opportunities where
people got employment
23. Why were the women in England against Spinning Jenny?
Ans- Women feared that they might lose their livelihood and these machines would overtake their positions so
they started detesting the use of spinning Jenny in the factories
24. By 1750’s why the commercial networks of Indian trailers did begin to decline in India?
Ans-The European, trading companies secured huge concessions and trading privileges from various rulers and
local courts that boosted their trade. After this, they secured monopoly rights to trade even. This impacted the
trading activities of the Indian traders and merchants.
25. Who were Gomasthas?
Ans- Gomasthas described as an Indian agent of the English East India Company who was paid to supervise
weavers and craftsmen, collect supplies and deliver finished goods to the company at fixed rates. Heal ways
examined the quality of the cloth.
26. How was the relationship between the Gomasthas and the weavers?
Ans- Britain is the first industrial nation in the world
28. Who manufactured the new model of the steam engine?
Ans- Mathew Boulton manufactured the new model of the steam engine.
29. Who was the jobber? What was his job?
Ans- The jobber was a person employed by the Indian industrialist to get new recruits. He was a person with
authority and power.
30. Why did Manchester imports into India decline?
Ans- with British mills busy with war production to meet the needs of the army, Manchester imports into India
declined.
Ans-The Gomasthas were paid agents of the English company who were outsiders and not from the villages. He
was arrogant and often marched into the villages with sepoys to beat up the weavers and craftsmen if they were
late in supplying products.
Short Questions (2Marks)
1. Name some processes involved in the production of cloth.
Ans. Carding, twisting, spinning and rolling.
2. Name some other trading companies apart from the English East India Company.
Ans. The Dutch, East India Company, the Portuguese East India Company, and the French East India Company.
3. What did the Indian merchants trade in mostly?
Ans. Raw cotton, wheat, indigo, spices and tea.
4. Name some small scale industries where small innovations helped immensely.
Ans. Food processing units, pottery, glassworks, tanning, furniture making and tools manufacturing.
5. Give some examples of seasonal industries.
 Ans. Gas works, breweries, book binding factories, dockyard works, repairing tasks in various other factories
too.
6. Why the Indian weavers were deprived of good cotton?
Ans. As American Civil War broke out, the cotton supplies to England from America declined. Thus, superior
quality of cotton from India was exported to England, leaving the weavers in India helpless.
7. What was the problem faced by Indian weavers in the 1860s?
Ans. The Indian weavers could not get sufficient amount of good quality of cotton.
8. Why did technological changes occur slowly?
Ans. New technology was expensive and their repairing costs were very high. Thus, merchants and industrialists
thought before investing in them. Moreover, not all manufacturers could guarantee efficient machines.
9. What were the roles of trade guilds?
Ans. The roles of trade guilds are enumerated as follows:
1. Trained craftsmen, maintain control over production, regulate prices.2
2. . Had the right to restrict entry of outsiders.
10. Name the two industrialists of Bombay who built huge industrial empires during nineteenth century.
Ans. Dinshaw Petit and Jamshetjee Nusserwanjee Tata.

Short Questions (3 Marks)

1.Explain what is meant by proto industrialization.
Ans. The term ‘proto’ refers to the first or nascent form of something. By the term ‘proto-industrialization’,
we mean the period in which the European countries produced goods for the foreign markets on a wider
scale. This phase started before the development of factories in the European countries. In the proto-
industrial period, hand-made products were made for the international market.
3. What were the roles of trade guilds?
Ans. The roles of trade guilds are enumerated as follows:
1. Trained craftsmen, maintain control over production, regulate prices.
2. Enjoyed monopoly rights to produce and trade certain products.
3. Had the right to restrict entry of outsiders.
3. Why merchants from towns in Europe began to move countryside in Seventeenth and eighteenth centuries?
Ans. In the seventeenth and eighteenth century the merchants from the towns in Europe began moving to the
countryside because the availability of raw materials was cheap and the labourers were also available for
more production.
4. What were the advantages of cotton mill?
Ans. The advantages of cotton mill are enumerated as follows:
1. Production process was carefully supervised.
2. Quality of cloth could be controlled.
3. More amount of production in less time.
4. Labour could be easily managed.
5. What was the impact of colonization of India on the Indian traders?
Ans. As colonial control over Indian trade tightened, the space within which Indian merchants could
function became limited. They were barred from trading with Europe in manufactured goods. They had
 to export mostly raw materials and food grains, raw cotton, opium, wheat and indigo required by the
British. They were also gradually edged out of the shipping business. The points are enumerated as
follows:
1. The European companies gradually gained power — first securing a variety of concessions from local
courts, then the monopoly rights to trade.
2. It resulted in a decline of the old ports of Surat and Hoogly through which local merchants had operated.
Exports from these ports fell dramatically.
3. The credit that had financed the earlier trade began drying up and the local bankers slowly became
bankrupt
6. Explain the features of pre-colonial trade scenario in India.
Ans. The features of pre-colonial trade scenario in India are enumerated as follows:
1. Silk and cotton goods from India dominated the international market in textiles.
2. Armenian and Persian merchants took the goods from Punjab to Afghanistan, Eastern Persia and Central
Asia. Bales of fine textiles were carried and brought back via the northwest frontier, through mountain
passes and across deserts.
3. A vibrant sea trade operated through the main pre-colonial ports. Surat on the Gujarat coast connected
India to the Gulf and Red Sea Ports. Masulipatnam on the Coromandel Coast and Hoogly in Bengal had
trade links with Southeast Asian ports.
7. Describe any three major problems faced by Indian cotton weavers in the nineteenth century.
Ans. The problems faced by the cotton weavers in India during midnineteenth century are as follows:
1. A huge decline of textile exports from India. The local markets shrank due to deluge of Manchester
imports.
2. Produced by machines at lower costs, the imported cotton goods were so cheap that the hand-spun cotton
materials made by Indian weavers could not easily compete with them.
3. The Indian weavers failed to achieve sufficient supply of raw cotton of good quality.
8. Why was a jobber employed? How did he misuse his power?
Ans. Industrialists usually employed a jobber to get new recruits. Very often, the jobber was an old and
trusted worker. He got people from his village, ensured them jobs, helped them settle in the city and
provided them money in times of crisis. Therefore, the jobber became a person with some authority and
power. He began demanding money and gifts for such favour and controlling the lives of workers.
9. Write a short note on the growth of factories in colonial India.
Ans. The first cotton mill in Bombay came up in 1854 and it went into production two years later. By 1862
four mills were at work. Around the same time jute mills came up in Bengal, the first being set up in
1855 and another one seven years later in 1862. In North India, the Elgin Mill was started in Kanpur. In
the 1860s and a year later, the first cotton mill of Ahmedabad was set up. By 1874, the first spinning and
weaving mill of Madras began production.
10. Why did industrial production in India boom during the World War-I phase?
Ans. Industrial production in India boom during First World War, because:
1. British mill were busy producing was material for the British army. So the Manchester imports into India
declined.
2. Indian factories supply was needs such as jute bag cloths for army uniforms, etc
3. New factories were set-up and old factories run multiple shift to meet the increasing demand.
11. What were guilds? How did they make it difficult for new merchants to set business in towns of England?
Ans-Guilds were the associations of artisans or merchants who controlled the practise of their craft and trade
in a particular city. They were very powerful as they were granted monopoly rights by the rulers to
produce and trade in specific product. They themselves trained the people in their trade or craft. They
regulated competition and restricted the entry of new people in the trade. This made it difficult for the
new merchants to set up their business in towns of England.
Long Questions(5Marks)
.1. Explain any five causes of Industrial Revolution in England.
Ans. The five causes of Industrial Revolution in England are enumerated as follows:
1. Growing international markets in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries led to the demand of more
products not just inside the country but in other colonies and countries as well.
2. New inventions: Series of new inventions by James Watt, James Hargreaves and Richard Arkwright
contributed significantly in the growth of factories and production process hastened as well as
smoothened.
3. Availability of raw material: Availability of raw material from the countryside and new freshly acquired
colonies like America, India etc. made production process easier.
4. Availability of capital for investment was easily available as they had earned huge profits from trade
and overseas investments.
5. Increase in demand for a diverse range of products both inside the country as well as in other countries
was a significant factor. This made people invest in business and factories produced more.
2. Why did the villagers started producing commodities for the merchants in the countryside?
Ans. 1. Merchant wanted to expand their production so as to meet growing needs of the population and there
for to decided to move the countryside.
2. In towns, trade guilds exercised excessive control and regulated price of the commodities. They also
restricted the entry of new people into trade practises.
3. Trade guilds exercised monopoly right over production and to trade in specific products. Thus, it
became difficult for new merchant to set up business in town.
4. These conditions lead merchants to look for countryside. They provide money to the peasants and
artisans to produce for the international market.
3. How did the abundance of labour in the market affect the lives of the workers in Britain during nineteenth
century? OR
“The process of industrialization brought with it miseries for the newly emerged class of industrial workers.”
Explain.
Ans. There was abundance of labour in the market of Britain during nineteenth century compared to the
work available. Which led to the problem of unemployment?
1. Seasonality of work: Most of the workers were employed in a fixed or particular season only. This
resulted in unemployment for most of the time of the year
2. Low real wages: High supply of labour resulted in low wages and workers were easily replaced if any
wage issue was created.
3. Poverty: As wages were low, most of the workers lived in harsh conditions of extreme poverty. They did
not have enough money to feed their entire families at times.
4. Housing problem: As the number of workers kept on increasing in the cities, mostly without work, had a
problem in finding healthy and hygienic conditions. Most of them lived on roads, under the bridges or in
the unclean by lanes.
5. Why did some industrialists in nineteenth century Europe prefer hand labour over machines?
Ans. In the nineteenth-century Europe, some British industrialists prioritized hand labour instead of
machine labour. The points are enumerated as follows:
1. The prices of new technologies and machines were exorbitantly high. Therefore, the industrialists and
the producers did not to use them.
2. Machines often broke down and their repair was very expensive.
3. Poor peasants and artisans flocked to the cities in quest for employment. Therefore, the supply of
workers outweighed the demand. The workers were available at a cheap rate.
4. Market demand of variety of designs and colour could not be satisfied by the machine-made products.
The hand-made labour was effective in this regard.
6. How did the East India Company procure regular supplies of cotton and silk textiles from Indian weavers?
 Ans. 1. After establishing political power in India, the East India Company tried to acquire right to cotton
textile and silk goods trade. It also started to procure regular supplies of these goods from Indian weavers.
2. This could be achieved by them after taking a series of steps. First, they established their management
and a direct control over the weavers by hiring their paid servants called Gomasthas.
3. Gomasthas supervised weavers, examined the quality of goods and ensured regular supplies
. 4. Second, the Company prevented weavers from dealing with their buyers by giving them ‘advances’
against purchase orders. Thus, the weavers after taking loans could not sell their cloth to any other trader
and had to work under the Company’s Gomasthas.
7. How were the Indian weavers affected because of industrialization in India?
Ans. The points regarding this are stated as follows:
1. The weavers lose their chance of bargaining.
2. Leasing of land became very common. Weavers remained busy with weaving and so had to lease out
their lands to others for farming.
3. Clashes with Gomasthas became a common instance. The Gomasthas often beat up the weavers; spoke
arrogantly if there was
8. Why did the ports of India started declining after the arrival of East India Company?
Ans. A variety of Indian merchants and bankers were involved in the network of export trade financing
production, carrying goods and supplying exporters.
1. Supply merchants linked the port towns to the inland regions. They gave advances to weavers, procured
the woven cloth from weaving villages, and carried the supply to the ports. At the port, the big shippers
and export merchants had brokers who negotiated the price and bought goods from the supply merchants
operating inland.
2. By the 1750s this network, controlled by Indian merchants, was breaking down. The European
companies gradually gained power first securing a variety of concessions from local courts, then the
monopoly right to trade.
3. This resulted in a decline of the old ports of Surat and Hoogly through which local merchants had
operated. Exports from these ports fell dramatically.
4. The credit that had financed the earlier trade begun drying up, and the bankers became bankrupt. Thus
trading activities declined at Surat, Hoogly..
Sources Based/case study
1. Read the extract and answer the questions that follow:
The earliest factories in England came up by the 1730s. But it was only in the late eighteenth century that the
number of factories multiplied. The first symbol of the new era was cotton. Its production boomed in the late
nineteenth century. In 1760 Britain was importing 2.5 million pounds of raw cotton to feed its cotton industry.
By 1787 this import soared to 22 million pounds. This increase was linked to a number of changes within the
process of production. Let us look briefly at some of these. A series of inventions in the eighteenth century
increased the efficacy of each step of the production process (carding, twisting and spinning, and rolling). They
enhanced the output per worker, enabling each worker to produce more, and they made the production of stronger
threads and yarn possible. Then Richard Arkwright created the cotton mill. Till this time, as you have seen, cloth
production was spread all over the countryside and carried out within village households. But now, the costly new
machines could be purchased, set up and maintained in the mill. Within the mill all the processes were brought
together under one roof and management. This allowed a more careful supervision over the production process,
a watch over quality, and the regulation of labour, all of which had been difficult to do when production was in
the countryside. In the early nineteenth century, factories increasingly became an intimate part of the English
landscape. So visible were the imposing new mills, so magical seemed to be the power of new technology, that
contemporaries were dazzled. They concentrated their attention on the mills, almost forgetting the by lanes and
the workshops where production still continued. (i) When was the earliest factory in England came up?
 (i) What was the symbol of new era?

(ii) Who created the first cotton mill in England?

(iii) What will happen after the advent of industrialisation?

(iv). When was a series of invention took place?

Ans-(i) (a) The earliest factories in England came up by the 1730s.
(b) The first symbol of new era was cotton.
(ii) Richard Arkwright was created the first cotton mill in England.
(iii) (a) Industrialization enhanced the output per worker, enabling each worker to produce more.
(b) They made the production of stronger threads and yarn possible.
(iv) In the early nineteenth century
2 . Read the extract given below and answer the questions that follow:
As loans flowed in and the demand for fine textiles expanded, weavers eagerly took the advances, hoping to earn
more. Many weavers had small plots of land which they had earlier cultivated along with weaving, and the
produce from this took care of their family needs. Now they had to lease out the land and devote all their time to
weaving. Weaving, in fact, required the labour of the entire family, with children and women all engaged in
different stages of the process. Soon, however, in many weaving villages there were reports of clashes between
weavers and gomasthas. Earlier supply merchants had very often lived within the weaving villages, and had a
close relationship with the weavers, looking after their needs and helping them in times of crisis. The new
gomasthas were outsiders, with no long-term social link with the village. They acted arrogantly, marched into
villages with sepoys and peons, and punished weavers for delays in supply– often beating and flogging them. The
weavers lost the space to bargain for prices and sell to different buyers: the price they received from the Company
was miserably low and the loans they had accepted tied them to the company.
Answer the following MCQs by choosing the most appropriate option:
(i) Which of the following work was not performed by Gomasthas?
(a) To supervise weavers (b) Collect supplies
(c) Examine the quality of the clothes. (d) To provide loans to weavers to expand their business.
(ii) At the starting, which was the main problem faced by Company here in India?
(a) Competition with other European countries (b) High cost of raw material.
(c) Irregular supplies of cotton and silk. (d) All of the above.
(iii) Find out the incorrect statement about the Indian weavers:
(a) Before colonial government weavers were having enough to sustain their family.
(b) Gomasthas made their life easy by providing loans on easy conditions.
(c) Once weavers took loans, they were in debt trap.
(d) To repay loans they started work involving their family members.
(iv) Find out the correct statement from the following:
(a) After arrival of Britishers Bombay and Calcutta lost their glory.
(b) Gomasthas played important role to establish trade monopoly of East India Company.
(c) To live a luxurious life weaver started work hard with family members.
(d) Gomasthas were paid servants to supervise weavers, collect supplies and examine the quality of cloth.
Ans. (i) (d) To provide loans to weavers to expand their business.
(ii) (d) All of the above.
(iii) (b) Gomasthas made their life easy by providing loans on easy conditions.
(iv) (d) Gomasthas were paid servants to supervise weavers, collect supplies and examine the quality of cloth
.
 Print Culture and the Modern World

(Summary)

The First Printed Books

China, Japan and Korea developed the earliest kind of print technology, which was a system of hand printing.
Books in China were printed by rubbing paper from AD 594 and both the sides of the book were folded and
stitched. China for a long time was the major producer of printed material. China started conducting civil service
examinations for its bureaucrats and its textbooks were printed in vast numbers. Print was no longer confined to
scholar-officials. Merchants used print while collecting their trade information. Reading became a part of leisure
activity and rich women started publishing their own poetry and plays. This new reading culture attracted new
technology. In the late 19th century, Western printing techniques and mechanical presses were imported.
Print in Japan
Hand-printing technology was introduced by Buddhist missionaries from China into Japan around AD 768-770.
The Buddhist Diamond Sutra is the oldest Japanese book, printed in AD 868, containing six sheets of text and
woodcut illustrations. Printing of visual material led to interesting publishing practices. In the late 19th century,
illustrative collections of paintings depicted an elegant urban culture and libraries and bookstores were packed
with hand-printed material of various types – books on women, musical instruments, etc.

Print Comes to Europe

Marco Polo returned to Europe after exploring China and along with him, he brought the knowledge of woodblock
printing and soon the technology spread to other parts of Europe. Gradually, the demands of books started
increasing so booksellers began exporting books to many different countries. But the production of handwritten
manuscripts could not satisfy the ever-increasing demand for books. Europe widely started using woodblocks to
print textiles, playing cards, and religious pictures with simple, brief texts. Johann Gutenberg developed the first-
known printing press in the 1430s.
Gutenberg and the Printing Press
Gutenberg was an expert in the art of polishing stones and with this knowledge, he adapted existing technology
to design his innovation. The first printed book with the new system was the Bible. With the adaption of new
technology the existing art of producing books by hand was not entirely displaced. Books printed for the rich left
blank space for decoration on the printed page. In the hundred years between 1450 and 1550, printing presses
were set up in most countries of Europe. The shift from hand printing to mechanical printing led to the print
revolution.
The Print Revolution and Its Impact
Print revolution is not only a new way of producing books it transformed the lives of people, changing their
relationship to information and knowledge, and with institutions and authorities.
A New Reading Public
The cost of books was reduced due to the print revolution. Markets were flooded with books reaching out to an
ever-growing readership. It created a new culture of reading. Earlier, elites are only permitted to read books and
common people used to hear sacred texts readout. Before the print revolution, books were expensive. But, the
transition was not as simple as books could only be read by the literate. Printers started publishing popular ballads
and folk tales illustrated with pictures for those who did not read. Oral culture entered print and printed material
were orally transmitted.
Religious Debates and the Fear of Print
Print introduced a new world of debate and discussion. Printed books are not welcomed by everyone and many were
apprehensive of the effects that the wider circulation of books could have on people’s minds. There was a fear of spreading
rebellious and irreligious thoughts. In 1517, the religious reformer Martin Luther wrote Ninety Five Theses, criticising many
of the practices and rituals of the Roman Catholic Church. His textbook printed copy led to a division within the Church and
to the beginning of the Protestant Reformation.
Print and Dissent
In the sixteenth century, Menocchio began to read books available in his locality. He reinterpreted the message
of the Bible and formulated a view of God and Creation that enraged the Roman Catholic Church. Menocchio
was hauled up twice and ultimately executed. From 1558, The Roman Church began to maintain an Index of
Prohibited Books.

The Reading Mania

In most parts of Europe, literacy rates went up, through the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Schools and
literacy spread in European countries due to which people wanted production of more books. Other forms of
reading mainly based on entertainment began to reach ordinary readers. Books were of various sizes, serving
many different purposes and interests. From the early 18th century, periodical press developed which combined
information related to current affairs with entertainment. Journals and newspapers carried information related to
wars, trade and developments in other places. Issac Newton discoveries were published which influenced
scientifically-minded readers.
‘Tremble, therefore, tyrants of the world!’
Books were considered as a means of spreading progress and enlightenment by the mid-eighteenth century.
According to Louise-Sebastien Mercier, a novelist in eighteenth-century France said that ‘The printing press is
the most powerful engine of progress and public opinion is the force that will sweep despotism away.’ Convinced
of the power of print in bringing enlightenment and destroying the basis of despotism, Mercier proclaimed:
‘Tremble, therefore, tyrants of the world! Tremble before the virtual writer!’
Print Culture and the French Revolution
Historians argued that print culture created the conditions for the French Revolution. Three types of arguments
were put forward.

1. Print popularized the ideas of the Enlightenment thinkers. Their writings provided a critical commentary
on tradition, superstition and despotism. The writings of Voltaire and Rousseau were read widely; and
people saw the world through new eyes, eyes that were questioning, critical and rational.
2. Print created a new culture of dialogue and debate. Within this public culture, new ideas of social
revolution came into being.
3. By the 1780s there was an outpouring of literature that mocked the royalty and criticised their morality.

Print helps in spreading ideas. They accepted some ideas and rejected others and interpreted things their way.
Print did not directly shape their minds, but it did open up the possibility of thinking differently.

The Nineteenth Century

Large numbers of new readers among children, women and workers were added to the mass literacy in Europe
during the 19th century.
Children, Women and Workers
From the late 19th century, primary education became compulsory. In 1857, a children’s press was set up in
France devoted to literature for children. Traditional folks tales were gathered by Grimm Brothers in Germany.
Rural folk tales acquired a new form. Women became important as readers as well as writers. Magazines were
published especially dedicated for women, as were manuals teaching proper behavior and housekeeping. In the
nineteenth century, lending libraries in England became instruments for educating white-collar workers, artisans
and lower-middle-class people.
Further Innovations
Press came to be made out of metal by the late eighteenth century. Printing technology saw a series of further
innovations by the 19th century. During that century, power-driven cylindrical press was perfected by Richard
M, which was particularly used for printing newspapers. The offset was developed which was capable of printing
six colours at a time. By the 20th century, electrically operated presses accelerated printing operations followed
by other series of development.

1. Methods of feeding paper improved

2. The quality of plates became better
3. Automatic paper reels and photoelectric controls of the colour register were introduced

India and the World of Print

Manuscripts Before the Age of Print

India is a country rich in old tradition of handwritten manuscripts – in Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, as well as in
various vernacular languages. These handwritten manuscripts were copied on palm leaves or on handmade paper.
The production of the manuscript continued well after the introduction of print. It is considered highly expensive
and fragile. In Bengal, students were only taught to write due to which many became literate without ever actually
reading any kinds of texts.
Print Comes to India
In the mid-sixteenth century, the first printing press came to Goa with Portuguese missionaries. Catholic priests
printed the first Tamil book in 1579 at Cochin, and in 1713 the first Malayalam book was printed by them. The
English press grew quite late in India even though the English East India Company began to import presses from
the late seventeenth century. A weekly magazine named the Bengal Gazette was edited by James Augustus
Hickey. Advertisements were published by Hickey and he also published a lot of gossip about the Company’s
senior officials in India. By the close of the eighteenth century, a number of newspapers and journals appeared in
print.

Religious Reform and Public Debates

Religious issues became intense from the early nineteenth century. People started criticizing existing practices
and campaigned for reform, while others countered the arguments of reformers. Printed tracts and newspapers
spread new ideas and shaped the nature of the debate. New ideas emerged and intense controversies erupted
between social and religious reformers and the Hindu orthodoxy over matters like widow immolation,
monotheism, Brahmanical priesthood and idolatry. In 1821, Rammohun Roy published the Sambad Kaumudi. In
1822, two Persian newspapers published Jam-i-Jahan Nama and Shamsul Akbar. In the same year, a Gujarati
newspaper, the Bombay Samachar, was established. The Deoband Seminary, founded in 1867, published
thousands upon thousands of fatwas telling Muslim readers how to conduct themselves in their everyday lives
and explaining the meanings of Islamic doctrines.
Print encouraged the reading of religious texts, among Hindus, especially in the vernacular languages. Religious
texts reached a very wide circle of people, encouraging discussions, debates and controversies within and among
different religions. Newspapers conveyed news from one place to another, creating pan-Indian identities.

New Forms of Publication

New kinds of writing were introduced as more and more people got interested in reading. In Europe, the novel, a
literary firm, was developed to cater to the needs of people who acquired Indian forms and styles. New literary
forms entered the world of reading such as lyrics, short stories, essays about social and political matters. New
visual culture took shape by the end of the nineteenth century. Cheap calendars were available in the bazaar which
can be bought even by the poor to decorate the walls of their homes or places of work. These prints began shaping
popular ideas about modernity and tradition, religion and politics, and society and culture. Caricatures and
cartoons were being published in journals and newspapers, commenting on social and political issues by 1870s.
Women and Print
Women’s reading increased enormously in middle-class homes. Schools were set up in cities for women. Journals
also started carrying writings by women and explained why women should be educated. But, Conservative Hindus
believed that a literate girl would be widowed and Muslims feared that educated women would be corrupted by
reading Urdu romances. Social reforms and novels created a great interest in women’s lives and emotions. In the
early twentieth century, journals, written and edited by women, became extremely popular. In Bengal, an entire
area in central Calcutta – the Battala – was devoted to the printing of popular books. By the late nineteenth
century, a lot of these books were profusely illustrated with woodcuts and coloured lithographs. Pedlars took the
Battala publications to homes, enabling women to read them in their leisure time.
Print and the Poor People
Cheap books were bought at markets. Public libraries were set up mostly located in cities and towns. In the late
19th century, caste discrimination started coming up in many printed tracts and essays. Factory workers lacked
education to write much about their experience. In 1938, Kashibaba wrote and published ChhoteAur Bade Ka
Sawal in 1938 to show the links between caste and class exploitation. In the 1930s, Bangalore cotton millworkers
set up libraries to educate themselves.

Print and Censorship

Censorship was not a concern under the East India Company. The Calcutta Supreme Court passed certain
regulations to control press freedom and in 1835, Governor-General Bentinck agreed to revise press laws. Thomas
Macaulay formulated new rules that restored the earlier freedom. The freedom of press changed after the revolt
of 1857. In 1878, the Vernacular Press Act was passed, modeled on the Irish Press Laws, which provided the
government with extensive rights to censor reports and editorials in the vernacular press. Government started
keeping track of the vernacular newspapers. Nationalists newspapers grew in numbers all over India. In 1907,
Punjab revolutionaries were deported, Bal Gangadhar Tilak wrote with great sympathy about them in his Kesari
which led to his imprisonment in 1908.
(MCQ/Very short question)

1. Who began to publish the weekly Bengal Gazette?

(a) Bal Gangadhar Tilak (b) Gangadhar Bhattacharya
(c) Raja Ram Mohan Roy (d) Madan Mohan Malviya
Ans-(b) Gangadhar Bhattacharya
2. Who was James Lockington?
(a) Publisher (b)Painter (c) Scholar (d)Reformer
Ans-(a) Publisher
3. Who wrote My Childhood and My University?
(a) Thomas Wood (b) Maxim Gorky
(c) George Eliot (d) Jane Austen
Ans-(b) Maxim Gorky
4. Which one of the following began to edit the ‘Bengal Gazette’ a weekly magazine?
(a) James Augustus Hickey (b) George Eliot (c) Jane Austen (d) William Bolts
Ans-(a) James Augustus Hickey
5. Which scholar expressed a deep anxiety about printing?
a) Martin Luther (b) Erasmus (c) Johann Gutenberg (d) None of these
Ans-:(b) Erasmus
6. Which of the following countries had the earliest kind of print technology?
(b) China (b)Korea (c) Japan (d) All of these
Ans- (d)All of these
7. Study the picture and answer the question that follows:

Which of the following best signifies the above image?

(a) Jikji of Korea (b) A Portrait of Johann Gutenberg, 1584
(c) Gutenberg Printing Press
Ans-(a) Jikji of Korea
8. At which of the following places, a children’s press was set up in1857?
a) England (b)Spain (c) France (d)China
Ans-(c) France
9. Which book of Jyotiba Phule was based on the caste system?
a) Amar Jiban (b) Istri Dharam Vichar (c) Sacchi Kavitayen (d) Gulamgiri

Ans-(d) Gulamgiri
10. Arrange the following in the correct sequence of old tradition of handwritten manuscripts
(i) Vernacular languages (ii) Persian (iii) Arabic (iv) Sanskrit
Option:
(a) iv-i ii-ii-I (b) iv-i-ii-iii (c) iv-ii-i-iii (d) iv-iii-i-ii
 Ans-. (a) iv-iii-ii-i
11. Consider the following statements:
I. Novels, a new literary form, develop in Europe.
II. Novels were religious texts used by Pope and priests to spread their faith among the common people.
III. Novels contained life stories, expressing human experiences, relationships, read by all those who could read.
Choose the correct answer:
(a) I and II (b) I and III (c) I, II and III (d) I and IV
Ans-. (b) I and III
11. Which of the following cities became the hub of the Western style-school culture printing?
a) Berlin (b) Shanghai (c) Paris (d) Britain
Ans-(b) Shanghai
12.Assertion: The new reading culture was accompanied by a new technology.
Reason: From hand printing there was a gradual shift to mechanical printing.
Ans-(a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
13. Assertion: The production of handwritten manuscripts could not satisfy the ever-increasing demand for books.
Reason: Chinese paper reached Europe via the silk route.
Ans-(b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion
14. Which of the following books is the oldest Japanese book, printed in 868 AD containing six sheets of text
and woodcut illustrations?
(a)Diamond Sutra (b) Harshcharita (c) Brihatsutra (d)Mrichkatika
Ans-(a) Diamond Sutra
15.What is calligraphy?
(a)Stylized writing (b) Poetry (c) Textbooks (d) Flower arrangement
Ans-(a) Stylised writing
16. Who introduced the printing press in India?
(a)French (b)Italian (c) Portuguese (d) None of these
Ans-(c) Portuguese
17. Printing was first developed in:
(a) Japan (b) Portugal (c) China (d)Germany
Ans-(c) China
18. Which place (city) had the breakthrough of first printing press?
Ans-The breakthrough of first printing press took place in Strasbourg in Germany
19. Mention the technique adopted to educate white-collar workers in Europe during the 19th century.
Ans-It was the technique of lending libraries to educate whitecollarworkersinEuropeduringthe19thcentury.
20. Mention any one technique of preserving the manuscript in India.
Ans-These were preserved by pressing between the wooden covers or sewn together
21. Name the Chinese traditional book, which was folded and stitched at the side.
Ans-The traditional ‘Accordion Book’ of China was folded and stitched at the side because both the sides of the
thin; porous sheets could not be printed
22.. Mention any one characteristic feature of the off-set press.
Ans-The offset press was able to print upto 6 colours at a time.
23. Why did the Roman Catholic Church impose control over publisher ‘s and book sellers?
Ans-Being troubled by influence of popular readings and questionings, the Roman Catholic Church imposed
severe control over publishers and book sellers.
24. . Who wrote Gita Govinda?
Ans. Jayadeva was the author of Gita Govinda.
25. What were chapbooks?
Ans. Chapbooks were little books sold by the peddlers known as Chapmen in England in return for each penny.
26 Mention the technique adopted to educate white collar workersinEuropeduringthe19thcentury
Ans-It was the technique of lending libraries to educate whitecollarworkersinEuropeduringthe19thcentury
27. Name the first edition of the Indian religious text published in vernacular.
Ans- Ramcharitmanas of Tulsidas was the first edition of the Indian religious text published in vernacular.
28.Assertion: The new reading culture was accompanied by a new technology.
Reason: From hand printing there was a gradual shift to mechanical printing.
Ans. (a) both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
29. Assertion: As literacy and schools spread in African countries, there was a virtual reading mania.
Reason: People wanted books to read and printers produced books in ever-increasing numbers.
Ans. (d) both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
Short Questions (2 Marks)
1. What was Deoband Seminary?
Ans. The Deoband Seminary founded in 1867, published thousands upon thousands of fatwas telling Muslim
readers how to conduct themselves in their everyday lives, and explaining the meanings of Islamic doctrines
2. What was woodblock printing?
Ans. It is a variant of printing where paper is rubbed against the inked surface of woodblock.
3. What is galley?
Ans. Galley is the metal frame in which types are laid and text is composed.
4. What was Inquisition?
Ans. The Inquisition was a group of institutions within the government system of the Catholic Church that aimed
to combat heresy.
5. What were almanacs?
Ans. The almanacs were the annual publications that reflected on astronomical data, movements of the sun and
the moon, timings of full tides and eclipses and the significance of day-to-day life of people.
6. How many Tamil texts were printed by the Dutch Protestant missionaries in 1710?
Ans. The Dutch Protestant missionaries had printed 32 Tamil texts in 1710.
7. Why did Governor General Warren Hastings persecute Hickey?
Ans. Hickey, the editor of Bengal Gazette, revealed many hidden secrets of the Company’s senior officials in
India. Consequently, he was persecuted by Warren Hastings.
8. Why was ‘Gulamgiri’ book written by Jyotiba Phule in 1871?
Ans. Jyotiba Phule wrote book ‘Gulamgiri’ in 1871 to linked the conditions of the black slave in America with
those of the lower castes people in India
9. Who was Rashsundari Debi?
Ans. Rashsundari Debi was a young married woman hailed from an orthodox background, who got herself
educated in the secrecy of her kitchen. She wrote her autobiography, named ‘Amar Jiban’ in Bengali language
Short Questions
1. Why couldn’t the production of hand written manuscripts satisfy the ever-increasing demand for books?
Give any three reasons.
Ans-(i).In India, there is rich and old tradition of handwritten manuscripts in different languages which were
copied on palm leaves or on handmade papers.
(ii) These manuscripts were highly expensive and fragile.

(iii) (iii).They needed careful handling

2. Explain any three features of handwritten manuscripts before the age of print in India.
Ans- (a) In India, there is rich and old tradition of handwritten manuscripts in different languages which were
copied on palm leaves or on handmade paper.
(b) These manuscripts were highly expensive, fragile and needed careful handling.

(c) These were preserved by pressing between the wooden covers or sewn together.
(d) Reading the manuscripts was not easy as they were written in different styles which limits its use.

3. Explain any three factors responsible for the invention of new printing techniques.
(i)The handwritten manuscripts production was not sufficient to meet the demand.
(ii)These manuscripts were highly expensive, fragile and needed careful handling.
(iii)It was expensive and time consuming to copy the hand written manuscripts

4. How’ were magazines different from novels? Write any three differences.
Ans (i) The magazines had several stories whereas the novels had just one story.
(ii)The magazines were periodically published where as the novels were one time publication.
(iii)There might be several writers of one magazine but the novel shad only one author
5. In what three ways did the printed books at first closely resemble the written manuscripts?
Ans- (a) initially the printed books resembled the written manuscripts in appearance.
(b)It resembled in layout as the metal letters imitated the ornamental handwritten styles and the borders
were illuminated by hand.
(C)There was blank space for decoration in the books printed for the rich and the design was chosen by
the buyer
 6. How did the print bring the reading public and hearing public closer?
Ans-Earlier the society was divided into the oral culture and reading culture. The common people had the
oral culture while only the rich people had the reading culture. The common people heard the texts
collectively which were read out or recited or narrated to them.
The reading culture was only limited to the elites and they only read the books individually and
silently. The reason behind this culture may be the books were expensive, produced less in numbers and
also the literacy rate was very low in most of the European countries.
To solve the problem of illiteracy as a barrier in the wider reach of the printed books, the popular
ballads and folk tales beautifully illustrated with pictures were published which were sung and recited in
the village gatherings and the taverns in towns.
Hence the line separating the oral culture and the reading culture started becoming blurred
7. What was Protest antre formation?
Ans- Martin Luther was a religious reformer. His wrote 95 theses in the year 1517 against the practices and
rituals of the Roman Catholic Church.
This action of Martin Luther led to the division within the church and marked the beginning of the Protestant
reformers.
It was basically a movement for the reformation of the Roman Catholic Church in the 16thcentury.
8. Explain any three reasons which created a large number of new readers in the nineteenth century
Ans-(a)- During this period the literacy increased which increased the number of readers among the children,
women and workers.
(b)Primary education was made compulsory and hence the children became the important section of readers.
The publishing industries started producing the school textbooks. In the year 1857, a children’s press was set
up in France for publishing the literature for children only which published the new works along with the old
fairy and folktales.
(C)Technique of lending libraries to educate white collarworkersinEuropeduringthe19thcentury.
9. What were the limitations of the written manuscripts in India? Explain
Ans-(i) These manuscripts were highly expensive, fragile and needed careful handling.
(ii) Reading the manuscripts was not easy as they were written in different styles which limit its use.
(iii) It was not used in everyday life by the common people

10. Examine the role of missionaries in the growth of press in India.

Ans-(i) The Portuguese missionaries firstly brought the printing press to Goa in India in the mid-16th century.
(ii)The Jesuit priests learnt Konkani and Kanara languages in India.
(iii)Tamil texts were also printed (32 texts) and translated by the Dutch missionaries by the year 1710
11. How did the knowledge of wood block printing come to Europe? Explain.
Ans- (i) Menocchio was a miller in Italy who interpreted the message of Bible. The Roman Catholic Church
was enraged due to his view of godand creation.
(ii) The Roman Catholic Church started identifying such ideas, beliefs and persons who wrote against
the church and thus Menocchio was hauled up twice and finally executed.
 (iii) Several restrictions were put over the publishers and the booksellers by the church and also the
church ordered them to follow the Index of prohibited books from1558.
12. How did print culture affect women in the nineteenth century?
Ans- 1. Women held an important position in the history of India as prominent readers and writers.
2. The Penny magazines were particularly meant for women. These were manuals that educated women
on proper decorum and housekeeping facilities.
3. When novels began to be written in the nineteenth century, women were seen as important readers.
13. Explain the effects of print culture in the religious sphere in early modern Europe.
Ans-(i) Martin Luther was a religious reformer. He wrote 95 theses in the year 1517 against the practices and
rituals of the Roman Catholic Church
(ii) Menocchio was a miller in Italy who interpreted the message of Bible. The Roman Catholic Church was
enraged due to his view of godand creation.
(iii) The Roman Catholic Church started identifying such ideas, beliefs and persons who wrote against the church
and thus Menocchio was hauled up twice and finally executed
14. Who invented printing press? How did he develop the printing technology?
Ans-Johann Gutenberg developed the first known printing press in 1430s at Strasbourg, Germany.
Most of his childhood was spent on a large agricultural estate where he saw wine and olive presses. He learnt
polishing stones and created lead moulds.
The olive press was the model for the printing press and the moulds were used for casting the metal types for the
letters of the alphabet
15. Who was Menocchio?
Ans. Menocchio was an Italian mill worker who was tried by the Inquisition for his heretical views on religion.
Long Questions
1. How did print introduce debate and discussions? Explain any three points.
Ans- (i) The print culture spread the ideas of the great thinkers like Voltaire and Rousseau. They criticized
tradition, custom, superstition, despotism and the authority of church. They wanted rule of reason, questioning
and rationality
(ii) Debate and dialogue started due to the coming of the print culture which resulted in the re-evaluation of the
values, norms and the institutions. This had brought the idea of social revolution.
(iii) The morality pf the royal powers were criticized and the social order was questioned. The cartoons and the
caricatures revealed the sensual pleasures of the monarchs and the hardship of the common people. Hence,
the people stood against the monarchy.
(iv). during the 19th century, people debated, interpreted and criticized the different religious beliefs like widow
immolation, monotheism, Brahmanical priesthood and idolatry. Some people campaigned for the reform
whereas others countered the arguments of the reformers.
(v).The printed materials and the newspapers spread the new ideas and also shaped the nature of debate which
gave opportunity to the people to participate in the public debates
 2. “Printing press played a major role in shaping the Indian society of the 19thcentury.” Analyse the
statement.
Ans -(i) The Portuguese missionaries firstly brought the printing press to Goa in India in the mid-16th
century.
(ii) During the 19th century, people debated, interpreted and criticized the different religious beliefs like widow
immolation, monotheism, Brahmanical priesthood and idolatry. Some people campaigned for the reform whereas
others countered the arguments of the reformers.
(iii) The printed materials and the newspapers spread the new ideas and also shaped the nature of debate which
gave opportunity to the people to participate in the public debates.
(iv) Women’s reading increased among the middle class because their lives and feeling began to be written and
also the liberal husbands and fathers focused on their education.
(v) For the easy and affordable access of the printed books to even the poor people very cheap, small books were
published and also the public libraries were set up
3. What was the attitude of liberal and conservative Indians towards women’s
reading? How did women like Kailash bhashini Debi respond to this in their writings?
Ans-Women’s reading increased among the middle class because their lives and feeling began to be written and
also the liberal husbands and fathers focused on their education. The conservative Hindu families believed that
the literate girl would be widowed. The conservative Muslim families thought that by reading Urdu romances
their women would be corrupted. Kailash bhashini Debi from Bengal, wrote about the experiences of the women
such as how they are imprisoned at home ignorance, forced work, unjust treatment at home and society etc.
4. Explain with examples the role of print culture in the bringing of French Revolution.
Ans- The print culture spread the ideas of the great thinkers like Voltaire and Rousseau. They criticized tradition,
custom, superstition, despotism and the authority of church. They wanted rule of reason, questioning and
rationality. Debate and dialogue started due to the coming of the print culture which resulted in the re-evaluation
of the values, norms and the institutions. This had brought the idea of social revolution. The moralities of the
royal powers were criticized and the social order was questioned. The cartoons and the caricatures revealed the
sensual pleasures of the monarchs and the hardship of the common people. Hence, the people stood against the
monarchy.
It is not true to say that the print culture was the direct cause of the French revolution. The print culture spread
the ideas but people were reading different kinds of literature in which people like Voltaire and Rousseau were
also exposed. The people interpreted the things in their own way as they accepted some ideas and rejected others.
5. How had the earliest printing technology developed in the world? Explain withexamples.
Ans-(i) In the beginning the system of hand printing was developed in China, Japan and Korea.
(ii) The wood block printing was developed in China. In this technology the books were printed by rubbing
the paper against the surface of the woodblocks.
(iii) The volume of the print increased in China due to the increase in the number of candidates in the
civil services exam through which the candidates were recruited in the huge bureaucratic system.
(iv) 17th century urbanization in China also diversified the use of print in China. The scholar officials,
merchants, rich women, wives and courtesans started the use of print.
(v) The western printing techniques and mechanical presses reached the outpost of China and thus
Shanghai became the hub of this new print culture
6. “By the end of 19th century a new visual culture was taking shape.” Explain.

Ans-(i) Along with the printed material, visual images could also be published and reproduced easily in multiple
copies.
 (ii) Painters like Raja Ravi Verma used print culture to produce images for mass circulation. Wood improvers
began to be employed in print houses for making woodblocks.

(iii) People good at funny sketching developed cartoons and caricatures commenting on social and political
issues. Some openly criticized imperial rule, western tastes and clothes which attracted large masses.

(iv) Mass production of visual images reduced the cost of production. Cheap prints and calendars were available
in market and even the poor could buy to decorate the walls of their homes.

(v) The new visual culture acquired distinctively Indian form and style, as artists began to depict scenes from
Hindu religious mythology.

7. How did a new reading public emerge with the printing press? Explain.

Ans-(i) With the advent of printing press, a new reading public emerged. The books became cheaper as printing
technology reduced the cost of production.

(ii) As books flooded the market, readership increased and books now reached to larger number of people.

(iii) Access to books created a new reading culture. Earlier reading was restricted to the elite only—
common people lived in world of word culture who heard sacred text read out to them or ballads recited or
folk tales narrated.

(iv) Now a reading public came into being. But book could be read only by literate people, keeping this
point of view, printer’s published popular ballads and folk tales with a lot of pictures, which could be read
to illiterate public. These ballads and tales could then be sung or read out to those who could not read.

(v) Thus, printed material could be orally transmitted at gatherings and taverns. Reading public and hearing
public thus got intermingled
8. What was ‘reading mania’?
Ans. With the rapid spread of literacy and schools in the European countries, everybody became an avid reader
and the printers produced books at a wider scale.

9. How did the print media affect the women in India?

Ans- 1. Women held an important position in the history of India as prominent readers and writers.
2. The Penny magazines were particularly meant for women. These were manuals that educated women on
proper decorum and housekeeping facilities.
3. When novels began to be written in the nineteenth century, women were seen as important readers. 4. Many
Best-known novelists like Jane Austen, the Bronte Sisters and Mary Anne Evans (pen name George Eliot) started
to define a new type of woman; as a person with strong will, manifesting the strength of personality and thinking
capacities.
10. How had the Imperial State in China been the major producer of printed material for a long time? Explain
with examples.
Ans- From AD 594 onwards, books in China were printed by rubbing paper — also invented there — against
the inked surface of woodblocks. The imperial state in China was, for a very long time, the major producer of
printed material. China possessed a huge bureaucratic system which recruited its personnel through civil service
examinations. Textbooks for this examination were printed in vast numbers under the sponsorship of the imperial
state. From the sixteenth century, the number of examination candidates went up and that increased the volume
of print. By the seventeenth century, as urban culture bloomed in China, the uses of print diversified. Reading
increasingly became a leisure activity. Women, revolutionaries, poets and even merchants used print in everyday
life.
Source/Case Based Questions
Source: 01
Read the following passage and answer the questions given below it:
From the early nineteenth century, as you know, there were intense debates around religious issues. Different
groups confronted the changes happening within colonial society in different ways, and offered a variety of new
interpretations of the beliefs of different religions. Some criticized existing practices and campaigned for reform,
while others countered the arguments of reformers. These debates were carried out in public and in print. Printed
tracts and newspapers not only spread the new ideas, but they shaped the nature of the debate. A wider public
could now participate in these public discussions and express their views. New ideas emerged through these
clashes of opinions.
Answer the following MCQs by choosing the most appropriate option:
(i) Following is not true about the 19th century religious issues in India:
(a) Differences between Hindu and Catholics were not having major issue.
(b) Hindu religion did not have any major internal issue.
(c) Some people wanted to have some changes in Hindu rituals.
(d) Both Hindu and Muslim religions were having their own internal issues.
(ii) Which of the following was not the work of print?
(a) Spreading the liberal religious ideas.
(b) People started debate and discussion after different ideas reached to them through books.
(c) Print provided them a platform to express their view.
(d) Religious leaders successfully conveyed what was written in religious books.
(iii) Who among the following is known for his efforts to remove Sati system from India?
(a) Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar
(b) Raja Ram Mohan Roy
(c) Mahatma Gandhi
(d) Jyotiba Phule
(iv) Which of the following was/were main controversy within Hindu religion in 19th century?
(a) How to establish cordial relations with Muslims.
(b) Conversion of Hindus by missionaries.
(c) Widow immolation, monotheism, idolatry.
(d) How to establish supremacy of Hindu religion over the world.
 POWER SHARING
Story of Belgium
Belgium is a small country in Europe with a population of over 1 crore, about half the population of Haryana. Of
the country’s total population, 59% speaks Dutch language, 40% of people speak Frenchand the remaining 1%
speak German. Look at the map below to know the language variation ofBelgium. The minority French-speaking
community was rich and powerful, so they got the benefit ofeconomic development and education. This created
tensions between the Dutch-speaking andFrench-speaking communities during the 1950s and 1960s.

Accommodation in Belgium
In Belgium, the government handled the community difference very well. Between 1970 and 1993,Belgian
leaders amended their constitution four times and came up with a new model to run the government.
Here are some of the elements of the Belgian model.
1. The Constitution prescribes that the number of Dutch and French-speaking ministers shall beequal in the
Central Government. Some special laws require the support of the majority of members from each linguistic
group. Thus, no single community can make decisions unilaterally.
2. The state governments are not subordinate to the Central Government.
3. Brussels has a separate government in which both communities have equal representation.
4. Apart from the Central and the State Government, there is a third kind of government. This ‘community
government’s elected by people belonging to one language community – Dutch, French and German-speaking –
no matter where they live. This government has the power regarding cultural, educational and language-related
issues.
The Belgium model was very complicated but it helped to avoid civic strife between the two major communities.

Story of Sri Lanka

Now, let’s take the situation of another country, Sri Lanka. It is an island nation having a population of 2 crores,
about the same as in Haryana. Sri Lanka has a diverse population. The major social groups are the Sinhala-
speakers (74%) and the Tamil-speakers (18%). Among Tamils, there are two subgroups, “Sri Lankan Tamils”
and “Indian Tamils”.
You can see the map below to know the population distribution of different communities of Sri Lanka.
In Sri Lanka, the Sinhala community enjoyed the bigger majority and imposed its will on the entirecountry.
Majoritarianism in Sri Lanka
Sri Lanka emerged as an independent country in 1948. The Sinhala community was in the majority so they had
formed the government. They also followed preferential policies that favoured Sinhala applicants for university
positions and government jobs. These measures taken by the government gradually increased the feeling of
alienation among the Sri Lankan Tamils. Sri Lankan Tamils felt that constitution and government policies denied
them equal political rights, discriminated against them in getting jobs and other opportunities and ignored their
interests. Due to this, the relationship between the Sinhala and Tamil communities become poor. Sri Lankan
Tamils launched parties and struggles for the recognition of Tamil as an official language, for regional autonomy
and equality of opportunity in securing education and jobs. But their demand was repeatedly denied by the
government. The distrust between the two communities turned into widespread conflict and turned into a CIVIL
WAR.
What have you learned from the Stories of Belgium and Sri Lanka?
Both countries are democracies but they dealt differently with the concept of power sharing.
In Belgium, the leaders have realised that the unity of the country is possible only by respecting the feelings
and interests of different communities and regions. This resulted in mutually acceptable arrangements for sharing
power.
Sri Lanka shows that, if a majority community wants to force its dominance over others andrefuses to share
power, it can undermine the unity of the country.
Why is power sharing desirable?
You will find the answer to this question in the points below.
1. Power sharing is good because it helps to reduce the possibility of conflict between social groups.
2. The second reason is that, a democratic rule involves sharing power with those affected by its exercise, and
who have to live with its effects. People have a right to be consulted on how they are to be governed.
Let us call the first set of reasons Prudential and the second moral.
The prudential reasons stress that power sharing will bring out better outcomes, whereas the moral reasons
emphasize the act of power sharing as valuable.
Form of Power Sharing
Most of you must think that Sharing power = dividing power = weakening the country. A similar thing was
believed in the past. It was assumed that all the power of a government must reside in one-person or group of
persons located at one place. Otherwise, it would be very difficult to make quick decisions and to enforce them.
But these notions have changed with the emergence of democracy.
In modern democracies, power sharing can take many forms, as mentioned below:
1. Power is shared among different organs of government, such as the legislature, executive and judiciary. This
is called horizontal distribution of power because it allows different organs of government placed at the same
level to exercise different powers. Such separation ensures that none of the organs can exercise unlimited power.
Each organ checks the others.
This arrangement is called a system of checks and balances.
2. Power can be shared among governments at different levels – a general government for the entire country and
governments at the provincial or regional level which is called federal government.
3. Power may also be shared among different social groups such as the religious and linguistic groups.
„Community government‟ in Belgium is a good example of this arrangement. This method is used to give
minority communities a fair share in power.
4. Power sharing arrangements can also be seen in the way political parties, pressure groups and movements
control or influence those in power. When two or more parties Forman alliance to contest elections and if they
get elected, they form a coalition government and thus share power.
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Which one of the following countries does not share its boundary with Belgium?
(a) France (b) Netherlands (c) Sweden (d) Luxembourg
Ans : (c) Sweden
2. In Belgium, the percentage of French community is:
(a) 54% (b) 40% (c) 30% (d) 20%
Ans : (b) 40%
3. Which language is dominantly spoken in Belgium?
(a) Dutch (b) Spanish (c) France (d) Italian
Ans : (a) Dutch
4. Power struggle demanding separate Eelam was launched by:
(a) Sinhalese
(b) Buddhists
(c) Tamilians
(d) none of these
Ans : (c) Tamilians
5. Which of the following is the capital city of Belgium?
(a) Bruges (b) Brussels (c) Ghent (d) Antwerp
Ans : (b) Brussels
6. Belgium shares its border with:
(a) France (b) Germany (c) Luxembourg (d) all of the above
Ans : (d) all of the above
7. Power shared among governments at different levels is also called:
(a) horizontal distribution
(b) vertical distribution
(c) slant distribution
(d) none of the above
Ans : (b) vertical distribution
9. A war-like conflict between two opposite groups in a
country is called (a) Cold war (b) Civil war (c) Ethnic war (d) None of these
Ans : (b) Civil war
10. Belgium has worked on the principles of:
(a) majoritarianism
(b) accommodation
(c) both (a) and (b)
(d) none of the above
Ans : (b) accommodation
11. Sri Lanka is an island nation, just a few kilometres from the Southern coast of
(a) Goa (b) Kerala (c) Tamil Nadu (d) Lakshadweep
Ans : (c) Tamil Nadu
12. Majoritarianist constitution was adopted by:
(a) Belgium (b) India (c) Sri Lanka (d) Pakistan
Ans : (c) Sri Lanka
13. What is the percentage of Sinhala-speaking people in
Sri Lanka? (a) 74% (b) 75% (c) 14% (d) 19%
Ans : (a) 74%
14. What is the percentage of Sri Lankan Tamils out of the total population of Sri Lanka?
(a) 10 percent (b) 19 percent (c) 13 percent (d) 25 percent
Ans : (c) 13 percent
15. Power sharing is desirable because it
(a) helps the people of different communities to celebrated their festivals.
(b) imposes the will of the majority community over others.
(c) reduces the conflict between social groups.
(d) ensures the stability of political order.
Ans : (c) reduces the conflict between social groups.
16. Intelligent sharing of power is done among
(a) Legislature and Central Government (b) Executive and Judiciary
(c) Legislature and Executive (d) Legislature, Executive and Judiciary
Ans :(d) Legislature, Executive and Judiciary
17. Division of power between higher and lower level of government is known as
(a) vertical division of power (b) horizontal distribution of power
(c) union division of power (d) community division of power
Ans :(a) vertical division of power
18. The capital city of Belgium is:
(a) Dutch (b) France (c) Brussels (d) none of the above
Ans :(c) Brussels
19. Power sharing is a good way to ensure the stability of:
(a) population (b) political order (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of the above
Ans :(b) political order
20. When power is shared among different organs of the government it is called as
(a) horizontal distribution of power (b) community distribution of power
(c) coalition of power (d) federal distribution of power
Ans :(a) horizontal distribution of power
21. Which of the following is not the benefit of power sharing?
(a) It upholds the spirit of democracy.
(b) Political parties get their expected share.
(c) It ensures political stability in the long-run.
(d) It reduces the possibility of conflicts between social groups.
Ans :(b) Political parties get their expected share.
22. An Act of recognizing Sinhala as the official language was signed in:
(a) 1942 (b) 1956 (c) 1954 (d) 1948
Ans :(b) 1956
23. Which of the following is not the form of power sharing?
(a) Vertical division of power
(b) Horizontal division of power
(c) Division of power between people
(d) Division of power among social groups
Ans :(c) Division of power between people
24. Power struggle demanding separating Eelam was launched by:
(a) Sinhalese (b) Buddhists (c) Tamilians (d) none of the above
Ans :(c) Tamilians
2. FILL IN THE BLANK
DIRECTION: Complete the following statements with appropriate word(s).
1. In Belgium, three communities are living .......... , .......... and .......... .
Ans :French, Dutch and German speaking
2.has started power struggle demanding separate Eelam in Sri Lanka.
Ans : Tamilians political organisation
3.was started in Sri Lanka due to distrust between the two communities.
Ans :Civil War
4.Both .......... and .......... share power on an equal basis at ........... in Belgium.
Ans :Dutch, French speaking people, central government
5.In Belgium, lastly the power is shared between .......... , .......... and .......... .
Ans :Central, State, Community Government
3. TRUE/FALSE
DIRECTION: Read each of the following statements and write if it is true or false.
1. Power sharing increases the possibility of conflict between social groups. Ans :False
2. Sri Lanka is facing the problems because of supporting the Tamilians in the state.
Ans :True
3. Belgium has French people in majority whereas the others struggle for their rights.
Ans :False
4. Power sharing is desirable and reduces possibilities of conflict within the country.
Ans :True
5. Belgium and Sri Lanka are the two similar causes in the struggle of people.
Ans :True
6. The feeling of accommodation has led to the problem in Sri Lanka.
Ans :False
4. ASSERTION AND REASON
DIRECTION : Mark the option which is most suitable :
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
1. Assertion : Tyranny of majority is highly desirable.
Reason : It helps in making the political order more stable.
Ans : (d) Both assertion and reason are false. Tyranny of majority community is oppressive for the minority
community and can also ruin the majority. It is a source of dissatisfaction and tension which is a source of political
instability.
2. Assertion : In Belgium, the leaders realized that the unity of the country is possible by respecting the feelings
and interest of different countries.
Reason : Belgium favoured Dutch speaking community.
Ans : (d) Both assertion and reason are false. Belgians adapted a power sharing arrangement in which all the
communities have equal representation. This helped in relieving tension between the different communities. Thus
they did not favour am/ particular community. Both the assertion and reason are false.
3. Assertion : French speaking community in Belgium was rich and powerful.
Reason : Belgian Government favoured French speaking community.
Ans : (c) Assertion is true but reason is false. There was ethnic tension between French speaking and Dutch
speaking communities in Belgium. For resolving, the government adopted a power sharing armgemnt where all
the communities got equal representation.
4. Assertion : In a democracy, everyone has voice in the shaping of public policies.
Reason : India has federal system.
Ans : (b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion. In a democracy,
people elect the representatives who participate in the decision making process. Due respect and proper
representation is given to diverse groups in a democratic system. Hence, in democracy everyone has voice in the
shaping of public policies. However the reason does not justify the assertion.
5. Assertion : Power should reside with one person and group located at one place in a democracy.
Reason : If the power is dispersed, it will not be possible to take decision quickly and enforce it.
Ans : (d) Both assertion and reason are false. In a good democratic government, due respect is given to diverse
groups and views that exist in the society. Hence, political power should be distributed among citizens.
6. Assertion : Belgium and Sri Lanka both faced ethical tension among different communities.
Reason : Both the countries resolved the conflict by power sharing arrangement which gave equal representation
to all the communities.
Ans : (c) Assertion is true but reason is false. Belgians adopted a power sharing model where all the communities
got equal representation; this helped in solving tension between different communities. However, Sri Lanka tried
to promote the supremacy of Sinhala community which eventually led to civil war. Thus the reason is false.
7. Assertion : There was a feeling of alienation among Sri Lankan Tamils.
Reason : The Sri Lankan government denied them equal political rights and discriminated against them in getting
jobs and other opportunities,
Ans : (a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion. An act was passed
in 1956 to recognize Sinhala as an official language. The government of Sri Lanka favoured people from Sinhala
community for higher education and government jobs. It led to resentment among Sri Lankan Tamils as
government was not sensitive to their culture and language.
8. Assertion : Community government in Belgium is elected by one language community.
Reason : Community government helped in resolving conflict between different linguistic groups.
Ans : (a) Both assertion and reason are true and government is elected by people of one language community, i.e.
French, Dutch and German speaking. Such a government has power related to culture, education and language
issues. It helps in resolving conflicts between different ethical groups by safeguarding the interest of its group.
9. Assertion : Sinhala was recognized as only official language of Sri Lanka.
Reason : The government of Sri Lanka wanted to establish the supremacy of Sinhala community.
Ans : (a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion. The government of
Sri Lanka passed an Act in 1956 to recognize Sinhala as only official language of Sri Lanka. The government
also formulated preferential policies to favour Sinhala applicants for university positions and government jobs.
All this was done to establish supremacy of Sinhala community. Thus the reason justifies the assertion.
10. Assertion : Power Sharing is good.
Reason : It leads to ethical tension.
Ans : (c) Assertion is true but reason is false. / Power Sharing is good because it helps in reducing the chances of
conflict between different social groups and ensures stability of the political system. reason is the correct
explanation of assertion.
2 Mark Questions
Q1.What is „Power Sharing‟?
Power sharing means the distribution of power among the organs of the government such as thelegislature,
executive and judiciary.
Q2.What are the languages spoken in Belgium?
Belgium is composed of four language areas: the Dutch language area, the French language area, theGerman
language area (9 municipalities in the east of Belgium) and the bilingual Brussels-Capitalarea.
Q3.Where is Sri Lanka located?
Sri Lanka is an island in the Indian Ocean, located to the south of Indian Subcontinent. Sprawlingover the area of
65,525 Sq. km.
Q 1.Which are the border states of Belgium ?
The border states of Belgium are Netherlands, France and Germany.
Q2.What is the meaning of ethnic ?
Ethnic means a social division based on shared culture.People belonging to the same ethnic group believe in their
common descent because of similarities of physical type or of culture or both,They need not always have the same
religion or nationality.
Q 3.Which languages are spoken in Belgium ? What is their percentage ?
Dutch language – 59 per cent
French language – 40 per cent
German language – 01 per cent.
Q 4.What is the percentage of French and Dutch-speaking people in the capital city of Brussels ?
French-speaking – 80 per cent
Dutch-speaking – 20 per cent.
Q 5.State one special problem in Brussels.
In Brussels the special problem was that the Dutch-speaking people constituted a majority in the country but a
minority in the capital (Brussels).
Q6.Which language is spoken by majority of Sri Lanka ?
Sinhala is spoken by 74 per cent people in Sri Lanka.
Q 7. What is the percentage of Tamil-speaking people?
18 per cent people speak Tamil.
Q 8. What is Majoritarianism?
Answer: Majoritarianism is a belief that the majority community should be able to rule a country in whichever
way it wants, by disregarding the wishes and needs of the minority.
Q 9. When was the Act passed to recognise Sinhala as the only official language in Sri Lanka?
Answer: In 1956.
Q10. What was the result of policy of majoritarianism in Sri Lanka ?
Answer: It increased the feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankan Tamils.
Q11. What was the object of constitutional amendments between 1970 and 1993 in Belgium?
Answer: The object was to work out an arrangement that would enable everyone to live together within the same
country.
Q 12. The community government in Belgium is a good example of which form of power sharing?
Answer: Power sharing among governments at different levels.
Q13. Which is third unique form of govt, practiced in Belgium?
Or
Apart from the central and the state government, what is the other form of government in Belgium?
Answer:Apart from central and the state government there is a third kind of government viz community
government elected by people belonging to one language community – Dutch, French and German-speaking – no
matter where they live.
Q 14. Which type of powers does the community government of Belgium enjoy?
Answer:The community government has the power regarding cultural, educational and language related issues.
Q 15.Which are the two reasons for power sharing and mention one advantage of each ?
Answer:Prudential reason : It helps to reduce the possibility of conflicts between social groups.
Moral reason : It is good for democracies. It is the very spirit of democracy.
Q 16.Mention four types of power sharing.
Answer:Power sharing among different organs of government.
Power sharing among government at different levels.
Power sharing among different social groups.
Power sharing among political parties, pressure groups and movements.
Q 17.What is horizontal distribution of power ?
Answer:Under horizontal distribution, power is shared among different organs of government, such as legislature,
executive and judiciary.
Q18. How power can be shared among governments at different levels?
Answer: Under this, there is a general government for the entire country (central government) and governments
at the provincial or regional level (state government).
Q19. What are the features of sharing power among governments at different levels? State any one.
Answer: Under this power sharing, there is division of power between central and state
governments.It is vertical division of power.
Q20. Give an example of power sharing among different social groups such as the religious and linguistic
groups.
Answer: Community government in Belgium is a good example of power sharing among different social
groups.Q 21.Why the system of ‘reserved constituencies’ is adopted in India ?
Answer: The system of ‘reserved constituencies’ is adopted to give space/representation in the government and
administration to diverse social groups who otherwise would feel alienated from the government.
Q 22. Give an example of power sharing among different political parties in a democracy.
Answer: Some time different political parties with different ideologies form an alliance. They contest elections
jointly and after winning in the elections, these parties form a coalition government. The example is present NDA
government.
QUESTIONS OF 3/5 MARKS
Answers should be in about 80/100 words.
Q 1. Describe the geographical and ethnic composition of Belgium.

Answer: The geographical and ethnic composition of Belgium is given below

(1) Geographical composition :
Belgium is a small country in Europe. It is smaller in area than the State of Haryana in India.
It has borders with Netherlands, France and Germany.
Its population is little over one crore. It is half of the population of Haryana state.
(2) Ethnic composition :
59 per cent of the population lives in the Flemish region. They speak Dutch language.
40 per cent people live in the Wallonia region. They speak French.
Remaining one per cent speak German.
Brussels is the capital of Belgium. Here, 80 per cent people speak French and 20 per cent speak Dutch.
Thus, Belgium is a country of diversities based on languages. Dutch-speaking people are in majority in the
country, but a minority in the capital city of Brussels.
Q 2.What was the cause of tension between Dutch-speaking and French-speaking communities during 1950s and
1960s?
Answer: The minority French-speaking community was relatively rich and powerful. On the .pther hand Dutch-
speaking community got the benefit of economic development and education much later. This was the cause of
tension between two communities during the 1950s and 1960s.
Q3. Describe the geographical and ethnic composition of Sri Lanka.

Answer: The geographical and ethnic composition of Sri Lanka is given below
Geographical composition: Sri Lanka is an island nation just a few kilometers
off the southern coast of Tamil Nadu.Its population is about 2 crore.
Ethnic composition : The major social groups are the Sinhala-speakers (74 per cent) and Tamil-speakers (18 per
cent). ‘Tamil-speakers are further divided into two groups – Sri Lankan Tamils and Indian Tamils.
Sri Lankan Tamils are the natives of Sri Lanka. The Indian Tamils’ forefathers migrated from India as plantation
workers during colonial period.
Sri Lankan Tamils live in the north and east of the country.
Most of the Sinhala-speaking people are Buddhist, while most of the Tamils are Hindus or Muslims.
There are about 7 per cent Christians, who are both Tamil and Sinhala.
Q 4.Explain the three measures taken by Sri Lanka as per the Act passed in 1956.
Or
How was majoritarianism practiced in Sri Lanka ?
Or
What were the reasons for alienation of Sri Lankan Tamils ? What were its effects ?
Or
Which policies of the Sri Lankan government have led to the feeling of alienation among Sri Lankan Tamils ?
Or
Why Sri Lankan Tamils felt alienated?
Answer: (1) Sri Lanka emerged as an independent country in 1948. The Sinhala community was majority
community. Their leaders sought to secure dominance over government. Thus the democratically elected
government adopted the following majoritarian measures :
In 1956, an Act was passed to recognize Sinhala as the only official language thus disregarding Tamil.
The governments followed preferential policies that favoured Sinhala applicants for university positions and
government jobs.
A new constitution stipulated that the state shall protect and foster Buddhism.
(2) Effects: The above measures gradually increased the feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankan Tamils.
They felt that none of the major political parties led by the Buddhist Sinhala leaders were sensitive to their
language and culture.
They felt that the constitution and government policies denied them equal political rights.
They also felt that they were being discriminated in getting jobs and other opportunities. Thus the relations
between the Sinhala and Tamil communities strained and a feeling of alienation grew among the Sri Lankan
Tamils.
Q5.What were the effects of feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankan Tamils ?
Answer: The effects of the feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankan Tamils were as mentioned below
The Sri Lankan Tamils launched parties and struggles for the recognition of Tamil as an official language.
They demanded regional autonomy.
They also demanded equality of opportunity in securing education and jobs.
Their demand for regional autonomy was repeatedly denied.
By 1980s several political organisations were formed and they demanded an s independent Tamil Eelam (state)
in northern and eastern parts of Sri Lanka.
The distrust and alienation turned into widespread conflict between the two communities. It soon turned into a
civil war.
In the civil war, thousands of people of both the communities were killed. Many
families were forced to leave the country as refugees. Many lost their livelihoods. Thus although Sri Lanka had
excellent record of economic development, education and health, but the civil war has caused a terrible setback
to the social, cultural and economic life of the country.
Q 6.What are some of the basic elements of the Belgium model of power sharing?
Or
Describe the path of accommodation adopted in Belgium. What were its consequences?
Answer: The Belgian leaders recognized the existence of regional differences and cultural diversities. So they
adopted a path of accommodation. Its features were as mentioned below:
Between 1970 and 1993, the constitution was amended four times so as to work out an arrangement that would
enable everyone to live together within same country.
The constitution prescribes that the Dutch and French-speaking ministers shall be equal in the Central
Government.
Some special laws require the support of majority of members from each linguistic group. No single community
not even majority community (Dutch-speaking) can make deci•sions unilaterally.
The State Governments are not subordinate to the Central Government. Many powers of the Central Government
have been given to State Governments.
There is a separate government in Brussels, the capital of Belgium. Both the commu•nities i.e., French-speaking
and Dutch-speaking, have equal representation in the Brussels government. The French-speaking people accepted
equal representation in Brussels because the Dutch-speaking community has accepted equal representation in the
central government.
A third government which is called “community government” is elected by people belonging to one language
community – Dutch, French and German-speaking – no matter
where they live. The community government has power regarding cultural, educational and language-related
issues. The above model is complicated but it has worked so well that there is no civil strife between the two
communities. There is no danger of division of the country on the linguistic basis.
Q 7.How the composition of the capital city of Brussels is different from Belgium as a country?
Answer: In Belgium, the composition of different communities is as given below
:Dutch-speaking — 59 per cent
French-speaking — 40 per cent
German-speaking — 01 per cent
On the other hand, the composition of Brussels is as follows :
French-speaking —80 per cent .
Dutch-speaking — 20 per cent
Thus, Dutch-speaking people are in majority in the country but they are in minority in the capital city of Brussels.
On the other hand, French-speaking people are in minority in the country but they are in majority in the capital
city of Brussels. This composition of different communities has led to the acceptance of principle of
accommodation in Belgium by them.
Q 8.What do you learn from the principles followed in Belgium and Sri Lanka i.e., Majoritarianism in Sri Lanka
and accommodation in Belgium?
Answer: We learn the following lessons from the principles of Majoritarianism and accommodation followed in
Sri Lanka and Belgium :
In Belgium, the leaders respected the feelings and interests of all communities and were successful in maintaining
the unity of the country. They recognized the existence of regional differences and cultural diversities. They took
various steps such as amendments to the constitution in order to work out an arrangement that would enable
everyone to live together within the same country. The arrangements such as equal number of ministers of Dutch
and French-speaking people in Brussels and central govt, have worked successfully.
On the other hand in Sri Lanka, the Sinhala community tried to secure dominance over government and adopted
a series of majoritarian measure. The result was alienation of Sri Lankan Tamils and civil war.
Thus it proves that the policy and path of accommodation is better than the path of majoritarianism.
Q 9.What are the different forms of power sharing in modem democracies ? Explain any two.
Answer: Different forms of power sharing are given below :
(1) Power sharing among different organs of government :
The power is shared by three organs of government i.e., legislature, executive and judiciary.
Generally, legislature enacts laws, executive executes the laws, makes policies and takes decisions,
Judiciary interprets the law and protects the rights of the people,
It is called horizontal distribution of power’because it allows different organs of government placed at the same
level to exercise different powers,
Such a separation ensures that none of the organs can exercise unlimited power.
Each organ checks the others and a balance of power is maintained.
For example in India, executive i.e., Council of Ministers is responsible to Lok Sabha. The Council of Ministers
must enjoy the support of the majority in the Lok Sabha. If they lose confidence of the Lok Sabha, they have to
resign. Similarly judges are appointed by the executive, but they check the function of executive or laws made by
the legislatures.
(2) Power sharing among governments at different levels :
There are governments at the National, State and Local levels.
Powers are divided among these governments. For example in India, there is a division of powers between Center
and the States. There are three lists i.e., Union list, State list and Concurrent list. The residuary powers which
have not been included in the three lists are with the Central Government, Some powers have been given to
local governments under the Panchayati Raj system, Such a system is followed in countries where there federal
form of government as in the USA and Belgium, Such division of powers involving higher and lower levels of
governmentis called vertical division of power.
However, in countries where there is unitary form of government as in the Great Britain, there is no division of
powers. All the powers are vested in the central or national government.
(3) Power sharing among different social groups :
Sometimes religious and linguistic groups too share power as is the case in Belgium where there is a “community
government” which is elected by people belonging to one language community no matter where they live.
Such government enjoys power regarding cultural, educational and language related issues,
In India, seats are reserved for SCs and STs in assemblies and parliament. Such a system is adopted to give
minority communities a fair share in power so that they are not alienated from the government as has happened
in Sri Lanka.
(4) Power sharing among political parties, pressure groups and movements :
When no party gets an absolute majority in legislature, different parties come together and form a coalition
government and share power in a democracy. For example, the present NDA (National Democrative Alliance)
government headed by Shri Narendra Modi is a coalition government in which power is shared by different
political parties that represent different ideologies and social groups.
In addition to this, different pressure groups, interest groups and movements also directly or indirectly influence
the decision making process of the government. Thus there is power sharing among political parties, pressure
groups and movements.
Q 10. Differentiate between horizontal and vertical power sharing in modem democracies.
Answer: The differences between horizontal and vertical power sharing in modern democracies is as mentioned
below:
Horizontal Power Sharing
(1) Power is shared among different organs of government such as the legislature, executive and judiciary.
(2) It allows different organs of government placed at the same level to exercise different powers.
(3) It ensures that none of the organs exercise unlimited power.
(4) Each organ checks the other. This results in a balance of power among various institutions. It is called a
system of checks and balances.
Vertical Power Sharing
(1) Power is shared among governments at different levels i.e., central, state/ provinicial, regional level.
(2) The constitution clearly lays down the powers of different levels of government as has been in Belgium/
India. It is federal division of power.
(3) It ensures that each government works according to the constitutional powers.
(4) It is vertical division of power as the powers are divided involving higher and lower levels of government
i.e., central, state and local level.
Q11“Both Belgium and Sri Lanka are democracies but they follow different systems of power sharing.” Support
the statement by giving three points of difference.
Answer: The points of difference between systems of power sharing in Belgium and Sri Lanka are as mentioned
below :
Sri Lanka and Belgian
(1) In Sri Lanka the leaders of the Sinhala community sought to secure dominance over government by virtue of
their majority. The elected government adopted a series of majoritarian measures to establish Sinhala supremacy.
(2) In 1956 an Act was passed to recognize Sinhala as the only official language. The govt, followed preferential
policies favoring Sinhala applicants for university positions and govt. jobs. A new constitution stipulated that
the state shall protect and foster Buddhism.
(3) There is no such community govt, regarding cultural, educational and language related issues.
(4) In Sri Lanka, there was the feeling of alienation among the Sri Lankan Tamils. They felt that the constitution
and the government policies denied them equal political rights, discriminated against them in getting jobs and
other opportunities and ignore
The Belgian leaders recognised the existence of regional differences and cultural diversities. Between 1970 and
1993 they amended their constitution four times so as to work out an arrangement that would enable everyone to
live together within the same country. Constitution prescribes that the number of Dutch and French-speaking
ministers shall be equal in the central govt. Many powers of the central government have been given to the state
governments which are not subordinate to the central government. Brussels (capital) has a separate govt, in which
both the communities have equal representation. In Belgium, the “community government” is elected by people
belonging to one language community Dutch, French and German-speaking — no matter where they live. This
government has the power regarding cultural, educational and language related issues.
In Belgi um there is no feeling of alienation among any of the communities because the constitution prescribes
that the number of Dutch and French-speaking ministers shall be equal in the central government. Many powers
of the central government have been given to state governments of the two regions of the country. Brussels has a
separate government in which both the communities have equal representation.
Q12.Describe basic principles of democracy about power sharing.
Answer: They elect their representatives through direct or indirect election. Those who win and secure majority
in the legislature form government at various levels i.e., national, state or local.
In democracy due respect is given to all social groups including minorities. For example in India, minorities enjoy
educational and cultural rights. Reservation has been made for SCs/STs in Parliament and State Assemblies. Thus,
in democracy power is shared at various levels and among various social groups.
It is based on prudence or on careful calculation of gains and losses.

SOURCE BASED QUESTION (04 Marks)

Read the source given below and Answer the questions that follow:
In modern democracies, power sharing arrangements can take many forms. Power is shared among different
organs of government, such as the Legislature, Executive and Judiciary. Let us call this horizontal distribution of
power because it allows different organs of government placed at the same level to exercise different powers.
Such a separation ensures that none of the organs can exercise unlimited power. Each organ checks the other.
This results in a balance of power among various institutions in a democracy, even though ministers and
government officials exercise power, they are responsible to the Parliament or State Assemblies. Similarly,
although judges are appointed by the executive, they can check the functioning of executive or laws made by the
legislatures. This arrangement is called a system of checks and balances. Power can be shared among government
at different levels, a general government for the entire country and governments at the provincial or regional level.
Such a general government for the entire country is usually called federal government. In India, we refer to it as
the Central or Union Government. The governments at the provincial or regional level are called by different
names in different countries. In India, we call them State Governments.
Power may also be shared among different social groups such as the religious and linguistic groups.
‘Community government’ in Belgium is a good example of this arrangement. In some countries there are
constitutional and legal arrangements whereby socially weaker sections and women are represented in the
legislatures and administration. Power sharing arrangements can also be seen in the way political parties, pressure
groups and movements control or influence those in power. In a democracy, the citizens must have freedom to
choose among various contenders for power. In contemporary democracies, this takes the form of competition
among different parties.
Q.1 When power is shared among legislature, executive and judiciary in democracy it is known as….
(a) Separation of powers
(b) Horizontal distribution of powers
(c) Vertical distribution of powers
(d) None of above
Ans. Horizontal distribution of powers
Q.2 ministers and government officials exercise power and judges check the functioning of executive or laws
made by the legislature, this is known as…
(a) Separation of powers
(b) Checks and balances
(c) Horizontal distribution of powers
(d) None of the above
Ans. Checks and balances
Q.3 when power is shared among different social group it is known as-
(a) Third tier government
(b) Special government
(c) Community government
(d) None of the above
Ans. Community government
Q.4 Power sharing arrangements in democracy is enjoyed by...
(a) Political parties (c)Pressure groups
(b) Movements (d) all of these
Ans. All of these
 FEDERALISM
Meaning of federalism
Federalism is a system of government in which power is divided between central authority andvarious constituent
units of the country.
A federation has two levels of government. Both these levels of governments enjoy their power independent of
the other.
1. One is the government for the entire country that is usually responsible for a few subjects of common national
interest.
2. Governments at the level of provinces or states that look after much of the day-to-dayadministering of their
state.
Difference between Unitary System and Federal System
Unitary System Federal System
There is only one level of government or the sub- There are two or more levels (or tiers) of
units are subordinate to the Central Government. government.
The Central Government can pass on orders to the The Central Government cannot order the state
provincial or local government. government to do something.
The central government is supreme, and the State Government has powers of its own for
administrative divisions exercise only powers that which it is not answerable to the central
the central government has delegated to them. government.
Their powers may be broadened and narrowed by
the central government

Key Features of Federalism

Some of the key features of federalism system are:
1. There are two or more levels (or tiers) of government.
2. Different tiers of government govern the same citizens, but each tier has its own JURISDICTION in specific
matters of legislation, taxation and administration.
3. The existence and authority of each tier of government is constitutionally guaranteed.
4. The fundamental provisions of the constitution cannot be unilaterally changed by one level of government.
Such changes require the consent of both the levels of government.
5. Courts have the power to interpret the constitution and the powers of different levels ofgovernment.
6. Sources of revenue for each level of government are clearly specified to ensure its financial autonomy.
7. The federal system has dual objectives:
i) To safeguard and promote the unity of the country
ii) Accommodate regional diversity.
Different Routes through Which Federations can be formed
Two aspects are crucial for the institutions and practice of federalism: mutual trust between the government of
different levels and agreement to live together. There are two kinds of routes through which federations have been
formed.
1. The first route involves independent States coming together on their own to form a bigger unit. This kind of
“coming together” federations is formed in the USA, Switzerland and Australia.
2. The second route is that a large country decides to divide its power between the constituent States and the
national government. This kind of „holding together‟ federations is followed in India, Spain and Belgium
countries.
What Makes India a Federal Country?
All the features of the federal system apply to the provisions of the Indian Constitution. The Indian Constitution
is a three-fold distribution of legislative powers between the Union Government and the State Governments.
The 3 lists are mentioned below:
1) Union List: It includes subjects of national importance such as the defence of the country, foreign affairs,
banking, communications and currency. The Union Government alone can make laws relating to the subjects
mentioned in this list.
2) State List: It contains subjects of State and local importance such as police, trade, commerce, agriculture and
irrigation. The State Governments alone can make laws relating to the subjects mentioned in this list.
3) Concurrent List: It includes subjects of common interest to both the Union Government as well as the State
Governments. The list includes education, forest, trade unions, marriage, adoption and succession. Both the Union
as well as the State Governments can make laws on the subjects mentioned in this list. If their laws conflict with
each other, the law made by the Union Government will be considered.
How is Federalism Practised?
The real success of federalism in India is attributed to its nature of democratic politics. Have a look at some of
the major ways in which federalism is practised in India.
Linguistic States
The creation of linguistic States was the first and a major test for democratic politics in India. From 1947 to 2017,
many old States have vanished and many new States have been created. Areas, boundaries and names of the States
have been changed. Some States have been formed of the people who speak the same language. These states are
known as Linguistic States.
Language Policy
A second test for Indian federation is the language policy. Hindi was identified as the official language. Besides
Hindi, there are 21 other languages recognised as Scheduled Languages by the Constitution. States too have their
own official languages and government work takes place in the official language of the concerned State.
Centre-State relations
Restructuring the Centre-State relations is one more way in which federalism has been strengthened in practice.
If no single party gets a clear majority in the Lok Sabha, the major national parties can alliance with many parties
including several regional parties to form a government at the Centre. This led to a new culture of power sharing
and respect for the autonomy of State Governments.
Decentralization in India
When power is taken away from Central and State governments and given to the local government, it is called
decentralization. The basic idea behind decentralization is that there are a large number of problems and issues
which are best settled at the local level. Local people can also directly participate in the decision making.
A major step towards decentralization was taken in 1992.
The Constitution was amended to make the third-tier of democracy more powerful and effective. Here are the key
features of 3-tier democracy:
1. It is constitutionally mandatory to hold regular elections to local government bodies.
2. Seats are reserved in the elected bodies and the executive heads of these institutions for theScheduled Castes,
Scheduled Tribes and Other Backward Classes.
3. At least one-third of all positions are reserved for women.
4. State Election Commission has been created in each State to conduct panchayat and municipal elections.
5. The State governments are required to share some powers and revenue with local government bodies. The
nature of sharing varies from State to State.
Panchayati Raj System
Rural local government is popularly known as Panchayati Raj. Each village, or a group of villages in some States,
has a gram panchayat. This is a council consisting of several ward members, often called panch, and a president
or sarpanch. They are directly elected by all the adult population living in a village or ward. Gram Panchayat is
the decision-making body for the entire village.
The Panchayat works under the overall supervision of the Gram Sabha. All the voters in the village are its
members. It has to meet at least twice or thrice in a year to approve the annual budget of the gram panchayat and
to review the performance of the Gram Panchayat.
When Gram Panchayat are grouped together, they form a Panchayat Samiti or Block or Mandal.
The member of Panchayat Samiti representative is elected by all the Panchayat members in that area.
All the Panchayat Samitis or Mandals in a district together constitute the Zilla (district) Parishad.
Members of the Lok Sabha, MLAs of the district, and some other officials of other district-level bodies are the
members of Zilla Parishad.
Municipalities
As Gram Panchayat is for Rural areas, similarly we have Municipalities for urban areas. Big cities are constituted
into Municipal Corporations. Both Municipalities and Municipal Corporations are controlled by elected bodies
consisting of people’s representatives. The Municipal Chairperson is the political head of the Municipality. In a
Municipal Corporation such an officer is called the Mayor.
1. OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Belgium shifted from a unitary form of government to:
(a) Democratic (b) federal
(c) Authoritarian (d) none of the above
Ans : (b) federal
2. Which type of government does the Belgium have?
(a) Federal (b) Communist (c) Unitary (d) Central
Ans : (a) Federal
3. In federalism, power is divided between various constituent units and:
(a) central authority (b) states
(c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of the above
Ans : (a) central authority
4. Which countries follow the unitary system of government?
(a) Belgium, Spain and India (b) USA Japan and Belgium
(c) United Arab Emirates, China and Sri Lanka (d) France, Germany and India
Ans : (c) USA Japan and Belgium
5. In federal system, central government cannot order the:
(a) principal (b) local government
(c) state government (d) none of the above
Ans : (c) state government
6. A system of government in which power is divided between a central authority and various constituent unit of
the country is called
(a) Federalism (b) Communal-ism (c) Socialism (d) Democracy
Ans : (a) Federalism
7. State government has powers of its own for which it is not answerable to the: (a) central government (b)
judiciary
(c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of the above
Ans : (b) judiciary
8. Which country is an example of coming together federation?
(a) Belgium (b) USA (c) Sri Lanka (d) India
Ans : (b) USA
9. Power to interpret the constitution is with the:
(a) courts (b) judiciary
(c) state government (d) none of the above
Ans : (b) judiciary
10. In Unitary form of government
(a) all the power is divided between the centre/union and the state provincial government.
(b) all the power is with the citizens.
(c) State Government has all the powers
(d) power is concentrated with the Central Government.
Ans : (d) power is concentrated with the Central Government.
11. The place of Rajasthan where India conducted its nuclear tests is
(a) Calicut (b) Pokhran
(c) Kavaratti (d) Karaikal
Ans : (b) Pokhran
12. The coming together federation is:
(a) India (b) Spain (c) USA (d) Australia
Ans : (c) USA
13. The first and major test for democratic politics in our country was
(a) caste problem (b) language problem
(c) problems related to union territories (d) creation of linguistic state
Ans : (d) creation of linguistic state
14. Indian official language is:
(a) Hindi (b) English
(c) Urdu (d) None of these
Ans : (a) Hindi
15. How many languages are included in the Eight Schedule of the Indian Constitution?
(a) 15 (b) 22 (c) 25 (d) 21
Ans : (b) 22
16. Which language has status of the national language in India?
(a) Tamil (b) Hindi (c) English (d) None of these
Ans : (d) None of these
17. The municipal corporation officers are called:
(a) Mayors (b) MLAs (c) Sarpanch (d) none of these
Ans : (a) Mayors
18. Who can make laws relating to the subjects mentioned in the Union list?
(a) Local Government (b) State Government
(c) Union Government (d) State and Union
Ans : (c) Union Government
19. Federations have been formed with the two kinds of:
(a) states (b) routes (c) people (d) none of the above
Ans : (a) state
20. The state which violently demanded that the use of English for official purpose should be continued, is
(a) Kerala (b) Karnataka (c) Tamil Nadu (d) Andhra Pradesh
Ans : (c) Tamil Nadu
21. To make India a strong federation, we need:
(a) written constitution (b) rigid constitution
(c) independent judiciary (d) all of the above
Ans : (d) all of the above
22. Major step towards decentralisation in India was taken up in
(a) 1992 (b) 1993 (c) 1991 (d) 1990
Ans : (a) 1992
23. Who has special power in administering the Union Territories in India?
(a) Central Government (b) Chief Minister (c) President (d) Governor
Ans : (a) Central Government
24. Who is the head of urban local government?
(a) Sarpanch (b) Ward commissioner (c) Mukhiya (d) Mayor
Ans : (d) Mayor
25. When power is taken away from state governments and is given to local government, it is called
(a) Decentralisation (b) Centralisation (c) Panchayat Samiti (d) Federalism
Ans : (a) Decentralisation
2. FILL IN THE BLANK
DIRECTION : Complete the following statements with appropriate word(s).
1. Holding together country decides to divide its power between the ......and ......
Ans : the national government, constituent states
2. First major test of democratic politics in our country was the creation of ........
Ans : linguistic states
3. Under the ........... system, either there is only one level of government or the sub-units are subordinate to the
central government.
Ans : Unitary
4.list includes subjects of national importance such as defence of the country, foreign affairs etc.
Ans : Union
5. The ........... overseas the implementation of constitutional and procedures.
Ans : Judiciary
6.in India enjoys a special status. This state has its own constitution.
Ans : Jammu and Kashmir
3. TRUE/FALSE
DIRECTION : Read each of the following statements and write if it is true or false.
1. Besides Hindi, India has 21 official languages.
Ans : True
2. 1980s was the era of coalition governments.
Ans : False
3. Second test for the Indian Federation was the language policy
Ans : True
4. When the power is taken from the local and state government and given to central government, it is called
decentralisation.
Ans : False
5. Decentralisation helps to build effective communication.
Ans : True
4. ASSERTION AND REASON
DIRECTION : Mark the option which is most suitable :
(a) If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(d) If both assertion and reason are false.
1. Assertion : Belgium and Spain has ‘holding together’ federation.
Reason : A big country divides power between constituent states and national government.
Ans : (a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion. The power of a
large country is divided between constituent states and national government. The central government is more
powerful than the states.
2. Assertion : Hindi is identified as the only official language of India.
Reason : It helped in creating supremacy of Hindi speaking people over others. Ans : (c) Assertion is true but
reason is false. Hindi is the identified as official language of India. However, it is spoken by only 40 per cent of
Indians. Thus, to safeguard the rights of other linguistic communities, 21 other languages were recognized as
Scheduled Languages by the Constitution.
3. Assertion : It is very simple to make the changes in the basic structure of the constitution.
Reason : Both the houses have power to amend the constitution independently.
Ans : (d) Both assertion and reason are false. It is difficult to make changes in the constitution in the federal
system. Any change has to be first passed through both the houses of Parliament through atleast two-third
majority. Then it has to be ratified by the legislatures of atleast half of the total states. Thus both reason and
assertion are false.
4. Assertion : India is a federation.
Reason : Power resides with the central authority.
Ans : (a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion. India is a federal
government and there is three-tier system of power sharing with central government, state government and local
self government. It is a union of states and not a federation.
5. Assertion : Coalition government is formed during dearth of coal in the country.
Reason : It helps in overcoming coal crisis.
Ans : (d) Both assertion and reason are false. When no party is able to prove clear cut majority, several regional
parties come together to form coalition government. It has no connection with scarcity of coal in the country.
6. Assertion : The subjects which are not included in Union List, State List and Concurrent List are considered as
residuary subjects.
Reason : The subjects included that came after constitution was made and thus could not be classified.
Ans : (a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion. The subjects which
are not included in Union List, State List and Concurrent List are considered as Residuary subjects. It includes
the subjects such as computer software that came after constitution was made. Union Government has power to
legislate on these ‘residuary’ subjects.
7. Assertion : India has a federal system.
Reason : Under a unitary system, either there is only one level of government or the sub-units are subordinate to
central government.
Ans : (b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion. India has a
federal government. There is a central government for the entire country and state governments for different
regions. The reason is also true but does not justify the statement.
8. Assertion : Zilla Parishad Chairperson is the political head of the zilla parishad.
Reason : Mayor is the head of municipalities.
Ans : (b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion. Panchayat
samitis of a district together form the zilla parishad. Zilla Parishad chairperson is the political head of the zilla
parishad. Municipalities are set up in towns. Mayor is the head of municipalities. The reason does not however
explain the assertion.
9. Assertion : A major step towards decentralization was taken in 1992 by amending the constitution.
Reason : Constitution was amended to make the third tier of democracy more powerful and effective.
Ans : (a) Both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion. The constitution
was amended in 1992 to make the third tier more powerful and effective. It includes steps like regular elections
for local government bodies, reservation of seats for OBC, SC, ST and women and creation of State Election
Commission. The reason thus justifies the assertion.
10. Assertion : Third-tier of government is local government.
Reason : It made democracy weak.
Ans : (c) Assertion is true but reason is false. The third tier of government is done through decentralisation. It
helped in making democracy stronger by Biging it to grass root level. Thus, the reason is false but assertion stands
true.
QUESTIONS OF 1 MARK
Answers should not exceed 30 words.
Q1. In 1993, what change in the form of government took place in Belgium ? ”
Answer:
In 1993, Belgium shifted from a unitary to a federal form of government because the regional governments were
given constitutional powers. The regional governments were no longer dependent on the central government.
Q2.What is federalism ?
Answer:
Federalism is a system of government in which the power is divided between a central authority and various
constituent units of the country.
Q3.Name any two countries in the west having federal form of government.
Answer:
USA and Canada.
Q4.What is jurisdiction ?
Answer:
Jurisdiction is the area over which someone has legal authority. The area may be defined in terms of geographical
boundaries or in terms of certain kinds of subjects.
Q5. What is the unitary system of government?
Answer:
Under the unitary system, either there is only one level of government or the sub units are subordinate to the
central government.
Q6. How can the fundamental provisions of the constitution be changed or amended in a federal system of
government?
Answer:
The fundamental provisions of the constitution cannot be unilaterally changed by one level of government. Such
changes require the consent of both the levels of government.
Q7.What other factors besides politics keep federations united?
Answer:
Mutual trust and agreement to live together are other factors that keep federations together.
Q8.What is the nature of Indian federal system?
Answer:
Indian federal system is an example of ‘holding together’ type of federation.
Q9. Give two examples of ‘coming together’ federation.
Answer:
USA, Switzerland and Australia.
Q10.State any one feature that makes India a federal country.
Answer:
The Constitution divides legislative powers between the Union Government and the State Governments. It has
three lists viz Union list, State list and Concurrent list.
QUESTIONS OF 3/5 MARKS
Answers should be in about 80/100 words.
Q1.What are the differences between a federal form of government and a unitary one ? Explain.
Or
Analyse features of federalism.
Or
Compare and contrast the federal system of government with unitary system of government.
Or
How is federal government, different from unitary government. ?
Answer:
Two systems of government i.e., federal system and unitary system can be compared as given below :

Federal Government Unitary Government

(1) There are two or more levels of governments e.g., (1) Generally, there is only one level of government. In
National, State and Local governments. case of sub-units, they are subordinate to the national
government.
(2) There is division of powers between different levels
of governments. (2) There is no division of powers. The Central or
National government has all the powers.
(3) State governments are not answerable to the Central
or National government. (3) The state governments or sub-units are answerable
to the Central government.
(4) Jurisdiction of each government i.e., state and
central is specified in the constitution and cannot be (4) All powers are with the Central government. There
changed unilaterally. is no separate jurisdiction for the sub-units. The
Central government can grant them powers and take
(5) Constitutional amendment cannot be made without
back at any time.
the consent of the state governments.
(5) The Central government alone can make
(6) Courts such as Supreme Court of India safeguards
constitutional amendment like an ordinary law.
and interprets the Constitution.
(6) Courts do not enjoy powers of safe-
(7) Sources of revenue are divided among different
guarding/interpreting the constitution.
levels of government.
(7) Sources of revenue are controlled by the Central
(8) It has two objectives – to safeguard and promote
government.
unity of the country. Secondly to accommodate regional
diversity. So there should be trust and agreement to live (8) There is no such objective as there is only one
together government that controls the whole country.
Q2. Distinguish between ‘coming together’ and ‘holding together’ types of federations. India comes under
which type of federation?
Or
Describe different routes for formation of federations in different countries and their impact.
Answer:
(1) There are two routes that have been adopted for formation of federations in the world. The differences
between the two are as mentioned below :

‘Coming together’ Federations ‘Holding together’ Federations

(1) These forms of federations are formed by

(1) Under these federations, large country decides to
independent states which come together on their own
divide its power between the constituent States and the
to form federation.
national government.
(2) The object is to form a bigger unit so that by
(2) The object is to have a powerful central government
pooling sovereignty and retaining identity, they can
to maintain unity in diversity. For example in India the
increase their security.
central govt, has more powers than the states.
(3) The examples of this type of federations are the
(3) The examples of this type of federations are India,
USA, Switzerland and Australia.
Spain and Belgium.
(4) All the constituent states and federal government
have equal powers and are strong vis-a-vis the federal (4) In such federations, the national or central
government is powerful than the states or provinces as
government
in India. Some states may have unequal powers or
special powers. For example in India Jammu and
Kashmir has its own constitution. Many provisions of
the Indian constitution are not applicable to this state
without the approval of the State Assembly. Special
provisions exist for some other states of India as well.

(2) India comes under ‘holding together’ federation.

Q3.How are legislative powers divided between Union govt, and state govts ?
Or
Examine what makes India a federal country.
Or
What are the salient features of federalism in India ?
Answer:
The salient features of federalism in India are as mentioned below :
(1) Two-three levels of government : In the beginning, the Constitution provided for a two-tier system of
government e., the Union or National government and the State governments. Later, a third-tier of federalism was
added in the form of Panchayats and Municipalities. These tiers enjoy separate jurisdiction.
(2) Division of legislative powers :
The Constitution clearly provided threefold distribution of legislative powers between the Union Government
and the State governments as mentioned below :
1. Union list :
1. It includes subjects of national importance such as defence of the country, foreign affairs, banking,
communications and currency.
 2. These are included in this list because we need a uniform policy on these matters throughout the
country.
3. The Union Government alone can make laws relating to the subjects in the Union list.
2. State list :

1. This list contains subjects of state and local importance such as police, trade commerce, agriculture
and irrigation.
2. The State Governments alone can make laws relating to these subjects.
3. Concurrent list :
1. It includes subjects of common interest to both the Union Govt, as well as the State Governments,
such as education, forest, trade unions, marriage, adoption and succession.
2. Both the Union as well as the State Governments can make laws on these subjects.
3. In case the laws conflict with each other, the law made by the Union Govt, will prevail.
4. Residuary powers :
1. These include the subjects not included in three lists or subjects like computer software that came
up after the Constitution was made.
2. The central government, can make laws on such subjects.
3. Rigid constitution : Amendment to the Constitution is not easy. Sharing of powers or division of
powers is basic to the structure of the Constitution and cannot be changed easily. The Parliament
has to pass an amendment in both the Houses with at least two-thirds majority. Then it has to be
ratified by the legislatures of at least half of the total States.
4. Independent courts and interpretation of the Constitution : The judiciary plays an important role
in the implementation of constitutional provisions and procedures. In case of any dispute about the
division of powers, the High Courts and the Supreme Court decide the case.
5. Independent resources : The Union and the State Governments can raise their resources by levying
taxes in order to carry on the government and the responsibilities assigned to each of them.
Q4.“All the States in the Indian union do not have identical powers.” Explain.
Or
Describe special powers or provisions for some States in India.
Answer:
The Constitution of India does not grant equal powers to all States. Some States enjoy special status/powers as
given below :
(1) Jammu and Kashmir :
● Under Article 370, the concurrence of the state is required for making laws in matters mentioned in thir
Union and Concurrent Lists.
● Jammu and Kashmir has its own Constitution,
● Again Indians who are not permanent residents of this State cannot buy land or house there,
 ● Amendments to the Indian Constitution under Article 368 cannot apply without the concurrence of the J
& K government.
(2) North-Eastern and smaller States have been given more representation in the Rajya Sabha. North-Eastern
states such as Assam, Nagaland, Arunachal Pradesh and Mizoram have a sizeable indigenous tribal population
with a distinct history and culture which can be retained under Article 371.
(3) There are areas which are too small to become an independent State but which could not be merged with any
of the existing States. Such areas are like Chandigarh or Lakshadweep or the Capital city of Delhi. These are
known as Union Territories. These territories do not have powers of a state. The central government has special
powers in running these areas.
Q5. (1) Pokharan, the place where India conducted its nuclear tests, lies in Rajasthan. Suppose the Govt, of
Rajasthan was opposed to the Central Government’s nuclear policy, could it prevent the Govt, of India from
conducting the nuclear tests ?
(2) Suppose the Govt, of Sikkim plans to introduce new textbooks in its schools. But the Union Govt, does not
like the style and content of the new textbooks. In that case, does the state govt, need to take permission from
the Union Govt, before these . textbooks can be launched ?
(3) Suppose the Chief Ministers of Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh and Orissa have different policies on how
their state police respond to the naxalites. Can the Prime Minister of India intervene and passs an order that all
Chief Ministers will have to obey.
Answer:
1. No. Defence is a subject of national importance. Nuclear tests are related to the defence of the country.
So the Rajasthan government could not prevent the Govt, of India from conducting the nuclear tests.
2. Education is included in the concurrent list. Both the central and state government can make laws on this
subject. According to the Constitution if the central govt, too makes a law, and if their laws conflict with
each other, the law made by the Union Govt, will prevail. In this case as no law has been passed by the
Central Govt., the State Govt, need not take permission from the Union Govt.
3. Police is a state subject. So the states of Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh and Orissa can follow different
policies. Prime Minister cannot intervene and pass orders to be obeyed by all Chief Ministers.
Q6. Explain democratic policies adopted by the Government of India which made it a successful federation.
Or
Why has federalism succeeded in India ? Which three policies adopted by India have ensured this success ?
Or
Explain how the federal experiment has been successful in the matter of formation of states in India.
Or
Describe how federalism has been in practice through creation of linguistic states.
Answer:
The success of federalism in India can be attributed to the nature of democratic politics in the country. This has
ensured that the spirit of federalism, respect for diversity and desire for living together became a shared ideal
for all. This has happened in various ways :
1. Linguistic States :
1. The creation of Linguistic states was the first major test for democratic politics in India.
2. In 1947 the boundaries of several states were changed on the basis of several states were changed in order
to create new states.
 3. Some states were created to recognize differences based on culture, ethnicity or geography. These are
Nagaland, Uttarakhand and Jharkhand.
4. State Reorganization Commission (1956) : Under State Reorganisation Commission in 1956, the States
were created on the basis of language. Many States vanished and new States came into existence.
5. Creation of Haryana and Punjab: Even after the State Reorganization Commission, the demand for
creation of new States continued. In 1966, Haryana was created out of the State of Punjab.
6. States on the basis of culture : Some States like Nagaland, Uttarakhand and Jharkhand were created to
recognize the cultural and ethnic differences.
7. Success of federalism :
1. Although there have been some opposition to the creation of states on the basis of language etc.,
the experience has proved that the country became more united,
2. It has made administration more easier in smaller states,
3. The spirit of federalism, respect for diversity and desire for living together has become a shared
ideal.
2. Language Policy : The Constitution of India did not give the status of national language to any one language.
According to Constitution, the use of English for official purposes was to stop in 1965. However, many non-
Hindi speaking States demanded to continue the use of English, particularly in Tamil Nadu. The leaders adopted
a cautious approach to avoid a Sri Lanka type situation.
It was, therefore, decided that English would continue along with Hindi for official purposes. Official Language
Act provides that English would remain the official language of the country so long as non-Hindi speaking States
desire. Thus, this approach has helped in avoiding confrontation with non-Hindi speaking southern states
particularly Tamil Nadu. It has also strengthened the spirit of federalism.
3. Center-State Relations : The relations between Center and the States too has strengthened the federalism in
India as mentioned below :
1. In the beginning : The Central Government and the State Governments were controlled by one political
party e., Congress. The Central Government dominated over the State Governments.
2. After 1967 : When some opposition or different political parties came to power in the States, the relations
between center and the states changed. The Central Government misused the powers under Article 356 of
the Constitution and dismissed the governments led by the rival parties. This was against the spirit of
federalism.
4. After 1990 :
1. Coalition government was formed at the center.
2. Regional parties became powerful in the states,
3. Since no single party was able to secure majority, different parties formed alliance such as NDA and UPA.
4. Under such arrangement, culture of power sharing and respect for autonomy of state governments spread
in India,
5. The Supreme Court too made it difficult for the Central Government to dismiss the State Governments in
an arbitrary manner. Thus, federal structure has been strengthened by the coming of coalition
governments. Federal power sharing has become effective and center-state relations have been
 strengthened. Respect for the autonomy of the states has increased.
Thus all these policies have contributed towards making Indian federalism successful.
Q7. State difference between the local government before and after the constitutional amendment in 1992.
Answer:
The difference of local government in India before and after 1992 was as mentioned below :

‘Before 1992 After 1992

(1) The state governments are required to share some

(1) There were panchayats in villages and powers with the local government bodies. Now local
municipalities in urban areas but these were directly bodies got constitutional status.
under the control of the state governments. They did
(2) It is mandatory to hold regular elections to local
not enjoy independent status.
government bodies. If the state govt, dissolves the
(2) Elections to local bodies were not held regularly. panchayat before the end of its five year term, fresh
elections must be held within six months of such
(3) These bodies did not have financial resources.
dissolution.
They were dependent on states or central
government which used to grant them financial aids. (3) The state governments are required to share some
powers with local government bodies.
(4) There was no reservation for SC/ST/ OBGs.
(4) Seats are reserved in the elected bodies and executive
(5) There was no reservation for women.
heads of these institutions for the Scheduled Castes,
(6) There was no independent state commission to Scheduled Tribes and Other Backward Classes.
conduct elections.
(5) One-third of all positions are reserved for women.
(6) An independent State Election Commission has been
created in each state to conduct panchayat and municipal
elections

From above it is clear that the government tried to strengthen local governments by the 73rd and 74th amendment
in 1992
Q8. Explain the major steps taken towards decentralisation for making the third-tier of government more
powerful.
Answer:
The major steps taken towards decentralisation for making the third-tier of government more powerful as
mentioned below :
1. In the beginning panchayats in villages and municipalities in urban areas were setup in all the states. These
bodies were, however, directly under the control of state governments. Elections to these bodies were not
held regularly. They did not have resources of their own. There was thus need for a drastic step that was
taken in 1992. The Constitution was amended to make the third-tier of democracy more powerful and
effective.
2. Main features of the provisions of the Constitutional Amendment (1992) were as mentioned
below :

1. Constitutionally mandatory to hold elections to local government bodies.

 2. Reservation of seats in elected bodies and executive heads for SC/ST/OBCs.
3. Reservation of 1/3 seats for women.
4. Creation of State Election Commission to conduct election of local bodies.
5. State governments to share some powers and revenue with local government bodies. The nature
of sharing varies from state to state. Thus third-tier of government has been made more powerful.
Now elections are held regularly andfinancially these bodies have become better equipped.
Q9. Explain any five features of Panchayati Raj system in India.
Or
Differentiate between Gram Sabha and Gram Panchayat.
Or
How is rural local government known in India ? What are its different institutions ?
Answer:
(1) Rural local government is popularly known by the name panchayati raj.
(2) Its different institutions are as mentioned below :
1. Panchayat:
1. There is a panchayat in each village or group of villages.
2. It is a council which has several ward members (panch) and a president (sarpanch).
3. They are directly elected by all the adult population living in that ward or village.
4. Panchayat is a decision-making body for the entire village.
5. It works under the overall supervision of gram sabha.
6. Gram Sabha consists of all the voters and meets twice or thrice in a year to approve the anffual
budget of the gram panchayat and to review its performance.
2. Panchayat samiti or block or mandal: A few gram panchayats are grouped together to form a panchayat
samiti or block or mandal. The members of this body are elected by all the members of the panchayats in
that area.
3. Zilla Parishad : All the panchayat samities or mandals in a district constitute Zilla Parishad, whose
members are elected. Members of the Lok Sabha and MLAs of that district and some other officials of
other district level bodies are also its members. Zilla Parishad chairperson is the political head of the Zilla
Parishad.
Q10.Which are the local bodies in the urban areas ? What is their composition ?
Answer:
1. The local bodies in the urban areas are municipalities or municipal committees in towns, municipal
corporations in big cities.
o The members of municipal committees and municipal corporations are also elected by the people.
o Municipal Chairperson is the political head of the municipal committee. Chairperson of Municipal
Corporation is called the Mayor.
Q11. Describe the achievements of the new system of local governments. Also mention the problems that are
being faced by these bodies.
Answer:
(1) Achievements : It is the largest experiment in a democracy conducted anywhere in the world. Its main
achievements are as follows :
1. There are now about 36 lakh elected representatives in the panchayats and municipalities etc. all over the
country.
2. Constitutional status for local government has helped to strengthen democracy in the country.
3. There is now uniformity in local bodies across the country.
4. There is a significant number of women in the local bodies.
(2) Problems : There are problems too which are as follows :
1. Elections are held regularly but for gram sabhas are not held regularly.
2. Many State governments have not transferred significant powers to the local governments.
3. Adequate resources have not been given to them. Thus, there is still a long way to achieve the ideal of self
government.
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION (2MARKS)
Q1.What is Federalism?
Federalism is a system of government in which power is divided between a central authority and various
constituent units of the country.
Q2. What are the sects under „Panchayati Raj‟?
Panchayati Raj system consists of: Gram Panchayat at the village level, Panchayat Samiti at the block level and
Zila Parishad at the district level.
Q3. What are the functions of Municipality‟?
1. Urban planning including town planning.
2. Regulation of land-use and construction of buildings.
3. Planning for economic and social development.
4. Roads and bridges.
5. Water supply for domestic, industrial and commercial purposes.
 Gender, Religion and Caste (SUMMARY)
Religion – Gandhi ji said that politics must be guided by ethics drawn from religion
Communalism – Human rights groups in our country have demanded that the government take special steps to
protect religious minorities.
Politics - Women’s movement has argued that FAMILY LAWS of all religions discriminate against women. So
they have demanded that government should change these laws.
Secular state--There is no official religion for the Indian state.
• Caste and politics No parliamentary constituency in the country has a clear majority of one single caste. So,
every candidate and party needs to win the confidence of more than one caste and community to win elections.
• No party wins the votes of all the voters of a caste or community. When peoplesay that a caste is a ‘vote bank’
of one party, it usually means that a large proportion of the voters from that caste vote for that party.
• Many political parties may put up candidates from the same caste (if that caste is believed to dominate the
electorate in a particular constituency).Some voters have more than one candidate from their caste while many
voters have no candidate from their caste.
• The ruling party and the sitting MP or MLA frequently lose elections in our country. That could not have
happened if all castes and communities were frozen in their political preferences.
KEY WORDS
Patriarchy: Literally, rule by father, this concept is used to refer to a system that values men more and gives them
power over women.
Sexual division of labour: A system in which all work inside the home is either done by the women of the family,
or organised by them through the domestic helpers.
Urbanisation: Shift of population from rural areas to urban areas.
Occupational mobility: Shift from one occupation to another, usually when a new generation takes up occupations
other than those practiced by their ancestors.
Caste hierarchy: A ladder like formation in which all the caste groups are placed from the ‘highest’ to the ‘lowest’
castes.
FEMINIST MOVEMENT -There was agitations in different countries for the extension of voting rights to
women. These agitations demanded enhancing the political and legal status of women and improving their
educational and career opportunities. More radical women’s movements aimed at equality in personal and family
life as well. These movements are called FEMINIST movements.
ONE MARKS QUESTION
Q1. In India, the official religion of the state is :
(a) Hinduism
(b) Islam
(c) Christianity
(d) None
ANS-NONE
Q2. A system that values men more and gives them power over women is called?
(a) Feminist
(b) Socialist
(c) Patriarchy
(d) Communist
ANS -c) Patriarchy
Q3.In which system of elected bodies about one-third seats are reserved for women?
(a) Panchayats and Municipals
(b) Lok Sabha
(c) State Assemblies
(d) None of these
ANS-a) Panchayat and Municipals
Q4. Which of the following statement about India as a secular state is incorrect?
(a) Allows freedom to practice any religion
(b) There is no official religion
(c) Prohibits discrimination on religious grounds
(d) It reserves seats for religious minorities
ANS- It reserves seats for religious minorities
Q5.Communalism signifies an ideology which stands for regional harmony and economic equality. (True/False)
ANS-FALSE
Q6.Woman or a man who believes in equal rights and opportunities for men and women.” Select the correct
option for the definition.
(a) Feminist (b) Patriarchy (c) Caste hierarchy (d) Social change
ANS- Feminist
Q7. Which leaders worked for the elimination of caste system in India?
(a) Jotiba Phule, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, Mahatma Gandhi and Periyar RamaswamiNaicker
(b) Raja Ram Mohun Roy, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar and Mahatma Gandhi
(c) Jotiba Phule, Periyar Ramaswami Naicker and Mahatma Gandhi
(d) Swami Vivekanand, Jotiba Phule and Raja Ram Mohan Roy
ANS- Jotiba Phule, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, Mahatma Gandhi and PeriyarRamaswamiNaicker
Q8.Gandhiji used to say that religion can never be separated from politics.(True/False)
ANS-TRUE
Q9.Shifting of population from rural areas to urban areas for better opportunity is called .
ANS-Urbanization
Q10.Equal Wages Act’ signifies;
(a) Law that deals with family related matters.
(b) Law provides that equal wages should be paid for equal job for both men and women.
(c) An Act which signifies that all work inside the home is done by the women of the family.
(d) A radical law against the discriminatory attitude and sexual division of labour.
ANS- Law provides that equal wages should be paid for equal job for both men and women.
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION(3M)
Q.1.Mention different aspects of life in which women are discriminated or disadvantaged in India.
ANS-I. Family laws of all religions discriminate against women.
II. There are reports of various kinds of harassment, exploitation and violence against women. Urban areas have
become particularly unsafe for women
III. In India, the proportion of women in legislature has been very low
IV. Females are not getting equal wages.
Q.2.Define the following
Urbanization:
Occupational mobility:
Caste hierarchy:
ANS:- Urbanization: Shift of population from rural areas to urban areas.
Occupational mobility: Shift from one occupation to another, usually when a new generation takes up occupations
other than those practiced by their ancestors.
Caste hierarchy: A ladder like formation in which all the caste groups are placed from the ‘highest’ to the ‘lowest’
castes.
Q.3. Unless women control power, their problems will not get adequate attention. One way to ensure this is to
have more women as elected representatives. Do you agree?
ANS-In India, the proportion of women in legislature has been very low. For example, the percentage of elected
women members in Lok Sabha has touched 14.36 per cent of its total strength for the first time in 2019. Their
share in the state assemblies is less than 5 per cent. In this respect, India is among the bottom group of nations in
the world (see the graph below). India is behind the averages for several developing countries of Africa and Latin
America.
One way to solve this problem is to make it legally binding to have a fair proportion of women in the elected
bodies. This is what the Panchayati Raj has done in India. One third of seats in local government bodies – in
panchayats and municipalities – are now reserved for women. Now there are more than 10 lakh elected women
representatives in rural and urban local bodies.
LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION (5M)
Q.1. Elections is all about caste is not true. Explain
ANS. I. No parliamentary constituency in the country has a clear majority of one single caste. So, every candidate
and party needs to win the confidence of more than one caste and community to win elections.
II. No party wins the votes of all the voters of a caste or community. When people say that a caste is a ‘vote bank’
of one party, it usually means that a large proportion of the voters from that caste vote for that party.
III. Many political parties may put up candidates from the same caste (if that caste is believed to dominate the
electorate in a particular constituency). Some voters have more than one candidate from their caste while many
voters have no candidate from their caste.
IV. The ruling party and the sitting MP or MLA frequently loses elections in our country. That could not have
happened if all castes and communities were frozen in their political preferences.
Q.2. The makers of our Constitution were aware of this challenge. That is why they chose the model of a secular
state. Explain it.
ANSWER- The makers of our Constitution were aware of this challenge. That is why they chose the model of a
secular state. This choice was reflected in several constitutional provisions
l .There is no official religion for the Indian state. Unlike the status of Buddhism in SriLanka, that of Islam in
Pakistan and that of Christianity in England, our Constitution does not give a special status to any religion
II. The Constitution provides to all individuals and communities freedom to profess, practice and propagate any
religion, or not to follow any.
III. The Constitution prohibits discrimination on grounds of religion.
IV. At the same time, the Constitution allows the state to inter venin the matters of religion in order to ensure
equality within religious communities. For example, it bans untouchability.
 POLITICAL PARTIES (SUMMARY)
A Political party is a group of people who come together to contest elections and hold power in the government.
A Political party has three components
1) The Leaders
2) The Active citizens
3) The Followers
FUNCTIONS OF POLITICAL PARTIES
1) Parties contest elections
2) Voters choose from different policies and programs put forward by parties.
3) Parties play a decisive role in making laws.
4) Parties form and run government.
5) Parties that loose elections play the role of opposition to the parties in power.
6) Parties shape public opinion.
7) Parties provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes implemented by government.

➢ SITUATION WITHOUT POLITICAL PARTIES

• No one will be responsible for how the country will be run.
• The government will be formed but its utility will remain uncertain.
HOW MANY PARTIES SHOULD WE HAVE?
It will depend upon the social and geographical diversity of a country.
For e.g.:- India has a multiparty system in which more than 750 parties are registered with the election
commission.
ONE PARTY SYSTEM is a system in which only one party is allowed to control and run the government
e.g.:- China
TWO PARTY SYSTEM is a system in which two parties compete to run the government.
e.g.:- USA, UK
MULTI-PARTY SYSTEM is a system in which various parties come together for running the government in a
coalition.
e.g.:- India
NATIONAL POLITICAL PARTIES
There are country-wide parties called national parties.
Every party in the country has to register with the election commission- called registered political parties.
A party which secure at least 6% of the total votes in an election to the legislative assembly of a state and win at
least 2 seats is recognized as a State party and a party which secure at least 6% of the total votes in Lok sabha
elections or Assembly election in four states and wins at least 4 seats in the lok sabha is recognized as a National
party.
There are 8 national recognized parties in the country in 2020. They are
1. Indian National Congress(INC)
2. Bharatiya Janata Party(BJP)
3. Bahujan Samaj Party(BSP)
4. Communist Party of India(CPI)
5. Communist Party of India- Marxist(CPI-M)
6. National Congress Party(NCP)
7. All India Trinamool Congress(AITC)
8. National people’s party(NPP)
STATE PARTIES
These are commonly referred to as regional parties. Since 1996, nearly every one of the state parties has got an
opportunity to be a part of one or the other national level coalition government.
CHALLENGES TO POLITICAL PARTIES

➢ Lack of internal democracy

➢ Dynastic succession

➢ Money and muscle power

➢ No meaningful choice to the voters.

HOW CAN PARTIES BE REFORMED?
Efforts made in India to reform political parties and its leaders:
Constitution was amended to prevent defection, affidavits were implemented,political parties to hold their
organisational elections and file their income tax returns.
SUGGESTIONS ARE MADE TO REFORM POLITICAL PARTIES:
Regulation of party’s internal affairs
State funding of election
Pressure of public opinion
Ensure women participation
MCQ TYPE QUESTIONS
1. What does the picture show?

A. Role of one party in America

B. Corporate America controls all major Institution of thecountry
C. The party’s symbol is elephant
D .Multi-party system
2. In countries like India, choose candidates for contesting elections.
A. Top party leaders
B. Members of party
C. Supporters of party
D. Government officers
3 Berlusconi was the Prime Minister of . His company owns TV channels, the most important publishing
company, a football club (AC Milan).
A. Italy
B. France
C. Poland
D. Germany
4 Match list I with list II and select the correct answer using the Code below in the lists
List 1 List 2
1 Bhartiya Janata Party (BJP): a.1964
2 Indian National Congress (INC): b. 1980
3 Nationalist Congress Party (NCP) c.1885
4 Communist Party of India -Marxist (CPI-M) d. : 1999
A. 1.b, 2.c, 3. d ,4. a
B. 1.c, 2.b, 3. d ,4. a
C. 1.c, 2.a, 3. b ,4. d
D. 1.b, 2.c, 3. a ,4. D
5 Which of the following challenges to political party is depicted in this cartoon?
A. Meaningful choice to the voters
B. Dynastic succession
C. Money and muscle power
D. Lack of internal democracy
6 How many numbers of parties are registered with The ElectionCommission of India?
A. 7100 Parties
B. Less than 750 parties
C. 700 parties
D. More than 750 parties
7 What is the meaning of ‘Alliance’?
A. Two parties together form the government.
B. Leftist and Rightist together form the government.
C. When state and national parties together form the government.
D. When several parties in a multiparty system join for the purpose of contesting election and winning power
8 Which of these is a National Party?
A. INC
B. CPI
C. BJP
D. All of these
9 Match list I with list II and select the correct answer using the Code below in the lists
List 1 List II
a. Congress party 1.National Democratic Alliance
b. Bharatiya Janata party 2.State party
c. Communist party of India 3.United Progressive Alliance
d. Telugana Rashtra Samiti 4.Left Front
A . a3, b1,c2,d4
B . a3,b4, c1,d2
C .a 3,b1,c4, d2
D . a4,b3,c1,d2
10 Countries having Bi-party system:
A India
B UK
C China
D None of these
ASSERTION AND REASON

Two statements are given in the question below as Assertion (A) and
Reason (R). Read the statements and choose the appropriate option.
Options
A. Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
C. A is true but R is false.
D. A is false but R is true
1 Assertion: It is mandatory for every candidate who contests
election to file an AFFIDAVIT .
Reason: The Supreme Court passed an order to reduce the influence of money and criminals.
2 Assertion: Political parties are easily one of the most visible institutions in a democracy.
Reason: For most ordinary citizens, democracy is equal to political parties.
3 Assertion:- China doesn’t follow One party system
Reason:- In China only the communist party is allowed to rule
4 Assertion A : Only those parties that are recognised as national parties can contest in elections for Parliament
Reason R : Every party in the country has to register with the Election Commission.
5 Assertion: India has evolved a multiparty system.
Reason: It is because the social and geographical diversity in such a large country is not easily absorbed by two
or even three parties
CASE BASED QUESTIONS
1 Now, it is mandatory for every candidate who contests elections to file an AFFIDAVIT giving details of his
property and criminal cases pending against him. The new system has made a lot of information available to the
public. But there is no system of check if the information given by the candidates is true. As yet we do not know
if it has led to decline in the influence of the rich and the criminals. The Election Commission passed an order
making it necessary for political parties to hold their organisational elections and file their income tax returns.
The parties have started doing so but sometimes it is mere formality. It is not clear if this step has led to greater
internal democracy in political parties. Besides these, many suggestions are often made to reform political parties:
A law should be made to regulate the internal affairs of political parties. It should be made compulsory for political
parties to maintain a register of its members, to follow its own constitution, to have an independent authority, to
act as a judge
in case of party disputes, to hold open elections to the highest posts. It should be made mandatory for political
parties to give a minimum number of tickets, about one-third, to women candidates. Similarly, there should be a
quota for women in the decision making bodies of the party.
1. It should be made mandatory for political parties to give a minimum number of tickets, about one-third, to ----
-- candidates.
A .Dalits
B Women
C .Youths
D. All the above
2. Who appoints the Chief Election Commissioner of India?
A. Prime Minister
B Governor
C. President
D. None of these
3. There were ----------recognised national parties in the country in 2019.
A. 7
B6
C 10
D5
4. A signed document submitted to an officer, where a person makes a sworn statement regarding her personal
information is known as-------
A Defection
B Affidavit
C Partisan
D Pledge
2 Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP): Founded in 1980 by reviving the erstwhile Bharatiya Jana Sangh, formed by
Syama Prasad Mukherjee in 1951. Wants to build a strong and modern India by drawing inspiration from India’s
ancient culture and values; and Deendayal Upadhyaya’s ideas of integral humanism and Antyodaya. Cultural
nationalism (or ‘Hindutva’) is an important element in its conception of Indian nationhood and politics Indian
National Congress (INC): Popularly known as the Congress Party. One of the oldest parties of the world. Founded
in 1885 and has experienced many splits. Played a dominant role in Indian politics at the national and state level
for several decades after India’s Independence. centrist party (neither rightist nor leftist) in its ideological
orientation, the party espouses secularism and welfare of weaker sections and minorities . Nationalist Congress
Party (NCP): Formed in 1999 following a split in the Congress party. Espouses democracy, Gandhian secularism,
equity, social justice and federalism. Wants that high offices in government be confined to natural born citizens
of the country. A major party in Maharashtra and has a significant presence in Meghalaya, Manipur and Assam.
A coalition partner in the state of Maharashtra in alliance with the Congress. Since 2004, a member of the United
Progressive Alliance
1.Which party supports Gandhian secularism?
A. INC
B.NCP
C.CPI
D.BSP
2 Political party wants to build a strong and modern India by drawing inspiration from India’s ancient
culture and values
A NCP
B.BJP
C.INC
D.AITC
3 Political party espouses secularism and welfare of weaker sections and minorities

A NCP
B.BJP
C.INC
D.AITC
4. ------believes in Marxism-Leninism, secularism and democracy. Opposed to the forces of secessionism and
communalism.
A NCP
B.BJP
C.INC
D.CPI
3 Democracies that follow a federal system all over the world tend to have two kinds of political parties: parties
that are present in only one of the federal units and parties that are present in several or all units of the federation.
This is the case in India as well. There are some countrywide parties, which are called ‘national parties’. These
parties have their units in various states. But by and large, all these units follow the same policies, programmes
and strategy that is decided at the national level. Every party in the country has to register with the Election
Commission. While the Commission treats all parties equally, it offers some special facilities to large and
established parties. These parties are given a unique symbol – only the official candidates of that party can use
that election symbol. Parties that get this privilege and some other special facilities are ‘recognised’ by the
Election Commission for this purpose. That is why these parties are called, ‘recognised political parties’. The
Election Commission has laid down detailed criteria of the proportion of votes and seats that a party must get in
order to be a recognised party. A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the
Legislative Assembly of a State and wins at least two seats is recognised as a State party. A party that secures at
least six per cent of the total votes in Lok Sabha elections or Assembly elections in four States and wins at least
four seats in the Lok Sabha is recognised as a national party.
1.A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative Assembly of a State
and wins at least two seats is recognised as a -------
A . Multi-party
B. Two -party
C. One -party
D. None of these
2. What is the full form of UPA?
a) United progressive alliance
b) Unique public alliance
c)United public alliance
d) Unique progressive alliance
3. Countrywide parties are called ----------
A State party
B Regional party
C National party
D All the above
4. Which of the following is a National party?
A. Sikkim Democratic Front
B.CPI-M
C DMK

C. Kerala Congress
4 The inspiration behind the following imaginary narrative is Shri Kishen Patnaik (1930–2004), also known as
Kishenji. He was elected as a Member of Parliament from Sambalpur, Odisha in 1962. What did Kishenji mean
by an alternative political formation? The question came up in a conversation between Sudha, Karuna, Shaheen
and Gracy. All four women had led very powerful people’s movements in different parts of the country. They
were meeting in a village in Odisha, away from their day-to-day struggles, to think afresh the future of people’s
movements. The discussion naturally turned to Kishenji, who was regarded as a friend, political philosopher and
moral guide by all the movement groups in the country. He had argued that people’s movement should embrace
politics openly. His argument was simple yet powerful. Movements focused on a single issue are suitable as long
as we wish to achieve limited changes in a particular aspect of life. But if we wish to bring about a fundamental
social transformation, or basic change even in one aspect of life, we would need a political organisation. People’s
movement must establish a new political formation to act as a moral force in politics. This was an urgent task, he
said, because all the existing political parties had become irrelevant for social transformation. “But Kishenji never
clarified what that organisation will be. He talked of an alternative political formation or a third force in politics.
But did he mean a political party?” said Gracy. She felt that an old style political party was not the right instrument
for social change. Sudha agreed with her. “I have thought about it several times. I agree that all the struggles that
we are involved with –the struggle against displacement, against globalisation, against caste and gender
oppression and for an alternative kind of development – all this is political. But the moment we form a party, all
the goodwill we have earned all these years will be lost. People will think of us as no different from other
politicians.” “Besides”, added Karuna, “we have seen that a lot can be achieved by putting pressure on the existing
political parties. We tried putting up candidates in panchayat elections, but the results were not very encouraging.
People respect our work, they even adore us, but when it comes to voting they go for the established political
parties.” Shaheen did not agree with them: “Let us be very clear. Kishenji wanted all the people’s movements to
forge a new political party. Of course he wanted this party to be a different kind of a party. He was not for political
alternatives, but for an alternative kind of politics.”
1.Who was Kishen Patnaik?
A Member of Legislative assembly from Sambalpur,Odish in1962
B Member of Parliament from Sambalpur, Odisha in 1962
C Member of legislative council from Sambalpur, Odisha in 1962
D Member of Parliament from Sambalpur, Odisha in 1982
2.Who were the main activists of this conversation?
A Sudha, Karuna, Shaheen and Mary
B Sudha, Kavya, Shaheen and Gracy
C Sudha, Karuna, Shaheen and Gracy
D Sudha, Kavery, Shaheen and Gracy
3. All four women had led very powerful people’s in different parts of the country
A Movements
B. Political parties
C .Clubs
E.Organizations
4. What is the full form of NDA?
A. National Department Alliance
B National Dictator Alliance
C National Democratic Alliance
D National Director Alliance
5 Other than these seven parties, most of the major parties of the country are classified by the Election
Commission as ‘State parties’. These are commonly referred to as regional parties. Yet these parties need not be
regional in their ideology or outlook. Some of these parties are all India parties that happen to have succeeded
only in some states. Parties like the Samajwadi Party and Rashtriya Janata Dal have national level political
organisation with units in several states. Some of these parties like Biju Janata Dal, Sikkim Democratic Front,
Mizo National Front and Telangana Rashtra Samithi are conscious about their State identity. Over the last three
decades, the number and strength of these parties has expanded. This made the Parliament of India politically
more and more diverse. No one national party is able to secure on its own a majority in the Lok Sabha, until 2014.
As a result, the national parties are compelled to form alliances with State parties. Since 1996, nearly every one
of the State parties has got an opportunity to be a part of one or the other national level coalition government.
This has contributed to the strengthening of federalism and democracy in our country.
1. Which of the following facilities is offered by the Election Commission to a recognised political party?

A. Party name
B. Land
C. Election funds
D .Unique symbol
2. Biju Janata Dal is a political party of----

A Punjab
B Odisha
C Bihar
D None of these
3. When was the Rashtriya Janata Dal formed?

A.1998
B 1995
C 1993
D 1990
4. State political parties are also known as

A. National parties
B. Regional parties
C. Alliance parties
D. None of these
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
1 Why political parties are a necessary condition for a democracy?
2 What you mean by partisan?
3 What are the two ways of carrying out political reforms in a democratic country?
4 Give the reason why a multiparty system has evolved in India.
5 What do you understand by a ‘recognised party’?
6 What is defection? Why do MLAs and MPs commit defection?
7 How is dynastic succession related to lack of internal democracy in political parties?
8 Describe the Three Types of Party Systems
9 What is bi-party system?
10 “No party system is ideal for all countries and in all situations.” Justify the statement.
3 MARKS QUESTIONS
What is a multi-party system? Why has India adopted a multi-party system? Explain.
2 Describe the three components of a political party
3 Describe the various party systems existing in various countries.
4 Distinguish between Regional party (State) and National party
5 In what way is an alliance different from a coalition government?
6 Political parties play major role in democracy. Explain any three points to justify this statement.
7 What are the three main functions of the Ruling party?
8 What is main difference between a pressure group and a political party?
9 Why do political parties involve partisanship?
10 Dynastic successions is one of the most serious challenges before the political parties.” Analyse the statement.
11 Examine the role of opposition parties in a Democracy.
5 MARKS QUESTIONS
1 State the various functions that Political parties perform in a democracy.
2 What are the various challenges faced by political parties?
3 Lack of internal democracy within parties is a major challenge to political parties all over the world. How far
do you agree with it?
4 Elucidate some of the recent efforts taken in our country to reform political parties and its leaders.
5 Name the national party which was formed under the leader ship of KanshiRam . Mention any four features of
that party.
6 What is a political party? Suggest and explain any four measures to reform political parties.
7 ‘Modern democracies cannot exist without political parties.’ Examine the statement.
8 What is one-party system? What are its merits and demerits?
9 “Increase in the number of states or regional parties strengthened democracy in India.” Comment
10 “The growing role of money and muscle power is a major challenge in India.” Explain.
ANSWER KEY
MCQ
1 B. Corporate America controls all major Institution of the country
2 A. Top party leaders
3 A. Italy
4 E. 1.b, 2.c, 3. d ,4. a
5 C. Money and muscle power
6 D. More than 750 parties
7 D. When several parties in a multiparty system join for the purpose
of contesting election and winning power
8 D. All of these
9 C .a 3,b1,c4, d2
10 B.UK
ASSERTION AND REASON
1 A .It is Mandatory for every candidate who contests elections to file an Affidavit because the Supreme Court
made it mandatory to file an Affidavit to reduce the influence of money and criminals in election.
So Both assertion and Reason are true and reason is the Correct explanation of Assertion
2 A. If you travel to remote parts of our country and speak to the less educated citizens, you could come across
people who may not know anything about our Constitution or about the nature of our government. But chances
are there that they would know something about our political parties .
3 D .Chine has a One party system and only Communist party is allowed to rule.
4 D .Not only National parties other parties and independent candidates also can contest for the parliament
5 A. India has evolved a multiparty system because of the social and geographical diversity of country.
CASE STUDIES
1 1.B Women
2. C. President
3 A. 7
4. B Affidavit
2 1 B.NCP
2 B.BJP
3 C.INC
4 D.CPI
3 1 D. None of these
2 A. United Progressive Alliance
3 C. National party
4 B.CPI-M
4 1 B Member of Parliament from Sambalpur, Odisha in 1962
2 C Sudha, Karuna, Shaheen and Gracy
3 A . Movements
4 C National Democratic Alliance
5 1 D .Unique symbol
2 B. Odisha
3 A.1998
4 B . Regional parties
Very Short Answer
1Political parties bring various representatives together to form a responsible Government
2 Partisan: A person who is strongly committed to a party, group or faction. Partisanship is marked by a tendency
to take a side and inability to take a balanced view on an issue
3 a). By empowering people.
b). By spreading political awareness
4 It is because the social and geographical diversity in such a large country is not easily absorbed by two or even
three parties. No system is ideal for all countries and all situations.
5 A party that gets some privilege such as a unique symbol and other special facilities is called a ‘recognised’
party by the Election Commission.
6 Defection: Changing party allegiance from the party on which a person got elected (to a legislative body) to a
different party MLAs and MPs do this in order to become ministers or for cash rewards.
7 When there is a lack of internal democracy in a political party it means that the power to make decisions on
behalf of the party rest with one or a few individuals.
These individuals now have an unfair advantage to vest the power to make decisions in people who are close to
them or their family members.
8 In some countries, only one party is allowed to control and run the government. These are called one-party
systems.
In some countries, power usually changes between two main parties. Such a party system is called two-party
system
If several parties compete for power, and more than two parties have a reasonable chance of coming to power
either on their own strength or in alliance with others, we call it a multiparty system.
9 In countries, like USA and UK, power usually changes between two main parties. It is bi-party system. Several
other parties exist, contest elections and win a few seats in the elections but only the two main parties have a
chance to form a government
10 Parties are a necessary condition for a democracy. The rise of political parties is directly linked to the
emergence of representative democracies. Party system is not something any country can choose. It evolves
depending on the nature of society, its social and regional divisions, its history of politics and system of elections.
Each country develops a party system that is conditioned by its special circumstances
3 MARKS
1 A system in which a number of parties compete for power, and more than two parties have a reasonable chance
of coming to power either on their own strength or in alliance with others, is called a
multiparty system. India is a multi-party system. In this system, the government is formed by various parties
coming together in a coalition. When several parties in a multi-party system join hands for the purpose of
contesting elections and winning power, it is called an alliance or a front. For example, in India there were three
major alliances in 2004 parliamentary elections—the National Democratic Alliance, the United Progressive
Alliance and the Left Front. This system on one hand leads to political instability but at the same time, allows for
a variety of interests and opinions to enjoy political representation. Each country develops a party system that is
suitable for its special circumstances. India has evolved as a multi-party system because its social and
geographical diversity cannot be absorbed by two or three parties. Thus, such representation strengthens
democracy. Multi-party system facilitates representation of regional and geographical diversities.
2 Components of a political party are:
The leaders,
The active members
The followers.
3 1.In some countries, only one party is allowed to control and run the government. These are called ONE-PARTY
systems.eg China
2. In some countries, power usually changes between two main
parties. Such a party system is called TWO-PARTY system. The
United States of America and the United Kingdom are examples of two-party system
3.MULTIPARTY SYSTEM(several parties) eg India
4 STATE PARTY.
A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative Assembly of a State
and wins at least two seats is recognised as a State party.
NATIONAL PARTY .
A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in Lok
Sabha elections or Assembly elections in four States and wins at
least four seats in the Lok Sabha is recognised as a national party.
5 ALLIANCE
When several parties in a multi-party system join hands for the purpose of contesting elections and winning
power, it is called an alliance or a front.
COALITION.
When no single party gets a clear majority in the election and the government is formed by various parties coming
together, it is called a coalition.
6 . 1Parties contest elections
2 Parties put forward different policies and programmes and the voters choose from them.
3 Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country.
4 Parties form and run governments
5 Those parties that lose in the elections play the role of opposition
 6 Parties shape public opinion
7 1.Ruling parties Play a major role in making laws for the country
2. Form and run the Government
3.Recruit and train the leaders
4. make the ministers to run the government
8 A pressure group is an organized or unorganized body that seeks to promote its interests.
A political party is a body that seeks to attain political power by contesting elections
9 Partisanship is marked by a tendency to take a side and inability to take a balanced view on an issue. Parties
reflect fundamental political divisions in a society. Parties are a part of the society and they involve partisanship.
10 Most political parties do not practise open and transparent procedures for their functioning. So there are very
few ways for an ordinary worker to rise to the top in a party. Those who happen to be the leaders are in a position
of unfair advantage as they favour people close to them or even their family members. In many parties we see a
trend of dynastic succession. The top positions are always controlled by members of a particular family, which is
unfair to other members of the party, and bad for democracy. This is so because people who do not have adequate
experience or popular support come to occupy positions of power. More than loyalty to party principles and
policies, personal loyalty to the leader becomes more important. This tendency is seen all over the world, even in
older democracies.
11 Opposition parties play an important role in democracies.
1. They ensure political party in power does not misuse or abuse its power;
2. They expose the weaknesses of the ruling party;
3. They also keep a close vigil on the bills and expenditure of the government
5 MARKS
1.1.Parties contest elections
2 Parties put forward different policies and programmes and the
voters choose from them.
3 Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country.
4 Parties form and run governments
5 Those parties that lose in the elections play the role of opposition
6 Parties shape public opinion.
7 Parties provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes implemented by governments
2 1. Lack of internal democracy within parties
2. Dynastic succession.
3. Growing role of money and muscle power in parties,
4.Lack of meaningful choice to the voters
3 The power is concentrated in one or few leaders at the top parties do not keep membership registers parties do
not hold organizational meetings they do not conduct internal elections regularly ordinary members do not get
sufficient information on what happens inside the party.
4 Constitution was amended to stop defection.Supreme Court passed an order to submit an affidavit giving details
of candidates property details and criminal cases pending against him.The Election Commission made it
mandatory for political parties to hold organisational elections and file their income tax returns. One third seats
are reserved for women in local self- government
5 1.Kanshi Ram formed Bahujan Samaj (BSP) party in 1984 for the welfare of bahujan samaj which included
dalits, adivasis, OBCs and religious minorities,
2. It was inspired from the ideas and teachings of Sahu Maharaj, Mahatma Phule, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar and others.
3.It has main base in UP, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Uttarakhand, Delhi and Punjab.
4. Stands for the cause of securing the interests and welfare of the dalits and oppressed people
5.It has formed government in UP several times with the help of other parties,
6 A political party is a group of people who come together to contest elections and hold power in the government.
The following reforms could be suggested in order to strengthen parties so that they perform their functions well.
• Regulation of party’s internal affairs: A law should be made to regulate the internal affairs of political parties.
It should be made compulsory for political parties to maintain a register of their members, to follow their own
constitution, to have an independent authority, etc.
• State funding: There should be state funding of elections. The government should give money to parties to
support their election expenses to avoid corruption.
• Pressure of public opinion: Political parties can be reformed if people put pressure on them. This can be done
through petitions, propaganda and agitations. Pressure groups and media play an important role in it.
• Ensure women participation: It should be made mandatory for all political parties to allot onethird of the tickets
to women to ensure their decisive voice in decision making. If the above mentioned suggestions are taken into
consideration, it can be ensured that these could lead to some improvement in the working of the political parties.
7 In a democratic set-up, political parties are required because without political parties:
• Every candidate in the elections will be independent. No promises could be made and the utility of the
government formed will remain uncertain.
• No one will be responsible for running the country.
• Elected representatives will only be accountable to their constituency
• There will be no agency to gather and present different views on various issues to the government.
• No one will be responsible for bringing various representatives together so as to form a responsible government.
No mechanism to support the government, make policies and justify or oppose them
8 In some countries only one-party is allowed to control and run the government. These are called one-party
system. For example, in China only the Communist Party is allowed to rule.
Merits:
1. It helps in the establishment of stable governments.
2. It helps in the fast development of the country as there are no conflicts among the classes.
3. The administration becomes efficient as the powers are concentrated in the hands of party leaders.
4. There is unity and discipline in the country.
5. Time is not wasted in unnecessary criticism and propaganda.
Demerits:
1. There is no freedom of expression. No one can speak against the party.
2. Democracy is eroded and one-party dictatorship is established.
3. There is no respect for the views of different classes and interests.
4. The administration becomes irresponsible due to lack of criticism and opposition. Political and social freedoms
are crushed. This hinders the development of the personality
9 India is federal country and the powers of the Government are divided into different levels. Decentralization of
power means expansion of democracy. If the number of state or regional parties is increasing it means the people
of our country are becoming more aware and they are not happy with the working of existing political parties. In
these days regional parties have a say in political polici es as they win elections in their states. The national
political parties have to take help of the regional parties to win the elections or to form the government. The rise
of coalition governments broadened the concept of popular participation. It also strengthens the federal system of
the democracy.
10 1.Since parties are focussed only on winning elections, they tend to use short-cuts to win elections.
2.They tend to nominate those candidates who have or can raise lots of money.
3. Rich people and companies who give funds to the parties tend to have influence on the policies and decisions
of the party.
4.In some cases, parties support criminals who can win elections.
5. Democrats all over the world are worried about the increasing role of rich people and big companies in
democratic politics
 OUTCOMES OF DEMOCRACY

SUMMARY
Democracy is a form of government where the leaders are elected by the people and elected leaders take major
decision. Democracy is considered to be a better form of government because it promotes equality among citizens,
enhances the dignity of the individuals, improves the quality of decision making, provides a method to resolve
conflicts and allows room to correct mistakes. But if we want to know the real success of a democratic government
we have to examine the outcomes of democracy. These outcomes are the following:
1. POLITICAL OUTCOME
A. Accountable, responsive and legitimate government: Unlike other forms of governments, democratic
governments are more accountable and responsive since they are elected by the people for a period of 4 or 5 years.
In a democracy governments are through a regular, free and fair elections, Laws are made and executed with
proper procedures and discussions. Hence it is transparent and legitimate.
2. ECONOMIC OUTCOME
A. Economic growth and development: In practice many democracies did not fulfil this expectation.
Dictatorships have slightly higher rate of economic growth than democracies in the last fifty years. But economic
growth depends on various factors like the size of the population of the country, global situation, cooperation
from other countries and priorities adopted by the country.
B. Reduction of inequality and poverty: Democracies are based on political equality. All individuals have one
vote with one value in electing representatives. Parallel to this political equality we find growing economic
inequalities too.
3. SOCIAL OUTCOME
A. Accommodation of social diversity: Democracy helps its citizens to lead a peaceful and harmonious life by
accommodating various social divisions. Democracy evolves mechanisms to negotiate the differences between
various communities and castes.
B. Dignity and freedom of the citizens:
Democracy stands much superior in promoting dignity and freedom of the individual. The passion for respect
and freedom are the basis of democracy.
Democracy- its examination never gets over. As democracy passes one test, it
produces another test. People constantly demand more benefits in a democracy.
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
1 Democracy is considered as a better form of government because
A. It ensures economic development.
B. It guarantees economic equality
C. It provides a method to resolve conflict.
D. Option A and B
2 Identify the correct statement about democracy.
A. It is free from corruption
B. Democracy is free from social conflict.
C. It is successful in eradicating poverty.
D. It respects the individual dignity of citizens.
3. The given image shows the effect of democratic politics on social differences. Which options are more
appropriate in context of democracy?
A. Democracy suppresses internal social differences.
B. Democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious life among Citizens
C. Democracies accommodate various social divisions
D. Option B and C
4 A democratic government is elected by citizens and enjoys the confidence and trust of the citizens. This is
known as
A. A legitimate government,
B. A transparent government
C. A secular government
D. A stable government.
5.

Read the given table carefully and select the correct statements from the given options:
A. Dictatorial regimes have a slightly better record of economic growth.
B. Democratic regimes have better economic growth.
C. Poor countries under democracy have more economic growth.
D. It is better to prefer dictatorship as it has better economic development.
6 Choose the correctly matched pair from the following
A Pakistan Democracy is preferred over dictatorship
B Bangladesh More than half of its population lives in poverty
C Belgium Has failed in negotiating differences among ethnic populations
D Sri Lanka Here majority worked with the minority to produce a harmonious social life
7 Study the given cartoon. Select the incorrect statements from the given options:
A. Half of the people in the world are poor and they possess very less resources.
B. People in several poor countries are now dependent on the rich countries even for food supplies.
C. In actual life, democracies do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities
D. 2% of the poor people possess 50% resources of the world.

8 ‘Equal treatment of women is a necessary ingredient of a democratic society. This means that:
A. Most societies across the world are now increasingly women dominated
B. Women are actually always treated with respect.
C.It is now easier for women to legally wage struggle for their rights.
D. Women are not ill-treated anywhere in the world.
9 Democracy stands much superior to any other form of government in-----------
A. Reducing economic inequalities.
B. Removing corruption.
C. Bringing higher rate of economic growth
D. Promoting dignity and freedom of the individual
10 Which of these factors do not play a role in the economic development of a country?
A. Size of the population
B. The language of the country.
C. Cooperation from other countries.
D. Economic priorities adopted by the Government.
ASSERTION AND REASON TYPE QUESTIONS
11 In the questions given below, there are two statements marked as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Read the
statements and choose the correct code.
Assertion (A): Democracies are based on political equality.
Reason (R): All individuals have equal weight in electing representatives.
A. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
C. A is correct but R is wrong.
D. A is wrong but R is correct
12 Assertion (A): Non-democratic regimes often turn a blind eye to or suppress internal social differences.
Reason (R): They accommodate various social divisions.
A. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
C. A is correct but R is wrong.
D. A is wrong but R is correct
13 Assertion (A) Democracy transforms people from the status of a subject into that of a citizen.
Reason (R) Most individuals believe that their vote makes a difference to the way the governments run and to
their own self-interest
A. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
C. A is correct but R is wrong.
D. A is wrong but R is correct
SOURCE BASED MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
14 Read the case/source given and answer the questions that follow by choosing the correct option.
If you wanted to measure democracies on the basis of this expected outcome, you would look for the following
practices and institutions:regular, free and fair elections; open public debate on major policies andlegislations;
and citizens’ right to information about the government andits functioning. The actual performance of
democracies shows a mixed record on this. Democracies have had greater success in setting up regular and free
elections and in setting up conditions for open public debate. But most democracies fall short of elections that
provide a fair chance to everyone and in subjecting every decision to public debate. Democratic governments do
not have a very good record when it comes to sharing information with citizens.
(i) To measure democracies on the basis of expected outcomes which of the following practices and institutions
would one look for?
A. Regular, free and fair elections
B. Open public debate on major policies
C. Citizens’ right to information about the government.
D. All of the above.
(ii). If a government is sharing information with citizens, then we get which type of government?
A. An unstable government
B. A democratic government
C. A stable government
D. A transparent government
(iii) Which among the following out comes do democracies have greater success?
A. Regular and free elections
B. Elections that provide a fair chance to everyone
C. Sharing information with citizens.
D All of the above.
(iv). Which of the following statements is correct?
A. Democratic governments are very good in sharing information with citizens.
B. Most democracies succeeded in subjecting every decision to public debate.
C The actual performance of democracies shows a mixed record in outcomes of democracy.
E. All the above.
CASE BASED QUESTION (Four Marks)
1 Read the given text and answer the given questions.
Let us think in terms of costs. Imagine a government that may take decisions very fast. But it may take decisions
that are not accepted by the people and may therefore face problems. In contrast, the democratic government will
take more time to follow procedures before arriving at a decision. But because it has followed procedures, its
decisions may be both more acceptable to the people and more effective. So, a citizen who wants to know if a
decision was taken through the correct procedures can find this out. She has the right and the means to examine
the process of decision making. This is known as transparency. This factor is often missing from anon-democratic
government. Therefore, when we are trying to find out the outcomes of democracy, it is right to expect democracy
to produce a government that follows procedures and is accountable to the people.
(i) Why the decision taken by a democratic government is more acceptable? 1
(ii) Which factor is often missing from a non-democratic government?1
(iii)To what extent democracy is transparent? Give reasons. 2
VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (One Mark)
16 List out any two merits of democracy.
17.

18 Why is democracy unable to guarantee economic development?

19 What are the common features of democracy in most of the countries of the world?
20 When democracy is considered successful?
21 Why is there an overwhelming support to democracy all over the world?
22 ‘The fact that people are complaining is itself a testimony to the success of democracy’ Prove the statement
by giving two valid reasons.
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (Three Marks)
23 What are the differences between democracy and dictatorship in the decision making process?
24 How do democratic governments ensure transparency? Explain any three points.
25 “Democratic government is legitimate government?” Support the statement with arguments
26 Democracy accommodates social diversities.” Support the statement with examples.
27 Explain any 3 ways in which democracies have been able to reduce inequality and poverty.
28 On the basis of which values will it be a fair expectation that democracy should produce a harmonious social
life? Explain
29 ‘Democracy stands much superior in promoting dignity and freedom of the citizens.’ Justify the statement
30 Analyse any three values that make democracy better.
31 Most distinctive feature of democracy is that its examination never gets over.” Support the statement with
appropriate arguments.
32 What is the basis of democracy and what are its advantages?
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (Five Marks)
33 “Democratic system is better than any other form of government.” Support the statement with examples
34 How does democracy produce an accountable, responsive and legitimate government?
35 ‘‘In actual life, democracies do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.’’ Explain
the statement giving an example.
36 What are the factors which are responsible for the economic development of the country? Does democracy
provide guarantee of economic development?
37 Explain how democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious life among citizens.
ANSWER KEY
 ECONOMICS
DEVELOPMENT
SUMMARY -
DEVELOPMENT - Development is defined as a situation in which all the aspirations of people get fulfilled
WHAT DEVELOPMENT PROMISES - (DIFFERENT PEOPLE, DIFFERENT GOALS) - Different persons can
have different developmental goals. They seek things that are most important for them. What may be development
for one may not be development for the other. It may even be destructive for the other.
INCOME AND OTHER GOALS- The developmental goals that people have are not only about better income
but also about other important things in life. People desire regular work, better wages, and decent price for their
crops or other products that they produce (They want more income). Besides seeking more income, people also
seek things like equal treatment, freedom, security, and respect of others. (Things that are not easily measured but
they mean a lot).
NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT (Development of nation)- Different persons can have different as well as
conflicting notions of a country’s development. While thinking about national development thinking about fair
and just path for all, better way of doing things, benefit of any idea for total number of people is also important.
HOW TO COMPARE DIFFERENT COUNTRIES OR STATES –
1. Usually, we take one or more important characteristics of persons and compare them based on these
characteristics.
2. For comparing countries, their income is considered to be one of the most important attributes.
3. Countries with higher income are considered more developed than others with less income.
4. The income of the country is the income of all the residents of the country. This gives us the total income of
the country.
5. For comparison between countries, total income is not a useful measure because countries have different
populations.
6. Hence, we compare the average income which is total income of the country divided by its total population.
The average income is also called per capita income.
7. In World Development Report brought out by the World Bank, this
8. Countries with per capita income of USD 12056 per annum and above in 2017, are called rich countries and
those with per capita income of USD 955 or less are called low-income countries.
9. India comes in the category of low middle-income countries because its per capita income in 2017 was just
USD1820 per income.
INCOME AND OTHER CRITERIA- When we think of a nation or a region, we may, besides average income,
think of other equally important attributes. If we study Table 1.3 that gives the per capita income of Haryana,
Kerala and Bihar, we find that of the three, Haryana has the highest per capita. So, if per capita income were to
be used as the measure of development, Haryana will be considered the most developed and Bihar the least
developed state of the three but if we study table 1.4 Kerala performs well in all three categories i.e., Infant
Mortality Rate, literacy rate and net attendance Ratio.
PUBLIC FACILITIES- income by itself is not a completely adequate indicator of material goods and services
that citizens are able to use. for many of the important things in life the best way, also the cheapest way, is to
provide these goods and services collectively. Kerala has a low Infant Mortality Rate because it has adequate
provision of basic health and educational facilities. Similarly, in some states, the Public Distribution System
(PDS) functions well. Health and nutritional status of people of such states is certainly likely to be better.
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT REPORT- Human Development Report published by UNDP compares countries
based on the educational levels of the people, their health status and per capita income.
1. HDI stands for Human Development Index. HDI ranks in table 1.6 are out of 189 countries in all.
2. Life Expectancy at birth denotes, as the name suggests, average expected length of life of a person at the time
of birth.
3. Per Capita Income is calculated in dollars for all countries so that it can be compared. It is also done in a way
so that every dollar would buy the same amount of goods and services in any country.
SUSTAINABILITY OF DEVELOPMENT-
1. Since the second half of the twentieth century, a number of scientists have been warning that the present type
and levels of development are not sustainable.
2. Resources are replenished by nature as in the case of crops and plants.
3. In the case of groundwater, if we use more than what is being replenished by rain then we would be overusing
these resources.
4. Consequences of environmental degradation do not respect national or state boundaries; this issue is no longer
region or nation-specific.
5. Sustainability of developments comparatively a new area of knowledge in which scientists, economists,
philosophers and other social scientists are working together.
OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Which of the following is not true about development?
a. Different people usually have same goals.
b. Different people can have different goals.
c. Different people can have different as well as conflicting goals.
d. Different people can have different as well as conflicting goals regarding national development.
Answer - a
2. Which statement does not justify the need for provision of public facilities
a. Income itself indicate the ability to utilize goods and services
b. Public facilities are provided because people need them
c. Providing public facilities collectively reduces costs
d. Income itself cannot indicate the ability to utilize goods and services
Answer- a
3. Which one of the following is not a base for preparation of Human Development Index (HDI)
a. Literacy rate
b. Life expectancy
c. Industrialization
d. Per capita income
Answer- c
4. Which of the following is the most important component for comparing different countries
a. Resources
b. Youth in population
c. Per capita income
d. Life expectancy
Answer- c
5. Which criteria is used by World Bank for classifying countries?
a. Literacy Rate
b. Life Expectancy
c. Enrolment percentage
d. Per Capita income
Answer- d
6. Kerala has low infant mortality rate because it has
a. Low provision of basic health and educational facilities
b. Adequate provision of basic health and educational facilities
c. High mortality rate among elderly people
d. None of the above
Answer- b
7. Body mass index is used to calculate
a. Nourishment level
b. Body growth
c. Only a
d. Both a and b
Answer- d

8. Assume there are five families in a country. The average per capita income of these families is Rs 10000.
If the income of three families is Rs 9500, Rs 10500, Rs 10200 and Rs 9800 respectively, what is the
income of the fifth family?
a. Rs 10000
b. Rs 10500
c. Rs 20220
d. Rs 5800
Answer - a
9. Which of the following is not a reason for a person which will not prevent him from joining a job which
pay high salary?
a. Job security
b. Work environment
c. Facilities for family
d. Power
Answer- d
10. Which of the following is true when industrialists want more dam to get more electricity but tribals oppose
it?
a. Different persons can have different developmental goals
b. What may be development for one may not be development for the other.
c. For development, people look at a mix of goals.
d. Different persons could have different as well as conflicting notions of a country’s development.
Answer- b
CASE/SOURCE BASED QUESTIONS
1. Read the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows
A vessel dumped 500 tons of liquid toxic wastes into open-air dumps in a city and in the surrounding sea.
This happened in a city called Abidjan in Ivory Coast, country in Africa. The fumes from the highly toxic
waste caused nausea, skin rashes, fainting, diarrhea etc. After a month seven persons were dead, twenty
in hospital and twenty-six thousand treated for symptoms of poisoning. A multinational company dealing
in petroleum and metals had contracted a local company of the Ivory Coast to dispose the toxic waste
from its ship.
1.1 Which company should be held responsible for degrading health in Abidjan
a. Multinational company
b. Local company
c. Only a
d. Both a and b
Answer- d
1.2 Which of the following is true about the situation in Abidjan
a. Different people have different development goals
b. For development people look at a mix of goals
c. What may be development for one may be destruction for other
d. Only b
Answer- c
1.3 What should be the development goal for Ivory Coast
a. Better health facilities
b. Strict laws for waste disposal and management
c. Only a
d. Both a and b
Answer- d
1.4 Who are the people who did not benefited
a. Owners of Multinational company
b. Owners of Local company
c. People of Abidjan city
d. None of the above
Answer- c
2 Read the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows
“Recent evidence suggests that the groundwater is under serious threat of overuse in many parts of the
country. About 300 districts have reported a water level decline of over 4 meters during the past 20 years.
Nearly one-third of the country is overusing their groundwater reserves. In another 25 years,60 per cent
of the country would be doing the same if the present way of using this resource continues. Groundwater
overuse is particularly found in the agriculturally prosperous regions of Punjab and Western U.P., hard
rock plateau areas of central and south India, some coastal areas and the rapidly growing urban
settlements.”
2.1 Nearly one-third of the country is overusing their groundwater reserves. In another 25 years what
percentage will be overusing their groundwater reserves?
a. 50
 b. 40
c. 60
d. 20
Answer- c
2.2 Which of the following is not a region where Groundwater overuse is visible?
a. Maharashtra
b. Punjab
c. Rajasthan
d. South India
Answer- c
2.3 Which of the following reason is mentioned in paragraph for overuse of groundwater.
a. Domestic use
b. Industrial use
c. Agricultural use
d. Construction work in summer
Answer- c
2.4 About districts have reported a water level decline of over meters during the past 20 years.
a. 200, 5
b. 150, 20
c. 25, 60
d. 300, 4
Answer- d
3. Study the table given above and answer the questions that follows
3.1 Which state perform worst in all categories
a.

Haryana
b. Kerala
c. Bihar
d. Both Bihar and Haryana
Answer- c
3.2 Which state perform best in all categories
a. Haryana
b. Kerala
c. Bihar
d. Both Bihar and Kerala
Answer- b
3.3 Infant mortality rate indicate
a. Death rate of children before age of two years
b. Birth rate of children per year
c. Death rate of children before age of one years
d. Death of children before age of five years
Answer- c
4. Human Development Report published by UNDP compares countries based on the educational levels of the
people their health status and per capita income. Study the table given below and answer the questions that follow.
4.1 The table shows data of India and its neighbors taken from Human Development Report
a. 2017
b. 2018
c. 2016
d. None of
the above
Answer - a
4.2 In which
categories
India is
better than
Pakistan and
Myanmar?
a. Gross
National
Income
b. Life Expectancy
c. Only a
d. Both a and b
Answer- d
4.3 In which categories Nepal and Bangladesh are better than India?
a. Gross National Income
b. Life Expectancy
c. Mean years of schooling
d. All three
Answer- b
4.4 Which countries are ahead of India in all three aspects?
a. Bangladesh
b. Sri Lanka
c. Only a
d. Both a and b.
Answer- b
SHORT ANSER TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Help Mala know which data is included to measure Human Development Report?
Answer- a. Literacy rate
b. Life expectancy
c. Per capita income
2. What Raman’s BMI indicate if his age is 14 years 8 months and his BMI is 15.2?
Answer- He is undernourished
3. Help Malani to know which criteria is used to compare countries.
Answer- Per capita income
4. Do think Mr. Ramakant should join a company which gives him high salary but no respect and safe working
environment.
Answer- No, because safety and respect are also equally important.
5. Give one reason why per capita income is not a good criterion for measuring development.
Answer- Because per capita income can give wrong data in countries with high population.
6. Help Madhav get appropriate word for the following -
‘Average number of years a person is expected to live at birth’?
Answer- Life expectancy
7. Give one example to show that ‘Conflicting goals can also be developmental goals’.
Answer- A girl expects as much freedom and opportunity as her brother and that he also shares in the household
work. Her brother may not like this.
8. Explain Yahsir why “Average income is an important criterion for development.”
Answer - (i) Average income gives us an idea what an average person is likely to get out of the total national
income.
(ii) Average income is used to classify the countries into rich, poor or developing nations.
(iii) Average income is used to make economic policies.
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (3M)

Q1.What is per capita income? Mention any two limitations of per capita income as an indicator of development.
(2012)
Answer:
The total income of a country divided by its total population gives the Per Capita Income.
Money cannot buy all the goods and services that are needed to live well. So income by itself is not a completely
adequate indicator of material goods and services that citizens are able to use. For example, money can not buy a
pollution-free environment or ensure that one gets unadulterated medicines, unless one can afford to shift to a
community that already has all these things.

Q2.Kerala, with lower per capita income, has a better human development ranking than Punjab. Hence, per capita
income is not a useful criterion at all and should not be used to compare States. Do you agree?Discuss
Answer:
Per capita income is not a useful criterion at all to measure the human development ranking of a state. High per
capita income is not the only attribute to a good quality life. Money cannot buy all the essential things required
for a good life. Pollution-free atmosphere to ensure good health, protection from infectious diseases, lowering of
mortality rate, promotion of literacy, etc. are essential for a good standard of living. In order to achieve these,
joint efforts have to be made by all members of a community, be it rich or poor.
Kerala ranks higher compared to Punjab even with a lower per capita income because—

1. mortality rate is lower

2. literacy rate is higher and
3. total number of children attending school (Classes I-V) is higher.

Q3. On the basis of which three indicators of HDI 2004 Sri Lanka has better rank than India? (2014)
Answer:
Three indicators of HDI 2004 in which Sri Lanka has better rank than India:

1. Per capita income—The per capita income of Sri Lanka in US dollars was 4,390 US dollars while that of
India was 3,139 US dollars.
2. Life expectancy at birth—The life expectancy at birth for Sri Lanka was 74, higher than that of India at 64.
3. Gross enrolment ratio for three levels—Sri Lanka had Gross Enrolment ratio of 69 while that of India was 60.

Q4. ‘Conflicting goals can also be developmental goals’. Elaborate with examples. (2014)
Answer:
All persons do not have the same notion of development or progress. Each one of them seeks different things.
The seek things that are most important for them, i.e., that which can fulfil their aspirations or desires. In fact at
times two persons or groups of persons may seek things which are conflicting.
A girl expects as much freedom and opportunity as her brother and that he also shares in the household work. Her
brother may not like this.

To get more electricity, industrialists may want more dams. But this may submerge the land and disrupt the lives
of people who are displaced, such as tribals. They might resent this and may prefer small check dams or tanks to
irrigate their land.

Q5. What are common developmental goals? Give any two suitable examples of common developmental goals.
(2015)
Answer:
There are certain goals which are the same or common for all. These are common developmental goals. The
developmental goals that people have are not only about better income but also about other important things in
life. More income or more material goods do not always give us a good quality life.

There are other aspects such as equal treatment, freedom, security, opportunity to learn, good working conditions,
pollution-free atmosphere, job security and good social life which are very important for a good quality life.
Money or material things that one can buy with it, is one factor on which our life depends. But quality of our life
also depends on non-material things, for example, the role of our friends in our life which cannot be measured
but mean a lot to us.

Q6. “Money cannot buy all the goods and services that one needs to live well” Do you agree with this statement?
Justify your answer with any three suitable arguments. (2015)
Answer:
Yes, I agree with the statement because money income and material goods alone are not an adequate indicator of
a good quality of life. Money cannot buy all the goods and services one needs to live well.

● Money cannot buy a pollution free and dean environment with fresh air.
● It cannot protect us from infectious diseases and guarantee good health for us.
● Money cannot assure that medicines available in the market are not adulterated.
To live well one needs non-material factors such as equal treatment, freedom, security, equal opportunity to
learn, a pollution free environment, good and safe working conditions etc.

Q7. Apart from income, which other six things people look for as important aspects of our lives? Answer:
High per capita income is not the only attribute to a good quality life. Money cannot buy all the essential things
required for a good life. Pollution-free atmosphere to ensure good health, protection from infectious diseases,
lowering of mortality rate, promotion of literacy, job security, good working conditions, etc. are essential for a
good standard of living.

Q8.One what basis the rich and low income countries have been categorized in the world? What are the
limitations of this approach? According to the World Development Report, 2006, India comes in which
category? Give reason for the same. (2015, 2014)
Answer:
The World Bank uses average income or per capita income as a criterion for classifying different countries.
Countries with per capita income of ?4,53,000 per annum and above (in the year 2004) are called rich countries
and those with per capita income of ?37,000 or less are called low income countries (India comes under low
income countries; the per capita income in India is ?28,000 per annum). Those falling in between ₹37,000 –
₹4,53,000 are placed in the middle category.

Limitations of this criterion.

1. While averages are useful for comparison, they also hide disparities. Two countries may have identical
average income, but one country may have equitable distribution where people are neither very rich nor very
poor, while in the other country most citizens are very poor and very few are extremely rich,
2. Better income cannot ensure a good quality life. Criterion set by the World Bank has ignored certain attributes
of a good life which do not depend on income or cannot be . bought with money.
Example, freedom, equal treatment, equal opportunities, free atmosphere, provision of unadulterated
medicines, etc.

Q9.Why do people look at a mix of goals for development? Explain.

Answer:
Though income is one of the most important components of development, but there are other important goals
which people look at for development—

1. People also seek things like equal treatment, freedom, security and respect.
2. Women need a safe and secure environment to take up a variety of jobs or to run businesses as entrepreneurs.
3. People seek a pollution free environment.
4. Students seek better education and equal opportunities to learn.

Long Answer Questions (LA) 5 Marks

Question 28.
Why do different persons have different notions of development? Which of the following explanations is more
important and why?
(a) Because people are different.
(b) Because life situations of persons are different.
Answer:
The correct explanation is ‘Because life situations of persons are different.’
Developmental goals are different for different categories of people because of their different aspirations.
Aspirations are based on their needs. At times people may have conflicting developmental goals also. What may
be development for one may not be development for another. It may even be destructive for the other.

Example, Industrialists may want construction of more dams for more electricity, but this may lead to
displacement of tribals who live in those areas and thereby disrupt their lives.

Example, The inhabitants of Nandigram in West Bengal are mainly agriculturists and their aspirations are to see
development in the field of agriculture, whereas to some it may appear that industrial advancement is more
necessary for national development.

Question 29.
What does HDI stand for? Explain the main criteria of measuring HDI according to UNDP Report of 1990.
(2015)
Answer:
HDI Stand for Human Development Index.
Main criteria of measuring HDI:

1. HDI published by UNDP compares countries based on the educational levels of the people, their health status
and per capita income.
2. HDI determines the rank of a country by its overall achievement in three areas, i.e., life expectancy,
educational level and per capita income.
3. Many improvements have been suggested in calculating HDI and many new components have been added to
Human Development Report.
4. Pre-fixing Human to Development, it has made it clear that what is important in development is what is
happening to citizens of a country, i.e., the health and well being of the people is most important.

Question 30.
Explain with examples that there are other important development goals also besides income. (2014)
Answer:
More income or more material goods do not always give us a good quality life. There are other aspects such as
equal treatment, freedom, security, opportunity to learn, good working conditions, pollution-free atmosphere,
job security and good social life which are very important for a good quality life.

Money or material things that one can buy with it, is one factor on which our life depends. But quality of our life
also depends on non-material things, for example, the role of our friends in our life which cannot be measured
but mean a lot to us. Another example, if we get a job in a far off place, before accepting it we would try consider
many factors apart from income such as facilities for our family, working atmosphere, or opportunity to learn.
Similarly, for development, people look at a mix of goals. It is true that if women are engaged in paid work, their
dignity increases. However, it is also the case that if there is respect for women there would be more sharing of
house work and greater acceptance of women.

The developmental goals that people have are not only about better income but also about other important things
in life.

Question 31.
Explain any five fields other than income where development is needed. (2012)
Answer:
Fields other than income where development is needed:

1. Education. The government must provide adequate education facilities in all rural and urban areas. The
government must necessarily focus on education for girls so that all girls are able to acquire atleast secondary
level schooling. Running proper schools and providing quality education, particularly elementary education,
is the duty of the Government.
2. Health. Basic health care facilities are a must for all. Establishment of government hospitals, clinics and
dispensaries, especially in rural areas, to provide subsidized and unadulterated medicines to the poorer
sections of society.
3. Nutrition. An effective Public Distribution System—proper functioning of ration shops and equitable
distribution of foodgrains is very essential.
4. Transportation. A well developed public transport system to make it easy for general public to commute.
5. Electricity. It is the duty of the government to provide electricity and water at reasonable rates to the common
man and prevent him from exploitation by private companies.
 SECTORS OF INDIAN ECONOMY
SUMMARY
ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES – Activities performed to generate income.
SECTORS OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES-
Primary Sector – In this we producea good by exploiting naturalresources. It is called primary because it forms
the base for all other products that we subsequently make. This sector is called agriculture and related sector
because most of the natural products are from agriculture, dairy, fishing, forestry. Examples of activities from
this sector include agriculture, dairy, fishing,forestry and mining.
Secondary Sector– It coversactivities in which natural products are changed into other forms through ways of
manufacturing that we associate with industrial activity. It is the next step after primary.It is also called as
industrial sector.Examples of activities from this sector include manufacture of sugar/gur form sugarcane, using
cotton fiber to spin yarn and weave cloth.
Tertiary Sector – This sector help in the developmentof the primary and secondary sectors. Activities in this
sector, do notproduce a good but they are an aidor a support for the productionprocess. Examples of activities
from this sector include washermen, barbers,cobblers, lawyers, transport,storage, communication, banking,trade.
It is also called asservice sector.
All economic activitiesare highly interdependent.
COMPARING THE THREE SECTORS-
● With so many thousands of goods and services produced, it might appear impossible task to count the
various goods and services and know the total production in each sector. Economists suggest that the
values of goods and services should be used rather than adding up the actual numbers.
● Value of final goods and services is used as they already include the value of all the intermediate goods.
● Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of a country is the sum of value of final goods and services produced in
each sector during a particular year.It is the value of all final goods and services produced within a country
during a particular year. It shows the size of economy.
Historical Change in Sectors –
In Developed Countries -
● At initial stages of development, primary sector was the most important sector of economic activity.
● At middle stage (secondary stage) of development secondary sector gradually became the most important
in total production and employment.
● In the past 100 years, there has been a further shift from secondary to tertiary sector in developed countries.
The service sector has become the most important in terms of total production. Most of the working people
are also employed in the service sector.
PRIMARY, SECONDARY AND TERTIARY
SECTORS IN INDIA (Historical Change in Sectors in India) -
Graph 1 shows theproduction of goods andservices in the three sectors for 1973-74 and 2013-14. This shows that
a) Though primary sector had largest share in GDP in 1973-74, it’s share declined in 2013-14.
b) Though share of both, secondary and tertiary sectors, increased but tertiary sector emerged to be larger
share holder in 2013-14.
Graph 2 show that share of primary sector in GDP (in percentage) reduced to less than 15% in 2013-14 but share
of both, secondary and tertiary sectors, increased with tertiary sector becoming the largest shareholder with more
than 65% in 2013-14.

Graph 3 show that share of sectors in employment (in percentage) for 1973-74 and 2017-18 changed
For primary sector from 71% in 1973-74 to 44% in 2017-18. (Decreased)
For secondary sector from 11% in 1973-74 to 25% in 2017-18. (Increased)
For tertiary sector from 18% in 1973-74 to 31% in 2017-18. (Increased)
But the primary sectorcontinues to be the largestemployer.
Rising Importance of theTertiary Sector in Production – Causes -
1. In a developing country the government has to take responsibility for the provision of basic services such
as hospitals, educational institutions, post and telegraph services, police stations, courts, village
administrative officesetc.
2. The development ofagriculture and industry leads to the increase in demand of services.
3. As income levels rise, certainsections of people start demandingmany moreservices like eating
out,tourism, shopping, private hospitals.
4. Over the past decade or so,certain new services such as those based on information and communication
technology have become important and essential.
Where are most of the people employed –
● In primary sector because enough jobs were not created in the secondary and tertiary sectors. Though
primary sector produces just one sixth of the GDP.
(In secondary sector – Production increased to 9 times but employment increased to 3 times only.
In tertiary sector - Production increased to 14 times but employment increased to 5 times only.)
● More workers in the agricultural sector means there are more people than necessary. They
areunderemployed.Underemployment is also known as disguised unemployment.
● Underemployment can be seen in other sectors too such as service sector in which casual workers don’t
get work everyday and many times earn very little even after working for whole day.
How to Create More employment –
● The government can spend somemoney or banks can provide a loan,to construct a well. This will improve
irrigation facility leading to increase in production.
● If government invests somemoney in transportation and storage ofcrops, or makes better rural roads sothat
mini-trucks reach everywhere. Thiscan provide productive employment tonot just farmers but also others
such asthose in services like transport or trade.
● Farmers can be provided with cheap agricultural credit. This will help to purchase seeds,
fertilizers,agricultural equipments.
● local industries and services can beidentified, located and promoted in semi-rural areas where alarge
number of people may beemployed.
● Efforts to improve the educational status and health situation will lead to increase in number ofeducational
and medical institutions which will further lead to employment to more people (20 lakh jobs in education
sector alone).
● Identification of tourism, regional craft, industry, or new services like IT in various regions and states will
lead to employment to more people (35 lakh jobs in tourism sector alone)
● Many suggestions discussed above maytake a long time to implement. For theshort-term, we need some
quickmeasures. Implementation of programs like Mahatma Gandhi NationalRural Employment Guarantee
Act2005 (MGNREGA 2005).MGNREGA 2005 is implemented in 625 districts of India and guarantee
100 days of employment to people in rural areas. In case government fail to provide work, unemployment
allowances are given.
Division of Sectors as Organised and Unorganised:
● Organised Sector: It is characterized by regular terms of employment, mandatory registration with
thegovernment and mandatory adherence to laws and rules like Minimum Wages Act etc.Workers in the organised
sectorenjoy security of employment, paid leave,payment during holidays, providentfund, gratuity, medical
benefits, safe working environment, pensions.
● Unorganised sector: It is characterized by lack of government control, non-adherence to rules andregulations
and unsecured employment. Jobs are low-paid and often not regular. Thereis no provision for overtime, paidleave,
holidays, leave due to sicknessetc.
How to Protect Workers inthe Unorganised Sector
● Many organized sector firms, trespass into unorganized setup, as a strategy to avoid certain
legalframeworks and to avoid taxes etc.
● Job loss in the organised sector is also pushing many workers to the low paying unorganisedsector. Many
workers lost jobs since 1990s.
● Those who need protection include –
a) In rural areas - landless agriculturallabourers, small and marginalfarmers, sharecroppers and artisans.
b) In urban areas - workers insmall-scale industry, casual workersin construction, trade and transportetc.,
and streetvendors, head load workers, garmentmakers, rag pickers etc.
c) Vulnerable sections like the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes etc.
● Providing more work, protection and support can protect workers in the unorganised sector.
SECTORS IN TERMS OF OWNERSHIP: PUBLIC
AND PRIVATE SECTORS -
● Public sector is characterized by government ownership of most of the assets and provides all theservices.
For example, Railways, post offices, etc.
● Private sector is characterized by private ownership of assets and delivery ofservices by private individuals
or companies. For example, Tata Iron and Steel Company Limited(TISCO) or Reliance Industries Limited
(RIL) etc.
● A general analysis in Indian scenario is as follows:
Goods and services in the private sector are provided with a profit motive, hence this sector doesnot
provide certain essential services due to high costs and operational difficulties.
Government provides certain services like construction of roads, bridges,railways, harbors,generating
electricity, providing irrigation through dams etc. to make them affordable andaccessible to everyone.
Government has to support the private sector to induce continued production in some sectors. Forexample:
bearing a part of the cost of electricity generation to make it affordablefor the consumers.
The government must spend on activities consisting of its primary responsibilities like providinghealth
and education facilities for all.
OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Which sector is also called agriculture and related sector?
a. Primary sector
b. Secondary sector
c. Tertiary sector
d. Quaternary sector
Answer- a
2. What does it show if there is strike by transporters and lorries refuse to take vegetables, milk etc. from
rural areas?
a. Dependency of primary sector on secondary sector
b. Dependency of primary sector on tertiary sector
c. Dependency of primary sector and secondary sector on tertiary sector
d. Dependency of tertiary sector on primary sector
Answer- c
3. Which of the following occupationscannot be included in tertiary sector?
a. Courier
b. Basket weaver
c. Call center employee
d. Transporter
Answer- b
4. Which of the following occupations cannot be included in primary sector?
a. Agriculture
b. Fishing
c. Mining
d. Moneylending
Answer- d
5. If biscuits are made from flour and flour from wheat then which of the following is true?
a. Flour is raw material and wheat is final product
b. Biscuit is final product and wheat is intermediate good
c. Flour is raw material; Wheat is intermediate good and biscuit is final product
d. Wheat is raw material for flour, flour is raw material for biscuit and biscuit is the final product.
Answer- d
6. Which of the following is true about historical change in sectors in India in last 100 years
a. In initial stage primary sector was most important
b. In middle stage tertiary sector became more important than secondary sector
c. In recent time secondary sector became more important than tertiary sector
d. Primary sector remained most important in all stages.
Answer- a
7. Which sector has lost its share in GDP but still continues to be largest employer
a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Tertiary
d. Only c
Answer- a
8. Disguised unemployment occurs when people
a. Do not want to work
b. Are working in a lazy manner
c. Are working less than what they are capable of doing
d. Are not paid for their work
Answer- c
9. Which one of the following is not an organized sector activity
a. A teacher taking class in school
b. A doctor treating patient in hospital
c. A policeman working under superior officer
d. A daily wage labourer working under a contractor
Answer- d
10. The sectors are classified into organized and unorganized sector on the basis of:
a. Employment conditions
b. The nature of economic activity
c. Ownership of enterprises
d. Number of workers employed in the enterprise
Answer- a
11. Kamal does not get paid leaves, medical benefits and payment during holidays in which type of sector he
might be working
a. Organized sector
b. Unorganized sector
c. Only a
d. It can be any one of them
Answer- b
12. Sunny works in place where doors of expensive cars are made. He works in
a. Primary sector
b. Secondary sector
c. Tertiary sector
d. None of the above
Answer- b
13. Manish is preparing to join Google as software engineer which of the following might be wrong about
him?
a. He will work in unorganized sector
b. He will work in private sector
c. He will work in tertiary sector
d. He will work in organized sector
Answer- a
14. Mr. Rajan says he is government teacher. Which of the following is right about him?
a. He works in secondary sector
b. He works in private sector
c. He works in unorganized sector
d. He works in public sector
Answer- d

15. Mr. Rishi says his son is planning to be a trader. In which sector he will be working in?
a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Tertiary
d. Industrial sector
Answer- c
CASE/SOURCE BASED QUESTIONS
1. Study the graph given below and answer the questions that follows

1.1 Which sector had largest share in GDP during 1973-74?

a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Tertiary
d. Only b
Answer- c
1.2 Which sector had largest share in GDP during 2013-14?
a. Primary
b. Tertiary
c. Both a and b
d. Only b
Answer- b
1.3 Which sector has shown maximum growth between 1973-74 and 2013-14?
a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Tertiary
d. Only b
Answer- c
1.4 Which sector has shown least growth between 1973-74 and 2013-14?
a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Tertiary
d. Only b
Answer- a
2. Study the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows
The organised sector offers jobs that are the most sought-after. But the employment opportunities in the
organized sector have been expanding very slowly. It is also common to find many organised sector
enterprises in the unorganized sector. They adopt such strategies to evade taxes and refuse to follow laws that
protect labourers. As a result, a large number of workers are forced to enter the unorganized sector jobs, which
pay a very low salary. They are often exploited and not paid a fair wage. Their earnings are low and not
regular. These jobs are not secure and have no other benefits. Since the 1990s, it is also common to see a large
number of workers losing their jobs in the organized sector. These workers are forced to take up jobs in the
unorganized sector with low earnings. Hence, besides the need for more work, there is also a need for
protection and support of the workers in the unorganized sector.
2.1 Suppose that if Kundan is working in organized sector which of the following might be wrong about him?
a. His sector is expanding very rapidly
b. Many companies/enterprises have entered his sector only to evade taxes
c. His sector is expanding very slowly
d. He gets a fair wage
Answer- c
2.2 Mr. Kamal says he was among those people who lost job during 1990s. In which sector he was working?
a. Organized sector
b. Unorganized sector
c. It can be any of them
d. Difficult to say
Answer- a
2.3 Which of the following is wrong about Unorganized sector?
a. Low wages
b. Exploitation
c. Most sought-after jobs
d. No job security
Answer- c
2.4 Why many organized sector enterprises enter in unorganized sector
a. To evade taxes
b. To refuse laws that protect labourers
c. Only a
d. Both a and b
Answer- d
3. Study the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows
When we produce a good by exploiting natural resources, it is an activity of the primary sector. Why primary?
This is because it forms the base for all other products that we subsequently make. Since most of the natural
products we get are from agriculture, dairy, fishing, forestry, this sector is also called agriculture and related
sector. The secondary sector covers activities in which natural products are changed into other forms
throughways of manufacturing that we associate with industrial activity. It is the next step after primary. The
product is not produced by nature but has to be made and therefore some process of manufacturing is essential.
This could be in a factory, a workshop or at home. It is also called as industrial sector. After primary and
secondary, there is a third category of activities that falls under tertiary sector and is different from the above
two. These are activities that help in the development of the primary and secondary sectors. These activities,
by themselves, do not produce a good but they are an aide a support for the production process. Transport,
storage, communication, banking, trade are some examples of tertiary activities . The tertiary sector is also
called the service sector.
3.1 Find the odd one
a. Agriculture, forestry, fishing,
b. Sugar, brick, cloth,
c. Banking, communication, transport
d. Dairy, Gur, trade
Answer- d
3.2 find the correct pair
a. Primary – godowns
b. Secondary – storage
c. Tertiary – milk
d. None of the above
Answer- d
3.3 In which of the following sector product is changed into other form?
a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Tertiary
d. None of the above
Answer- b
3.4 Which of the following is independent of the other two?
a. Primary
b. Secondary
c. Tertiary
d. None of the above
Answer- d
4. Study the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows
After primary and secondary, there is a third category of activities that falls under tertiary sector and is
different from the above two. These are activities that help in the development of the primary and secondary
sectors. These activities, by themselves, do not produce a good but they are an aid or a support for the
production process. For example, goods that are produced in the primary or secondary sector would need to
be transported by trucks or trains and then sold in wholesale and retail shops. At times, it may be
necessaryto store these in godowns. We also may need to talk to others over telephone or send letters
(communication) or borrow money from banks (banking) to help production and trade. Transport, storage,
communication, banking, trade are some examples of tertiary activities. Since these activities generate
services rather than goods, the tertiary sector is also called the servicesector.
4.1 Which economic sector is considered the first sector?
a. Tertiary sector
b. Secondary Sector
c. Primary sector
d. Third Sector
 Answer- c
4.2 What comes under the tertiary sector?
a. Only transport and trade are examples of tertiary activities.
b. Transport, storage, communication, banking, trade are some examples of tertiary activities.
c. Only storage and communication some examples of tertiary activities.
d. Only banking is an example of tertiary activities
Answer- b
4.3 Which sector is known as service sector?
a. Tertiary sector
b. Secondary Sector
c. Primary Sector
d. Third Sector
Answer- c
4.4Fill in the blanks:
These activities (of service sector), by themselves, do not but they are an or a support for the
production process.
a. Lend help, support
b. Produce commodities, support
c. Produce aid, good
d. Produce a good, aid
Answer- d
5. Study the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows
Sectors of Economic Activities (Primary Sector) There are many activities that are undertaken by directly using
natural resources. Take, for example, the cultivation of cotton. It takes place within a crop season. For the growth
of the cotton plant, we depend mainly, but not entirely, on natural factors like rainfall, sunshine and climate. The
product of this activity, cotton, is a natural product. Similarly, in the case of an activity like dairy, we are
dependent on the biological process of the animals and availability of fodder etc. The product here, milk, also is
a natural product. Similarly, minerals and ores are also natural products. When we produce a good by exploiting
natural resources, it is an activity of the primary sector. Why primary? This is because it forms the base for all
other products that we subsequently make. Since most of the natural products we get are from agriculture, dairy,
fishing, forestry, this sector is also called agriculture and related sector.
5.1 Why is Primary Sector also called agriculture and related sector?
a. When we produce a good by properly using natural resources, it is an activity of the Primary Sector. Since most
of the natural products we get are from agriculture, dairy, fishing, forestry etc. So, this sector is also called
agriculture and related sector.
b. When we produce a good by exploiting natural resources, it is an activity of the Primary Sector. Since most of
the natural products we get are from agriculture, dairy, fishing, forestry etc. So, this sector is also called agriculture
and related sector.
c. Since most of the natural products we get are from agriculture, dairy, fishing, forestry etc. and Primary Sector
solely depends on Secondary Sector, so this sector is also called agriculture and related sector.
d. When we produce a good by exploiting natural resources, it is an activity of the Secondary Sector. Since most
of the natural products we get are from agriculture, dairy, fishing, forestry etc. So, this sector is also called
agriculture and related sector.
Answer- b
5.2 Name some natural products.
a. Airplanes and boats
b. Cars and trucks
c. Minerals and ores, and milk, etc.
d. Trains and pulleys
Answer- c
5.3When does the cultivation of cotton take place?
a. During the fall
b. During the winter season
c. During the shredding season
d. During the crop season
Answer- d
5.4 On what we mostly depend for the growth of cotton?
a. For the growth of the cotton plant, we depend mainly, but not entirely,
on natural factors like rainfall, sunshine and climate.
b. For the growth of the cotton plant, we depend mainly on natural factors like rainfall, sunshine and climate.
c. For the growth of the cotton plant, we depend mainly on sunshine and climate.
d. For the growth of the cotton plant, we depend mainly on rainfall, sunshine.
Answer- a
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS
1. Mr. Narendra Nathis engagedin work of construction of a small pond with 100 other workers. This might
be a case of (Disguised unemployment/unemployment)
Answer- Disguised unemployment
2. Laxmi is small poor farmer. What steps can be taken to help her increase production in her field?
Answer- a. Loan by bank
b. Construction of well in field by panchayat
c. Help by government to purchase tractor on low interest rate.
3. In which category we can put a casual worker working as painter with his brother.
Answer- Unorganized sector activity
3. Give one reason to help understand why the primary sector continues to be the largest employer in 1973
as well as in 2018?
Answer- Enough jobs were created in the secondary and tertiary sectors.
4. Define disguised unemployment in such a way that Ravi will understand it’s meaning properly.
Answer- This kind of under-employment is hidden in contrast to someone who does not have a job and is
clearly visible as unemployed. Hence it is called disguised unemployment.
5. State any one feature of the unorganised sector.
Answer- There are no provision for overtime and paid leave.
 MONEY AND CREDIT SUMMARY
MONEY AS A MEDIUM OF EXCHANGE–
Money is called a medium of exchange as it acts as an intermediate in the exchange process. A person holding
money can easily exchange it for any commodity or service that he or she might want.
Due to its role as an intermediate in transactions, forms and essence of money has changed over time, from grain
and cattle being used for transactions in ancient periods to coins later on to further modern forms of money today.
The main function of Money is to eliminate the need for double coincidence of wants. It was very important in
the barter system, an exchange could take place only, if both parties want exactly the same thing that the other
party has to offer at the same time.
MODERN FORMS OF MONEY -
● Currency:

Modern forms of money include currency - paper notes and coins.

Today, currency is not made of precious metals but still accepted as a medium of exchange, as it is
authorized by the government.
In India, only the Reserve Bank of India issues currency notes on behalf of the central government.
No individual in India can legally refuse a payment made in rupees.
● Deposits with Banks:
The other form in which people hold money is as deposits with banks.
Excess money after fulfilling day to day needs is deposited with the banks by opening a bank account.
Deposits in the bank account which can be withdrawn on demand are called demand deposits.
Banks also offer the facility of payments being made by cheques instead of cash.
● A cheque is a paper instruction the bank to pay a specific amount from the person's account to the person
in whose name the cheque has been issued.
LOAN ACTIVITIES OF BANKS –

⮚ Banks use the major portion of the deposits to extend loans for various economic activities.
⮚ In this way, banks mediate between those who have surplus funds (the depositors) and those who are in
need of these funds (the borrowers).
⮚ Banks charge a higher interest rate on loans than what they offer on deposits.
⮚ The difference between what is charged from borrowers and what is paid to depositors is the main source
of income for banks.
TWO DIFFERENT CREDIT SITUATIONS –
Credit (loan) refers to an agreement in which the lender supplies the borrower with money, goods or services
in return for the promise of future payment.
Situation – 1 -Festival Season -
Salim obtains credit to meet the working capital needs of production. The credit helps him to meet the ongoing
expenses of production, complete production on time, and thereby increase his earnings. Credit positive role
in this situation.
 Situation – 2– Swapna’s Problem –
Swapna takes a loan from the moneylender to meet the expenses of cultivation, hoping that her harvest would
help repay the loan. The failure of the crop made loan repayment impossible. She had to sell part of the land
to repay the loan. Credit, instead of helping Swapna improve her earnings, left her worse off. She was also
caught in debt trap.
In rural areas, the main demand for credit is for crop production. Repayment of the loan is crucially dependent
on the income from farming. In case of crop failure, credit pushes the farmer into a debt trap.
TERMS OF CREDIT -
● It is agreement between the lender and the borrower
● Interest rate, collateral and documentation requirement, and them ode of repayment together comprise
the terms of credit.
● The terms of credit vary substantially from one credit arrangement to another.
● They may vary depending on the nature of the lender and the borrower.
● Interest rate is the amount which the borrower must pay to the lender along with there payment of the
principal amount.
● Collateral is an asset that the borrower owns (such as land, building, vehicle, livestocks, deposits with
banks) and uses this as a guarantee to a lender until the loan is repaid.
Variety of credit arrangements –
● In case of Shyamal (small farmer) it is village moneylender and agricultural trader.
● In case of Arun (middle landowner) it is bank
● In case of Rama (agricultural labourer) it is her employer (a middle landowner)
Loan from Cooperatives –
Cooperative societies (or cooperatives) provide cheap credit in rural areas. Members of a cooperative pool
their resources for cooperation in certain areas. There are several types of cooperatives possible such as
farmers’ cooperatives, weavers cooperatives, industrial workers cooperatives, etc.
Krishak Cooperative provides loans for the purchase of agricultural implements, loans for cultivation and
agricultural trade, fishery loans, loans for construction of houses etc.
FORMAL SECTOR CREDIT IN INDIA –
The various types of loans can be conveniently grouped as
Formal Sector Loans (loans from banks and cooperatives) and
Informal Sector Loans (including moneylenders, traders, employers, relatives and friends).

The RBI supervises the functioning of formal sources of loans. Periodically, banks have to submit
information to the RBI on how much they are lending, to whom, at what interest rate, etc.
Informal sources of credit are unsupervised and hence prone to usage of unfair terms of credit (such as
high interest rate) and means of recovery, which may cause the borrower hardships and often push him in
debt trap.
Formal and Informal Credit: Who gets what - Graph 2

Rich households both in urban and rural areas, avail a major portion of their credit from formal sources
(90%).Poor households depend on informal sources (85%).
The formal sector still meets only about half of the total credit needs of the rural people.
Solution -

Banks and cooperatives need to expand in the rural areas to reduce the dependence upon informal sources
and in the urban areas credit from these sources needs to be more equitably distributed even to the poor
households.
A cheap and affordable creditfrom formal source is necessary for the development of the country.
SELF-HELP GROUPS FOR THE POOR –
A self-help group (SHG) is
● An informal association of people who come together to find ways to improve their living conditions. They are
generally self-governed and peer controlled.
● It is basically a community where 15-20 members generally women, usually belonging to one neighborhood
meets and save regularly.
● Members can take small loans from the group itself to meet their needs. The group charges interest on these
loans but this is still less than what the moneylender charges.
● The group as a whole decides the terms of credit for granting loans to the members.
● If the group is regular in savings, it becomes eligible for availing loan from the bank.
● Bank loan is sanctioned in the name of the group and is meant to create self-employment opportunities for the
members.
●SHGs help borrowers overcome the problem of lack of collateral. They can get timely loans for a variety of
purposes and at reasonable interest rate.
SUMMING UP – Economic activities require loans or credit. Credit can have a positive or negative impact on
borrower. Credit is available from a variety of sources. These can be either formal sources or informal sources.
Terms of credit vary substantially between formal and informal lenders. At present, it is the richer households who
receive credit from formal sources whereas the poor have to depend on the informal sources. It is essential that the
total formal sectorcredit increases so that the dependence on the more expensive informal credit becomes less.
OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Which one of the following is a formal source of credit?

a. Traders
b. Cooperative societies
c. Moneylenders
d. Friends and relatives
Answer- b
2. Which one of the following is the appropriate meaning of collateral?
a. It is the sum total of money borrowed from banks.
b. The amount borrowed from friends.
c. It is an asset of the borrower used as guarantee to a lender.
d. The amount invested in a business.
Answer- c
3. Which one of the following is the newer way of providing loans to the rural poor, particularly women?
a. Cooperative Banks
b. Grameen Banks
c. Self-Help Groups
d. Moneylenders
Answer- c
4. Banks use the major portion of the deposits to
a. Extend loans
b. Invest in infrastructure
c. Deposit in foreign banks
d. None of the above
Answer- a
5. Which of the following statements are correct?
a. Members of a cooperative pool their resources for cooperation in certain areas.
b. Besides banks, the other major source of cheap credit in rural areas is the cooperative societies.
c. There are several types of cooperatives possible such as farmers’ cooperatives, weavers cooperatives,
industrial workers cooperatives.
d. All of the above statements are true.
Answer- d
6. Which of the following statements is false
a. There is no organization which supervises the credit activities of lenders in the informal sector.
b. RBI stops the money lenders from using unfair means to get their money back.
c. Compared to the formal lenders, most of the informal lenders charges much lesser interest on loans
d. All of the above
Answer- d
7. Name the system in which the double coincidence of wants is an essential feature.
a. Barter system
b. Money economy
c. Global economy
d. None of these
Answer- a
8. Which of the following could lead to a debt trap?
a. The high interest rate for borrowing can mean that the amount to be repaid is greater than the income of
the borrower.
b. Higher cost of borrowing means a larger part of the earnings of the borrowers is used to repay the loan.
c. The high interest rate for borrowing can mean that the amount to be repaid is lesser than the income of the
borrower.
d. both (a) and (b)
Answer – d
9. Since money acts as an intermediate in the exchange process, it is called
a. Medium of trade
b. Medium of Exchange
c. Medium of Business
d. Medium of transaction
Answer- b
10. The modern currency is without any use of its own, then why is it accepted as a medium of exchange?
a. Because it is convenient
b. It has digital and manual system
c. It can be used in foreign exchange
d. Is authorized by the government of the country
Answer- d
11. People also have the provision to withdraw the money as and when they require the deposits in the bank
accounts to be withdrawn, what are these deposits called?
a. Fixed deposits
b. Savings
c. Demand deposits
d. Demand drafts
Answer- c
 12. The facility of cheques against demand deposits makes it possible to directly settle payments without the
use of………
a. Deposit slip
b. Cash
c. Moneylender
d. Other funds
Answer- b
14.M. Salim wants to withdraw Rs 20,000 in cash for making payments to Prem after Prem receives the
money, he deposits it in his own account? What is the result?
a. Salim’s balance in his bank account increases and Prem’s balance increases.
b. Salim’s balance in his bank account decreases and Prem’s balance increases.
c. Salim’s balance in his bank account increases and Prem’s balance decreases
d. None of the above
Answer- b
15. refers to an agreement in which the lender supplies the borrower with money, goods or services
in return for the promise of future payment.
a. Debit
b. Cash transaction
c. Credit
d. Trade
Answer- c

CASE/SOURCE BASED QUESTIONS

1. Read the paragraphs given below and answer the questions that follows

Festival Season

It is festival season two months from now and the shoe manufacturer, Salim, has received an order from a large
trader in town for 3,000 pairs of shoes to be delivered in a month time. To complete production on time, Salim
has to hire a few more workers for stitching and pasting work. He has to purchase the raw materials. To meet
these expenses, Salim obtains loans from two sources. First, he asks the leather supplier to supply leather now
and promises to pay him later. Second, he obtains loan in cash from the large trader as advance payment for 1000
pairs of shoes with a promise to deliver the whole order by the end of the month. At the end of the month, Salim
is able to deliver the order, make a good profit, and repay the money that he had borrowed.

Swapna’s Problem

Swapna, a small farmer, grows groundnut on her three acres of land. She takes a loan from the moneylender to
meet the expenses of cultivation, hoping that her harvest would help repay the loan. Midway through the season
the crop is hit by pests and the crop fails. Though Swapna sprays her crops with expensive pesticides, it makes
little difference. She is unable to repay the moneylender and the debt grows over the year into a large amount.
Next year, Swapna takes a fresh loan for cultivation. It is a normal crop this year. But the earnings are not enough
to cover the old loan. She is caught in debt. She has to sell a part of the land to pay off the debt.

1.1 In whose case credit played a vital and positive role?

a. Swapna
b. Salim
c. Both
d. None of the above

Answer- b
1.2 In Swapna’s case what made loan repayment impossible?

a. Crop failure
b. Spraying of expensive pesticides
c. Both a and b
d. Only b

Answer- c

1.3 Which one of the following is not a source of credit mentioned in paragraphs?
a. Trader
b. Moneylender
c. Bank
d. Leather supplier

Answer- c

1.4 Who was not caught into debt trap?

a. Salim
b. Swapna
c. Moneylender
d. Leather supplier

Answer- a

2. Read the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows

Variety of Credit Arrangements

Shyamal tells us that every season he needs loans for cultivation on his 1.5 acres of land. Tilla few years
back, he would borrow money from the village moneylender at an interest rate of five per cent per month
(60% per annum).For the last few years, Shyamal has been borrowing from an agricultural trader in the
village at an interest rate of three percent per month. At the beginning of the cropping season, the trader
supplies the farm inputs on credit, which is to be repaid when the crops are ready for harvest. Besides the
interest charge on the loan, the trader also makes the farmers promise to sell the crop to him. This way the
trader can ensure that the money is repaid promptly. Also, since the crop prices are low after the harvest,
the trader is able to make a profit from buying the crop at a low price from the farmers and then selling it
later when the price has risen.

We next meet Arun who is supervising the work of one farm labourer. Arun has seven acres of land. He
is one of the few persons in Sonpur to receive bank loan for cultivation. The interest rate on the loan is 8.5
per cent per annum, and can be repaid anytime in the next three years. Arun plans to repay the loan after
harvest by selling apart of the crop. He then intends to store the rest of the potatoes in a cold storage and
apply for a fresh loan from the bank against the cold storage receipt. The bank offers this facility to farmers
who have taken crop loan from them.

2.1 How agricultural trader plans to receive loan repayment from farmers?
a. Asking to sell crop to him only
b. Asking to pay in monthly installments in next 3 years
c. Asking to store crop in cold storage facility and selling when price is high
d. None of the above
Answer- a

2.2 Who is paying more money while repaying loan?

a. Shyamal
b. Arun
c. Only b
d. Both a and b

Answer- a

2.3 Why agricultural trader asks farmers to repay loan at the time of harvest?

a. Because prices are high at that time

b. Because prices are low at that time
c. Because he wants to sell crop later when prices are high
d. None of the above

Answer- b

2.4 Who do you think might be affected less by loan?

a. Shyamal
b. Arun
c. Only a
d. Both a and b

Answer- b

3. Read the paragraph given below and answer the questions that follows

The various types of loans can be conveniently grouped as formal sector loans and informal sector loans.
Among the former are loans from banks and cooperatives. The informal lenders include moneylenders,
traders, employers, relatives and friends, etc.

The Reserve Bank of India supervises the functioning of formal sources of loans. There is no organisation
which supervises the credit activities of lenders in the informal sector. They can lend at whatever interest rate
they choose. There is no one to stop them from using unfair means to get their money back. Compared to the
formal lenders, most of the informal lenders charge a much higher interest on loans. Thus, the cost to the
borrower of informal loans is much higher. Higher cost of borrowing means a larger part of the earnings of
the borrowers is used to repay the loan. Hence, borrowers have less income left for themselves. In certain
cases, the high interest rate for borrowing can mean that the amount to be repaid is greater than the income of
the borrower. This could lead to increasing debt and debt trap. Also, people who might wish to start an
enterprise by borrowing may not do so because of the high cost of borrowing.

3.1 Which of the following is not an informal sector loan?

a. Relatives and banks

b. Moneylenders
c. Employers
d. Cooperative

Answer- d
 3.2 Who supervises the functioning of informal sources of loans?

a. The borrower
b. Reserve Bank of India
c. Moneylenders
d. None of the above

Answer- d

3.3 Which one of the following is wrong about formal sector lenders?

a. They provide credit on high interest rate

b. They include banks and cooperative societies
c. They are supervised by RBI
d. Cost of borrowing is lower

Answer- a

3.4 Which loans usually lead to debt trap?

a. Formal sector loans

b. Informal sector loans
c. Loan from commercial banks
d. None of them

Answer- b

4. Read the extract given below and answer the questions that follow:

Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for the country’s development. The various types of loans or credits can be
grouped as formal sector loans and informal sector loans. Among the former are loans from banks and
cooperatives. The informal lenders include moneylenders, traders, employers, relatives and friends. Banks and
cooperatives give loans on a lesser interest rate than the informal sector. But bank loans require proper documents
and collateral. Absence of collateral is one of the major reasons why bank loans are not available to small farmers
and people who wish to start small industries. Compared to the formal lenders, most of the informal lenders charge
a much higher interest on loans. Thus, the cost to the borrower of informal loans is much higher. Higher cost of
borrowing means a larger part of the earnings of the borrowers is used to repay the loan. For these reasons, banks
and cooperative societies need to lend more to the poorer section of people. This would lead to higher incomes
and many people could then borrow cheaply for a variety of needs. They could grow crops, do business, set up
small-scale industries etc. They could set up new industries or trade in goods.

4.1 Identify the types of loans or credits can be grouped into:

a. Formal sector

b. Informal sector

c. Both (a) and (b)

d. Only (a)

Answer- c
4.2 What is the main reason that bank loans are not available to small farmers?
a. Lack of proper documents

b. Absence of collateral

c. Both (a) and (b)

d. None of the above

Answer- c

4.3 Which of the following is not a part of informal source oflenders?

(a) RBI

(b) Commercial banks

(c) Moneylenders living in rural areas

(d) Both (a) and (b)

Answer- d

4.4 Which one of the following statements is true regarding loans provided by formal and informal sector?

a. Formal lenders charge a much higher interest on loans than informal lenders.

b. Informal lenders charge a much higher interest on loans than formal lenders.

c. Cost to the borrower of informal loans is much lower than formal loans.

d. Both (b) and (c)

Answer- b

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUSTIONS –

1. Mr. S.C. Pan wants to learn about barter system but he is not able to understand double coincidence of
wants. What is double coincidence of wants?

Answer –Both parties have to agree to sell and buy each other’s goods.

2. Mr. Shyam was given a check which he took to the bank but he was not given any money. When he asked
about it, the cashier told him that check had A/C payee written on it. What does it mean?

Answer- A/C means payment in account only.

3. Mr. Jay Singh wants to get a loan for opening a cloth shop in main market. Which source of credit would
be better for him and why?

Answer – Formal source of credit is better for him because

a. Rate of interest in low
b. Lender cannot use unfair means to get money back
c. His chances of getting caught in debt trap are low.

4. Rohan and Rohit are fighting over which type of money should be included in modern form of money.
Rohan says only paper notes and coins should be included in the list but Rohit says currency and deposits
in banks should be included. Who is right?

Answer – Rohit is right because both currency and deposits in banks are considered modern money

5. Ms. Manisha has taken membership of a Self-Help group named Saraswati Self-Help group. Help Mr.
Chennram to help her understand about Self-Help group.

Answer – a. An informal association of people who come together to find ways to improve their living
conditions. They are generally self-governed and peer controlled.

b. It is basically a community where 15-20 members generally women, usually belonging to one neighborhood
meets and save regularly.

c. Members can take small loans from the group itself to meet their needs on low interest rate.

6. Explain the social and economic values for which it is necessary to expand formal sources of credit in
India.

Answer – a. To reduce dependence on informal sources of credit reduces.

b. To make sure that that everyone receives loans.

 GLOBALISATION AND THE INDIAN ECONOMY
(SUMMARY )
GLOBALIZATION is the process of rapid integration or interconnection between countries.
PRODUCTION ACROSS COUNTRIES:
Trade was the main channel of connecting distant countries before Multinational Corporations (MNCs) replaced
it.
A Multinational Corporation(MNC) is a company that owns or controls production in more than one nation.

MNCs not only produce the goods and services globally but also sell its finished products globally. The
production process is divided into small parts and spread out across the globe. This help in cost cutting.
INTERLINKING PRODUCTION ACROSS COUNTRIES –

MNCs set up production where it is close to the markets; where there is skilled and unskilled labour
available at low costs; and where the availability of other factors of production is assured and government
policies are favorable.
The money that is spent by MNCs to buy assets such as land, building, machines and other equipment is
called foreign investment. Any investment is made with the hope that these assets will earn profits.
Sometimes, MNCs set up production jointly with some of the local companies of these countries.
The benefits to the local company of such joint production are -
⮚ First, MNCs can provide money for additional investments, like buying new machines for faster
production.
⮚ Second, MNCs might bring with them the latest technology for production.
Sometimes, MNCs buy up local companies and then expand production.
MNCs in developed countries place orders for production with small producers.
FOREIGN TRADE AND INTEGRATION OF MARKETS –
●Foreign trade allows producers to sell their goods outside their domestic nations.
● It allows producers to compete with producer of another country.
● It also reduces prices of goods and provides more choices to consumers.
● Foreign trade thus results in connecting the markets or integration of markets in different countries.
WHAT IS GLOBALIZATION –

⮚ Globalization is process of rapid integration or interconnection between countries.

⮚ MNCs are playing a major role in the globalization process.
⮚ More land more goods and services, investments and technology are moving between countries. Most
regions of the world are in closer
⮚ Besides the movements of goods, services, investments and technology, one more way in which the
countries can be connected is the movement of people between countries. Who move in search of better
income, better jobs or better education.
FACTORS THAT HAVE ENABLED GLOBALISATION –
Technology:
⮚ Rapid improvements in technology for instance, improvements in transportation technology have made much
faster delivery of goods across long distances possible at lower costs.
⮚ Information and communication technology has made global transmission of information and
communication possible at negligible costs.
Liberalization of foreign trade and investment policy:
⮚ Liberalization is a process of removing barriers or restrictions set by the government.
Trade barrier is one such barrier. Governments can use trade barriers to increase or
decrease(regulate) foreign trade and to decide what kinds of goods and how much of each,
should come into the country.

⮚ With liberalization of trade, businesses are allowed to make decisions freely about the
imports, exports and their investments.

⮚ Starting around 1991 in India, the government decided to lift many barriers on foreign
trade andforeign investment to a large extent.

WORLD TRADE ORGANISATION –

● It is an international organisation whose aim is to liberalize international trade. It establishes rules regarding
international trade, and sees that these rules are obeyed. At present 164 countries of the world are currently
members of the WTO.
● Started at the initiative of the developed countries, it establishes rules regarding international trade.
● Though it is supposed to get international trade liberalized, however many developed countries have unfairly
retained trade barriers. On the other hand, WTO has forced developing countries to remove all trade barriers.
⮚ For example, farmers in the USA are receiving massive sums of money from the US
government to produce and export agricultural produce to other countries, due to which they
can sell their produce at abnormally low prices in other countries, adversely impacting
the farmers in these destination countries. IMPACT OF GLOBALIZATION ON
INDIA –

Positive impact:
● Increased investment by MNCs in India has led to the prosperous growth of local supplier companies in India.
● Increased competition benefitting Indian companies by inducing higher quality of goods.
● Creation of new opportunities for domestic service sector companies, in newer servicing fields like accounting,
data entry, engineering etc.
● Some Indian companies have themselves developed into MNCs. For example, TATA Motors, Infosys, Asian
Paints, Sundaram Fastener etc.
Negative impact:
● Small manufacturers and industries such as domestic industries of toys, tiers, vegetable oils etc. are unable to
compete with large MNC's which is leading to their shut down.
● Due to increasing competition flexible employment culture have developed. Jobs are now unsecured.
● Most workers, today, are employed in the unorganized sector. Moreover, conditions of work in the organised
sector have increasingly come to resemble the unorganised sector.
THE STRUGGLE FOR A FAIR GLOBALISATION –
Not everyone has benefited from globalization equally, people with education and skill have made the most out
of it, while leaving many out. Fare globalization would create opportunities for all, and also ensure that the
benefits of globalization are shared better.
Methods –

⮚ By using government policies. For example, strong implementation of labour laws, protection to small
manufacturing units, use of trade and investment barriers etc.
⮚ Cases of unfair practices and domination of developed countries in WTO can be protested with the help
of other developing countries.
⮚ People can also play a major role by being vocal about their concerns and asking for forming favorable
policy.
OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Which one of the following organizations laid stress on liberalization of foreign trade and foreign
investment?
a. International Monetary Fund
b. International Labour Organisations
c. World Health Organisations
d. World Trade Organisation
Answer- d
2. Which one of the following refers to investment?
a. The money spent on religious ceremonies
b. The money spent on social customs
c. The money spent to buy assets such as land
d. The money spent on household goods
Answer- c
3.have been a major force in the globalization process connecting distant regions of the world?
a. Traders
b. International companies
c. Multinational corporations
d. Businesses houses
Answer- b
4. Special Economic Zones (SEZs) are being set up to attract
a. Foreign tourists
b. Foreign investment
c. Foreign goods
d. Foreign policies
Answer- b
5. Investment means spending on
a. Factory building
b. Machines
c. Equipments
d. All the above
Answer- d
6. MNCs set up offices and factories for production in regions where they can get… .......................... ?
a. Cheap labour and other resources.
b. Good market for profits
c. They can make great sales
d. More industry
Answer- a
7. The money that is spent to buy assets such as land, building, machines and other equipment by MNCs is
called… ....... ?
a. Investment
b. Foreign Investment
c. Domestic investment
d. International investment
Answer- b
8. Entry of MNCs in a domestic market may prove harmful for
a. all large-scale producers
b. All domestic producers
c. All substandard domestic producers
d. All small-scale producers
Answer- d
9. Which of the following contributes to globalization?
a. Internal trade
b. External trade
c. Large scale trade
d. Small scale trade
Answer- b
10. Which of the following industries have been hard hit by foreign competition?
a. Dairy products
b. Leather industry
c. Cloth industry
d. Vehicle industry
Answer- a
11. Benefits enjoyed by companies who set up production units in the SEZs are:
a. They do not have to pay taxes for some years
b. Reduction in excise duty
c. Reduced tariffs and barriers
d. None of the above
Answer- a
12. Which one of the following is not true regarding the World Trade Organisation?
a. It allows free trade to all countries without any trade barriers.
b. Its aim is to liberalize international trade.
c. It establishes rules regarding international trade.
d. WTO rules have forced the developing countries to remove trade barriers.
 Answer- a
13. In which other way do the MNCs control production?
a. By land of local country
b. Send the latest technology from parent country
c. Place orders for production with small producers, which then sell these under their own brand name
d. Send the brand name to the company they buy
Answer- c

14. MNCs keep in mind certain factors before setting up production”. Identify the incorrect option from the
choices given below
a. Availability of cheap skilled and unskilled labour
b. Proximity to markets
c. Presence of a large number of local competitors
d. Favorable government policies
Answer- c
15. Which one of the following is a major benefit of joint production between a local company and a Multi-
National Company?
a. MNC can bring latest technology in the production
b. MNC can control the increase in the price
c. MNC can buy the local company
d. MNC can sell the products under their brand name
Answer- a
CASE/SOURCE BASED QUESTIONS
1. Read the paragraphs given below and answer the questions that follows
In general, MNCs set up production where it is close to the markets; where there is skilled and unskilled labour
available at low costs; and where the availability of other factors of production is assured. In addition, MNCs
might look for government policies that look after their interests. You will read more about the policies later in
the chapter. Having assured themselves of these conditions, MNCs set up factories and offices for production.
The money that is spent to buy assets such as land, building, machines and other equipment is called investment.
Investment made by MNCs is called foreign investment. Any investment is made with the hope that these assets
will earn profits. At times, MNCs set up production jointly with some of the local companies of these countries.
The benefit to the local company of such joint production is two-fold. First, MNCs can provide money for
additional investments, like buying new machines for faster production. Second, MNCs might bring with them
the latest technology for production.
1.1 Which of the following is not a condition checked by any MNC to set up factories and offices for
production?
a. Availability of cheap labour
b. Closeness of market
c. Only a
d. Both a and b
Answer- c
1.2 Which of the following is wrong about investment?
a. Investment is the amount of money spent on purchase of equipments
b. Investment made by MNCs is called foreign investment
c. Investment is made with the hope to earn profits
d. Investment made by local companies is called foreign investment
Answer- d
1.3 Which of the following is not a benefit that local companies get when MNCs set up production jointly
with the local companies of any country?
a. Money for additional investment
b. Access to latest technology
c. Access to cheap labour
d. Increase in market share
Answer- c
1.4 Which of the following might not be a benefit that MNCs get when MNCs set up production jointly with
the local companies of any country?
a. Access to cheap labour
b. Extra access to market
c. Decrease in investment amount
d. Access to favorable government policies
Answer- c
2. Read the paragraphs given below and answer the questions that follows
The result of greater foreign investment and greater foreign trade has been greater integration of production
and markets across countries. Globalization is this process of rapid integration or interconnection between
countries. MNCs are playing a major role in the globalization process. More and more goods and services,
investments and technology are moving between countries. Most regions of the world are in closer contact
with each other than a few decades back. Besides the movements of goods, services, investments and
technology, there is one more way c. This is through the movement of people between countries. People
usually move from one country to another in search of better income, better jobs or better education. In the
past few decades, however, there has not been much increase in the movement of people between countries
due to various restrictions.
2.1 Which of the following is not a role of MNCs in globalization?
a. Greater foreign investment
b. Access to advanced technology
c. Rapid movement of goods
d. Rapid movement of people
Answer- d
2.2 Which of the following is not an example of globalization?
a. Greater foreign trade
b. Increase in movement of people in search of jobs
c. Decrease in movement of people due to restrictions
d. Increase in foreign investment
Answer- c
2.3 Which of the following is an example of movement between countries?
a. Movement of goods
b. Movement of technology
c. Only a
d. Both a and b
Answer- d
2.4 What has restricted the movement of people between countries?
a. Restrictions by countries
b. Globalization
c. Foreign trade
d. None of the above
Answer- a
3. Read the paragraphs given below and answer the questions that follows
USING IT IN GLOBALISATION
Information and communication technology (or IT in short) has played a major role in spreading out
production of services across countries. A news magazine published for London readers is to be designed and
printed in Delhi. The text of the magazine is sent through Internet to the Delhi office. The designers in the
Delhi office get orders on how to design the magazine from the office in London using telecommunication
facilities. The designing is done on a computer. After printing, the magazines are sent by air to London. Even
the payment of money for designing and printing from a bank in London to a bank in Delhi is done instantly
through the Internet(e-banking).
3.1 Which of the following is not a word describing the use of technology in production mentioned in
paragraph?
a. E – banking
b. Designing
c. Publishing
d. Printing
Answer- a
3.2 Where the magazine does gets printed for readers in London?
a. Delhi
b. London
c. Karachi
d. Tokyo
Answer- a
3.3 By which technology design of the magazine is prepared?
a. Telecommunication
b. Information and communication technology
c. E - banking
d. None of the above
Answer- b
3.4 Which technology is used to make payment?
a. Telecommunication
b. Information and communication technology
c. E – banking
d. None of the above
Answer- c
 Short Answer Type Questions
1. Mr. Shyam is a small producer of Raipur. A multinational company wants to tie up with him to open a
factory in outskirt of Raipur. What benefit he might get from this?
Answer- a. Access to latest technology
b. Access to money for investment
c. Global recognition
2. Mr. Mohanlal owns a huge chain of delivery outlets. Which characteristics his business should have in
order to be recognized as MNC?
Answer- a. Offices in many countries.
b. Tie up with local companies of other countries
c. Huge capital
3. Maharashtra government decided to weaken labour laws. How it will help companies?
Answer- a. They can get workers at cheap rates
b. They can ask workers to work for more hours
c. They can get relaxation in case of loss caused to workers due to accidents or negligence.
4. Help Sharat Chandra to know about telecommunication facilities.
Answer- Telecommunication facilities include telegraph, telephone including mobile phones, fax.
5. After reading an article about protest against WTO, Amin is trying to know about negative points about
WTO. Which points he should include?
Answer- a. Developed countries dominate in WTO
b. WTO force developing countries to open their economies for trade.
c. WTO works in favor of developed countries.
SHORT /LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS (3M/5M)

Question 1. What changes have taken place in our markets during the last few years ? Answer:
In the last few years, our markets have been transformed as mentioned below :

● There is a wide choice of goods and services in the markets.

● The latest models of digital cameras, mobile phones and televisions made by the leading manufacturers of the
world are available in the markets. Not only this these products are affordable and within reach of the people.

Thus a few years back, there were only few brands of different goods in the markets. A consumer did not have
real choice and had no option to purchase a particular brand. But now he has a number of options between Indian
as well as foreign brands.

Question 2.“Information and communication technology has played a major role in spreading out production of
services across countries.” Justify the statement with examples. [CBSE 2016]
Or
Explain the factors that have enabled globalisation.
Or
How has information and communication technology stimulated Globalisation ? Explain with example.
Answer:
The factors that have enabled Globalisation are as given below :
1. Technology :

● In the past fifty years, several improvements in technology have taken place.
● For example, in transportation technology, containers are used for the transportation of goods which are
placed in containers that can be loaded intact on to ships, railways, planes and trucks. Containers have led to
huge reduction in port handling costs and increased the speed with which exports can reach markets.
● Similarly, the cost of air transport has fallen. This has enabled much greater volumes of goods being
transported by airlines.

(2) Information technology :

● Telecommunication facilities – telegraph, moblie phones, fax – are used to contact one another around the
world and to communicate from remote areas.
● This has been facilitated by satellite communication devices.
● Internet enables to send instant electronic mail and talk across the world at negligible costs.
● Now a news magazine published for London readers can be designed and printed in Delhi.
● The designing is done on a computer.
● After printing, the magazines are sent by air to London.
● Even the payment of money for designing and printing from a bank in London to a bank in Delhi is done
instantly through the Internet e., e-banking.

(3) Liberalisation of foreign trade and foreign investment policy :

● Removing barriers or restrictions set by the government is liberalisation. Under liberalisation goods can be
imported and exported easily.
● Foreign companies are allowed to set up factories and offices in other countries.
● Thus liberalisation has enabled MNCs to increase their investments in other countries as India.
● As a result of greater foreign investment and greater foreign trade, there is greater integration of production
and markets across countries.
● Globalisation is this process of rapid integration of interconnection between countries.

Question 3.“Globalisation and competition among producers has been of advantage to the consumers.” Give
arguments in support of this statement.
Answer:
Globalisation and competition among producers has been of advantage to the consumers in the ways as mentioned
below :

● Now there is more choice for the consumers in the markets. For example in the field of toys, the markets are
flooded with Chinese toys which are cheaper and of better quality than Indian toys. People now have a choice
between Indian toys and Chinese toys.
● The consumers now have products of better quality.
● The prices of various products have come down due to competition among the producers/manufacturers.
● Globalisation has led to improvement in the standard of living of people.

Question 4. What is a trade barrier ?

“Tax on imports is one type of trade barrier. The government could also place a limit on the number of goods that
can he imported. This is known as quotas. Can you explain using the example of Chinese toys, how quotas can
be used as trade barriers ? Do you think this should be used ? Discuss.
Answer:
1. Trade barrier means restrictions to increase or decrease foreign trade and to decide what kinds of goods and
how much of each should come into the country.
2. Tax on imports is a trade barrier because this will lead to increase in the price of the product. In such a situation
foreign products will become costlier than Indian goods and the Indian producer will be in a position to sell
their products and earn profits.
3. In case of Chinese toys, quotas can be used as trade barrier because the government can put restrictions on
the number and type of toys that can be imported into the country In such case, there will be less
competition between Indian toys and Chinese toys. The Indian toy makers may also not suffer losses.
Quotas should be used as trade barriers in the interest of the Indian toy makers.

Question 5. Give arguments in favour of WTO.

Or
Write a short note on World Trade Organisation.
Ans.
(1) World Trade Organisation was set up in 1995 at the initiative of the developed countries. Its aim is to
liberalise international trade. Its headquarters is at Geneva. WTO establishes rules regarding international trade
among countries of the world in an open,uniform and non-discriminatory manner. In 2006,149 countries of the
world were its members.
(2)

1. With the liberalisation of foreign trade and investment, it is necessary to have an international organisation to
supervise the trade between countries.
2. It sees that all the countries in the world liberalise their policies.
3. It allows free trade for all i.e., in developing and developed countries.
4. It implements the rules for trade in all the countries.
5. WTO looks after to make globalisation more fair to create opportunities for all and also ensure that the benefits
of globalisation are shared better.

Question 6. Describe the major problems created by the globalisation for a larger number of small producers
and workers.
Or
Describe the effects of globalisation on small producers and workers.
Answer:
Small producers such as producing batteries, capacitors, toys have been hit hard due to competition with the
MNCs. They could not compete on the issue of price and quality. As a result of it, their production decreased
and many units were closed. Many workers became jobless. Many employers prefer to employ workers on
temporary basis which means workers’ jobs are no longer secure. Women are denied their fair share of benefits.
Workers have to put in very long working hours without any overtime.
Also see Textbook Question 6.

Question7.What steps have been taken by the government to attract foreign investment ?
Answer:
The steps taken by the government to attract foreign investment are as mentioned below :

1. Industrial zones, called Special Economic Zones (SEZs) are being set up.
2. SEZs are to have world class facilities : electricity, water, roads, transport, storage etc.
3. Companies who set up production units in the SEZs do not have to pay taxes for an initial period of five years.
4. The government has also allowed flexibility in labour laws g., workers can be hired for short period.
 GEOGRAPHY
RESOURCE AND DEVELOPMENT
‘Resource’:
Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, is called a resource. It should be
technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable. Only then, it can be termed as a
‘Resource’. Examples: minerals, forests, fossil fuels etc.

Sustainable development:
Sustainable economic development means that ‘development should take place without damaging the
environment and development in the present should not compromise with the needs of future generation’.

Land under important relief features in India:

Plains-43%, Mountains-30%, Plateaus-27%

Land Degradation:
Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage
it.

Measures to solve problem of land degradation:

Afforestation, proper management of grazing to control overgrazing planting of shelter belts of plants,
stabilization of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes, control of mining activities, avoid over-irrigation and
overuse of fertilizers and pesticides;

Soil erosion:
The denudation of the soil cover and subsequent washing down is soil erosion. Reasons for soil erosion include—
(a) Human activities like deforestation, over grazing construction, mining defective method of fanning etc.;
(b) Natural forces like wind, glacier and water flow.

Types of erosion:
(a) Gully erosion. The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels known as gullies.
This makes the land bad land and in the Chambal basin such land is known as ravines;
(b) Sheet erosion. When top soil over large area is washed away it is known as sheet erosion.

Methods to prevent soil erosion in hilly area:

Ploughing along the contour lines-contour ploughing; terrace cultivation; strip farming and shelter belts.

Soils and its types:

● Alluvial soils: Entire northern plains are made of alluvial soil. Also found in the eastern coastal plains
particularly in the deltas of the Mahanadi, the Godavari, the Krishna and the Kaveri rivers. Fertile soil
therefore, fit for agriculture purpose. Regions of alluvial soils are intensively cultivated and densely populated. Rich
in potash, phosphoric acid and lime which are ideal for the growth of sugarcane, paddy, wheatand other cereal and pulse
crops.
● Black soil: Black in colour and are also known as regur soils. Ideal for growing cotton and is also known as
black cotton soil. Found in the plateaus of Maharashtra, Saurashtra, Malwa, Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh
also along the Godavari and the Krishna valleys. Made up of extremely fine, i.e., clayey material. Well-known
for their capacity to hold moisture. Rich in calcium carbonate, magnesium, potash and lime.
● Red and yellow soils: Found in the areas of low rainfall in the eastern and southern parts of the Deccan plateau.
Also found in parts of Odisha, Chhattisgarh, southern parts of the middle Ganga plain and along the piedmont
zone of the Western Ghats. Develop a reddish colour due to diffusion of iron in crystalline and metamorphic
rocks.
● Laterite soils: Develops in areas with high temperature and heavy rainfall. Found in Karnataka, Kerala, Tamil
 Nadu, Madhya Pradesh, and the hilly areas of Odisha and Assam. Suitable for cultivation with adequate doses
of manures and fertilizers. Low Humus content because decomposers, like bacteria, get destroyed due to high
temperature.
● Arid soils: Found in the western parts of Rajasthan. After proper irrigation these soils become cultivable.
Lacks humus and moisture because dry climate, high temperature make evaporation faster. Salt content is
very high and common salt is obtained by evaporating the water.
● Forest soils: Found in the hilly and mountainous areas where sufficient rain forests are available. Feature
differs based on location. Loamy and silty in valley sides and coarse grained in the upper slopes. Sil in the
lower parts of the valleys particularly on the river terraces and alluvial fans are fertile.
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTION
1. Which of the following soil is ideal for growing cotton?
a) Regur soil
b) Laterite soil
c) Desert soil
d) Mountainous soil
2. Soil is formed by the process of.
a) Denudation
b) Weathering
c) Gradation
d) Erosion
3. Land left without cultivation for one or less than one year is called.
a) Culturable waste land
b) Current fallow land
c) Waste land
d) None of the above
4. “There is enough for everybody need but not for everybody greed”who said this.
a) Jawaharlal Nehru
b) Atal Bihari Bhajpayi
c) M.kGandi
d) Sundar Pichai
5. The first international earth summit was held on.
a) Rio de Janeiro
b) Geneva
c) Japan
d) France
6. The most widespread relief feature of India is.
a) Mountains
b) Plains
c) Forest
d) Plateaus
7. Resource planning is essential for existence of all form of life
a) Ecological balance
b) Exploitation
c) Sustainable
d) None of these
8. Which of the following method is used to break up the force of wind?
a) Shelter belt
b) Contour ploughing
c) Strip cropping
 d) Terrace farming
9. Geothermal energy in Puga valley and Parvati valley are
a) Stock resource
b) Reserve resource
c) Developed resource
d) Potential resource
10. Material in the environments which have the potential to satisfy the human need but human being don’t
have appropriate technology to access them are called
a) Potential resource
b) Developed resource
c) Stocks
d) Reserve
ANSWER
1 (a), 2 (b), 3(b), 4(c), 5(a), 6(b), 7(c), 8(c), 9(c), 10(c)
VERY SHORT TYPE QUESTION (2M)
1. what is Net sown Area?

Ans. The physical extent of land on which crops are sown and harvested is known as net sown area.
2. What is gross cropped area?

Ans. Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net slow area is known as gross cropped area.
3. What is wasteland?

Ans. Wasteland includes rocky, arid desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses including settlements,
roads, railways, industries etc.
4. How does land degradation occur?

Ans. Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and
manage it, result in land degradation.
5. How is over irrigation responsible for land degradation in Punjab?

Ans. Over-irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in Salinity and
alkalinity in the soil.
6. How is cement industry responsible for Land degradation?

Ans. The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry is responsible for land degradation.
7. How is mining activity responsible for land degradation in Jharkhand?

Ans.1 mining activity caused deep scars and traces of over burdening.
2 deforestation leads to land degradation.
8. Which Type of soil in India is most widespread and important?

Ans. Alluvial soil in India is most widespread and important.

9. Why is alluvial soil called fertile soil?

Ans. Mostly alluvial soil contains an adequate proportion of potash, phosphoric acid lime whichare ideal for the
growth of sugarcane, Paddy, wheat and other cereals and pulses crops.
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS (3M)
1. Describe the different steps of ‘resource planning’?

Ans. Steps of Resource planning:

(I) Identification and inventory of resources
(II) Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set
up.
(III) Resources development plans are matched with overall national development plans.
2.Describe the need of resources for human survival.
Ans. Resources needed for human survival:
(I) Humans can transform material into resources and used them.
(II) Human-being use resources as raw materials to satisfy their needs and comforts.
(III) They use them for making clothes, good and Constituting houses.
(IV) They use energy resources like coal, gases, etc.
3.Describe the importance of judicious use of resources.
Ans. Judicious use of resources
(I) Resources are vital any developmental activity.
(II) Irrational consumption and over- utilisation may lead to socioeconomic and environmental
problems.
(III) Most of the resources are non- renewable, if exhausted, them they may not be able to be
recreated.
4. Describe any three main features of the black soil.

Ans. (I) Black soil is black in colour and also known as regur soil.
(II) black soil is well known for its capacity to hold moisture.
(III) It is rich in calcium carbonate, magnesium, potash& lime.
5. Which factors affect the land use patten of India?

Ans. (I) The land use pattern is determined by certain physical factors of the country such as topography, climate
and soil types. The availability of geographical area determines its uses by the country. In India we have various
forms of land like plains, plateaus, mountains, etc. which are kept in mind before planning the land use patterns.
(II) There are certain human factors also affecting the land use pattern. They includes population density of the
country, technologically capability culture and traditions of the country etc. The economic development of the
country depends on the technological development of the country thus leading to the planning of land use patterns.
6. Describe the importance of an equitable distribution of resources in the society.

Ans. Importance of equitable distribution of resources:

(I) For a sustained quality of life.
(II) To eliminate the difference between rich and poor in the society.
(III) To reduce poverty.
(IV) To maintain global peace.
(V) To prevent our planet from danger.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (5M)
1. What efforts were made for resource planning in the first five year plan?

Ans. (I) The availability of resources is a necessity condition for the development of any religions. But
technologically knowledge is an important prerequisite for it.
(II) There are many regions in our country that are rich in resources but are economically backward; whereas
there are some regions which have a poor resources base but are economically developed.
(III) Resources can contribute to development only when they are accompanied by appropriate technological
development.
(IV) In India, development or resource development does not only mean the availability of resources but also the
technology, quality of human resources and the historical experiences of the people.
2. What are the causes of land degradation? What are the ways to solve this problem?

Ans. Causes of land degradation:

(I) Mining sites are abandoned after the Excavation work is done leaving deep scars of
overburdening. In state like Odisha, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh,
deforestation due to mining has caused severe land degradation.
(II) Overgrazing in state like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra is one of
the main reasons behind land degradation.
(III) Minerals processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and
soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantities of dust in the atmosphere. It stops
the infiltration of water in the soil.
Ways to check land degradation:
(I) Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to check land degradation.
(II) Planning of shelterbelts help in checking the sand causing land degradation near the desert.
(III) Overgrazing can be checked and avoided.
(IV) Proper management of wastelands can be taken up.
3. What are the various methods of soil conservation?
Ans. Methods of soil conservation:
(I) Contour ploughing: ploughing along the contour lines can check the flow of water down
the slopes. It is called contour ploughing. It can be practiced on the hills.
(II) Terrace cultivation: steps can be cut out on the slopes making terrace. It restricts soil
erosion. It is practiced in Western and central Himalayas.
(III) Strip cropping: large fields can be divided into strips. Strips of grass are left to grow
between the crops. This breaks up the force of wind. This method is called strip cropping.
(IV) Planting of shelter belts: planting lines of trees to create shelter also checks the soil erosion.
Rows of such trees are called shelter belts. These shelter belts have contributed
significantly to the stabilization of sand dunes and in stabilizing the desert in Western India.
4. “Consequences of environmental degradation do not respect national or state boundaries”. Justify the statement.
Ans. (I) The increase in population of land, water, air, noise and resulting in degradation of the environment
cannot be overlooked.
(II) Population of river waters affects all as most of the rivers pass through different states.
(III) Air pollution caused by the presence of high proportion of undesirable gases adversely affects human health
and atmosphere as a whole.
(IV) Thermal pollution of river water affects the aquatic life introspective of state and national boundaries.
5. Why do we need to conserve resources?
Ans.(I) The availability of resources is a necessary condition for the development of any region.
(II)Resources are vital for any developmental activity.
(III) But irrigational consumption and over utilization of resources may lead to socio- economic and environmental
problems.
(IV) To overcome these problems, resources conservation at various levels is important.

(V) If the present trend of resources depletion by the few individuals and countries continues the future of our
planet is in danger.
Therefore, we need to conserve resources for sustainable existence of all forms of life.
 FOREST AND WILDLIFE
♦ Biosphere: Part of the earth which is covered by living organisms both plants and animals.

♦ Ecosystem: An integrated unit consisting of the community of living organisms and the physical environment.

Flora: Plants of a particular region or period are referred to as flora.

♦ Fauna: Species of animals are known as fauna.

♦ Forest: Extensive area covered with trees.

♦ Wildlife Sanctuary : A reserved area for preserving natural beauty, e.g., wildlife.

♦ Biodiversity : It is the sum total of all the varieties of species of plants, animals and micro-organisms living on
the earth.

♦ Normal species : The species whose population levels are considered to be normal for their survival, such as
cattle, sal, pine, rodents, etc.

♦ Endangered species : The species which are in danger of extinction.

♦ Vulnerable species : These are some species whose population has declined to levels from where it is likely to
move into the endangered category in the near future if the negative factors continue to operate.

♦ Rare species : Species with small population may move into the endangered or vulnerable category if the
negative factors affecting them continue to operate.,

♦ Endemic species : These are species which are only found in some particular areas usually isolated by natural
or geographical barriers. For example Nicobar pigeon.

♦ Extinct species : These are species which are not found after searches of known or likely areas where they may
occur. A species may be extinct from a local area, region, country, continent or the entire earth. Examples of such
species are the Asiatic cheetah, pink head duck.

♦ The Indian Wildlife Act : It was an act implemented in 1972, with various provisions for protecting natural
habitats.

♦ Reserved Forests : These are the most valuable forests as far as the conservation of forest and wildlife resources
are concerned.

♦ Protected forests : These are the forests which are protected from any further depletion.

♦ Unclassed forests : These are forests and wastelands belonging to both government and private individuals and
communities.

♦ Permanent forests : Reserved and protected forests are referred as permanent forest estates maintained for the
purpose of producing timber and other forest produce and for protective reasons.

♦ Chipko Movement : It was a movement launched by the people of the Himalayas against deforestation.

♦ Joint Forest Management : It was a programme launched for management and restoration of degraded forests.
MCQ
1. Which of these statements is not a valid reason for the depletion of flora and fauna?
(a) Agricultural expansion
(b) Large -scale developmental project
(c) Grazing and fuel wood collection
(d) Rapid industrialization and Urbanization
2. Which of the following conservation strategies does not directly involve community participation?
(a) Joint forest management
(b) Beti Bachao Andolan
(c) Chipko Movement
(d) Demarcation of Wildlife sanctuaries
3. The forest cover in our country has recently increased due to :
(a) Increase in natural forest growth
(b) Increase in net sown area
(c) Plantation by different agencies
(d) None of the above
4. Substantial parts of the tribal belts in north -eastern India have been deforested by:
(a) Shifting cultivation
(b) Mining
(c) Infrastructure development
(d) None of the above
5. Forest and wastelands belonging to both private individuals and government are known as:
(a) Sacred groves
(b) Reserved forests
(c) Protected forest
(d) Unclassed forests
6. Which one of the following is an endangered species of Manipur?
(a) Blue sheep
(b) Asiatic Buffalo
(c) Sangai
(d) Cattle
7.In which year the Indian Wildlife protection Act was implemented?
(a) 1970
(b) 1971
 (c) 1972
(d)1974
8. In which one the following states Periyar tiger reserves located?
(a) Kerala
(b) Chhattisgarh
(c) Tamil Nadu
(d) West Bengal
9. What was the aim of the Chipko movement?
(a) human right
(b) agriculture expansion
(c) political rights
(d) forest conservation
10. The Buxar tiger reserve is situated in which of the following states?
(a) west Bengal
(b) Madhya Pradesh
(c) Rajasthan
(d) Goa
ANSWER
1(c), 2(d), 3(c), 4(a), 5(d), 6(c), 7 (c), 8(a), 9(d), 10(a).
VERY SHORT QUESTION (2m)
1. What is the role of forest in ecological system?
Ans. Forest is the primary producer in which all living organism depend.
2. Which species are called normal species?
Ans. species whose population are considered to be the normal for the survival such as cattle, sheep.
3. Which species are considered vulnerable?
Ans. species whose population declined and likely to move in endangered species in the near future.
4. What is rare species?
Ans. species with small population may move into endangered category if negative factor affecting them
continue to operate. Example desert fox.
5. What are endemic species?
Ans. Species that are found in only particular area. example Nicobar pigeon.
6. How were forest depleted by tribal people of India?
Ans. Substantial part of tribal belts, especially in the north-eastern and central India has cleared the forest
for practicing shifting cultivation or Jhumming agriculture.
7. Which forest are protected forest?
Ans. Almost one third of the total forest are protected forest, as declared by forest department. These forest
lands are protected from any further depletion.
8. Which forest is categorized as unclassed forest?
Ans. These are other forest belonging to government and private individual or communities.
 9. What do you know about Chipko movement?
Ans. The famous Chipko movement resisted deforestation in several area and show community
afforestation
10. What do you understand by joint forest management programme?
Ans. Joint Forest Management Programme. In it, local communities are involved in management and
restoration of degraded forest in India.
SHORT ANSWER QUESTION
1. How are flora and fauna in India under great threat?
Ans. (I) India is one of the world’s richest countries in flora and fauna this diverse flora and fauna are so well
integrated in our daily lifestyle
(II) But they are under great stress mainly due to in sensitivity towards the involvement

(III) Some estimate suggest that at least 10% of India’s wild flora and 20% of mammals are on
threatening list
(IV) Many of these are on the verge of extinction like cheetah pink headed duck plant like madhca .

2. What were the provisions of India wildlife act of 1972?

Ans. (I) It was implemented with various provision for protecting habitat.
(II)The trust of program was towards protecting the remaining population of certain endangered species
by bending hunting giving legal protection to their habitat and restricting trade in wildlife.
3. How the villagers of Alwar district of Rajasthan are are struggling to conserve their forest and wild life?
Ans. The inhabitants of 5 villages in the Alwar district of Rajasthan have declared 1200 hectares of forest as
badave dock of century declaring their own set of rules and regulation which do not align hunting and are
protecting the wildlife against outside encroachment
4. Grazing and fuel wood collection are not responsible for deforestation in India. Support the statement with
suitable reason.
Ans. Many environmentalists hold of you that grazing and fuel wood collection are responsible for depletion
of forest.
But actually more try are cut father need of teak wood for furniture and other requirement
Due to rapid industrialization demand of wood and land made the forest fall due to urbanisation forest are
cleared for the settlement of people
These are the real causes of deforestation
5. Nature worship is an age old belief. Explain how it helped in forest and wildlife conservation.
Ans. (i) Nature worship is an age old driver belief based on the belief that all creation of nature have to be
protected. Search believes have preserved several virgin forest in pristine form. These are called sacred
grooves
(ii) Dispatches of forest have been left untouched by the local people and any interference with them is
banned.
(iii) Some particular trees in the category are Mahua, kadamba, tamarind,pepal, banyan,tulsi and many
more. All days trees are protected by local tribes of various region of India and are worshipped or dare leaf
are use for auspicious occasion like wedding some religion ceremonies and festival like Diwali
 LONG ANSWER QUESTION
1. Mention the private and governmental step taken to conserve forest and wildlife.
Ans. (i) In some areas of India local communities are struggling to conserve forest and wildlife along with
government officials to secure their own livelihood
(Ii) The famous chipko movement in the Himalaya was organised which has not only successful
registered deforestation in several areas but has also shown the community a forestation with indigenous
species can be enormously successful
(iii) Attempt to revive the traditional conservation method of developing new method of ecological
farming and now widespread.
(iv) In India the joint forest management program furnaces as a good example for involving local
communities in the management and restoring of degraded forest.
(v) Nature worship is an age old driver belief based on the premise that all creation of nature have to
be protected such believe have preserved several virgin forest in pristine form called sacred grooves.
(vi) The central government has announced several projects for protecting specific animal which wear
threatened including the tiger
2. Explain any five different categories of existing plant and animal species based on the international union for
conservation of nature and natural resource with example
Ans. (i) Normal species: species whose population are considered to normal for survival of them. Example,
cattle.
(ii) Endangered species: these are species which are in danger of extinction . Example, crocodile, Indian
wild ass, Indian Rhine
(iii) Vulnerable species: these species whose population has declined to level from where it is likely
to move into endangered category in future. Example, Asiatic elephant
(iv) Rare species with small population may move into the endangered category if the negative factor
affecting them continues to operate. Examples, Himalayan brown bear
(v) Endemic: species that are found in only a certain area are called endemic species. Example,
Nicobar pigeon
(vi) Extinct species: species which are not found now after searches. Example, pink head duck
PASSAGE
In 1960s and 1970s, conservationist demanded a National Wildlife protection program. The Indian wildlife
Protection Act was implemented in 1972 , with various provision for protecting habitats. And All India list of
protected species was also published. The trust of the program was towards protecting the remaining population
of certain endangered species by banning hunting, giving legal protection to their habitat,. And restricting trade
in wildlife subsequently, central and many state government stabilized national Parks and Wildlife centuries
about which you have already studied. The central government also announced several project for protecting
specific animals which were gravely threatened including the tiger, the one horned rhino , the Kashmir stag or
hangul, 3 type of crocodile freshwater crocodile, saltwater crocodile and the gharihal , the asiatic lion and other.
Most recently the Indian elephant ,the blackbuck (chinkara), the great Indian bustard, and the snow leopard etc
have been given full or partial legal protection against hunting and trade throughout India
1. Which act was implemented in 1972?
Ans. Wildlife protection act
2. Who demanded the National Wildlife protection program?
3. Ans. The conservationists demand the national Wildlife protection programme.
4. Which animal have been recently given full or partial legal protection against hunting and trade throughout
India?
Ans. The Indian elephant, black buck, the great Indian bustard and the snow leopard
MAPWORK
1. Mark these on the following map of India.
(A) Panna biosphere reserve
(B) Corbett national park
(C) Sundarbans national park
(D) Sariska wildlife sanctuary
(E) Manas tiger reserve
(F) Periyar tiger reserve
 WATER RESOURCE (SUMMARY)
96.5 per cent of the total volume of world’s water is estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent exists as
fresh water. 70 per cent of the fresh water occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the
mountainous regions of the world. Less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s acquirers. Fresh
water is mainly obtained from surface run off and ground water. This is continually being renewed and recharged
through the hydrological cycle. All the water moves within the hydrological cycle making water a renewable
resource.

Three fresh water sources are:

Precipitation—from rainfall; Surface water—in rivers, lakes, etc.; Ground water—water stored in underground
acquirers which gets recharged by rainfall.

Water scarcity:

Water scarcity means shortage of water. It is usually associated with regions having low rainfall or drought prone
areas.

There are many other reasons which lead to scarcity of water:

Large growing population; In the agricultural sector, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated
areas and dry- season agriculture; More water required for irrigation purposes to facilitate higher food production,
i. e., for doing multiple cropping and for HYV seeds; There is greater demand for water with growing urbanization
and industrialization; An unequal access to water among different social groups; The quality of water is
deteriorating, i.e., getting polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemical fertilizers and pesticides used in
agriculture; Excessive use of water by industries which also require water to generate hydro-electric power to run
them; and Over exploitation of water in the urban areas.

Adverse effects of over-exploitation of ground water resources:

● Pumping out more water from under the ground may lead to falling ground water levels.
● It will adversely affect water availability.
● This, in turn, will affect our agriculture and food security of the people.
● Impoverishment of water resources may adversely affect the ecological cycle.

Main causes of water pollution:

Domestic wastes, especially urban sewers; industrial wastes are disposed off in the water without proper
treatment; chemical effluents from industries and from agricultural sector; and many human activities, e.g.,
religious rituals and immersing of idols, etc. in the water also pollute water.

Measures for water conservation:

● Do not overdraw the ground water, recharge it by techniques like rainwater harvesting; tapping rainwater in
reservoirs, watershed development programmes, etc.
● Avoid wastage of water at all levels and do not pollute the water.
● Adopting water conserving techniques of irrigation, e.g., drip irrigation and sprinklers etc., especially in dry
areas.

A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, creating a reservoir, lake or
impoundment. A dam is the reservoir and not the whole structure.

Multipurpose river valley projects —’The Temples of Modem India’:

Jawaharlal Lai Nehru pro-claimed that multipurpose projects are ‘The Temples of Modem India’, because they
were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress. He believed that these
projects with their integrated water resource management approach would integrate development of agriculture
and the village economy with rapid industrialization and growth of the urban economy.

Advantages:

● They bring water to those areas which suffer from water scarcity and also provide water for irrigation;
● These projects generate electricity for industries and our homes;
● They help in controlling floods;
● These projects can be used for recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding.

Disadvantages:

● Damming of rivers affects their natural flow causing poor sediment flow;
● Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir;
● Lack of sediments results in (a) rockier stream bed and (b) poorer habitat for the rivers aquatic life;
● The reservoirs submerge the existing vegetation and soil, leading to its decomposition over time;
● They affect the fertility levels of the soil;
● Cause large scale displacement of local communities.

Traditional rainwater harvesting methods practiced in different parts of the country:

● In mountainous areas ‘Guls’ and ‘Kuls’ the diversion channels were built for agriculture.
● ‘Rooftop rainwater harvesting’ was commonly practiced to store drinking water, especially in Rajasthan.
● Inundation channels for irrigation were developed in the flood plains of West Bengal.
● In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures, e.g., ‘Khadins’
in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.
● In semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan, particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Banner, all the houses had
underground tanks or ‘tankas’ built inside the house for storing drinking water. They were a part of the well-
developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system.

‘Narmada Bachao Andolan’:

Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is an NGO that mobilized tribal people, farmers,
environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river
in Gujarat. The movement originally focused on environmental issues related to submerging of trees under the
dam water. Recently its aim has been to enable the displaced poor people to get full rehabilitation facilities from
the government.

MCQ
1. Rana pratapsagar dam located in?
(A) Odisha
(B) Uttrakhund
(C) Rajasthan
(D) Andrapradesh
2. Bamboo drip irrigation system is prevalent in.
(A) Manipur
(B) Meghalaya
(C) Mizoram
(D) Chhattisgarh
 3. The Hirakud project was built in basin.
(A) Indus
(B) Mahanadi
(C) Ganga
(D) Ravi
4. The Narmada Bachao Aandolan was associated with which state?
(A) Gujarat
(B) Himachal Pradesh
(C) Uttrakhand
(D) Karnataka
5. The remote village that has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rain wateris.
(A) Gari
(B) Kaza
(C) Gendathur
(D) None of these
6. Name the village where almost all the house traditionally had tankas.
(A) Rajasthan
(B) Odisha
(C) Tamil Nadu
(D) Maharastra
7. Which of the following river is not having any multipurpose river project?
(A) Sutlej
(B) Mahanadi
(C) Yamuna
(D) Narmada
8. During whose reign were the dams, lakes and irrigation system built extensively?
(A) Ashoka
(B) Akbar
(C) Chandragupta Maurya
(D) None of these
9. What where “guls”
(A) Reservoir
(B) Artificial lake
(C) Diversion channel
(D) None of these
10. Tehri dam Andolan is mainly concerned with the state of?
(A) Uttarakhand
(B) Chhattisgarh
(C) Jharkhand
(D) None of these

ANSWER
1(c), 2(b), 3(b), 4(a), 5(c), 6(a), 7(c), 8(c), 9(c), 10(a)

VERY SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION (2m)

1. How is freshwater obtained?
Answer. Mainly obtained from surface run off and groundwater.
2. What was the method use in the ancient period to conserve water?
Answer. Dam builds of stone rubble, reservoir or lake, embankment and canal for irrigation.
3. What are the benefits of damn?
Answer. Irrigation, electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation,
inland navigation and fish breeding.
4. Why wear multipurpose project launched after independence of India?
Answer. Multipurpose project where thought of as a vehicle that would lead the nation to development and
progress overcoming the handicap of its colonial past
5. What wear “kuls” or “guls”?
Answer. These are the divergent channel for irrigation purpose. These are mainly used in western Himalaya for
water harvesting and agriculture.
6. What wear Johads and khadins?
Answer. In arid and semiarid region the agriculture field where converted into rain fed storage structure that
allowed the water to stand and moisture the soil these were called khadins in jaisalmer and johad in other part of
Rajasthan.

SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION (3m)

1. Give various method of rainwater harvesting since ancient time.
Ans:- Guls and kuls: in hilly and mountain region people built diversion channels called kuls and guls in
western Himalayas. a kul Or gul lead to a circular village tank from which water is released as and when
required.
Inundation channels: in the flood plains of Bengal, people develop inundation channel to irrigate their
field.
Khadins and johads: in arid and semi arid region agriculture field were converted into rain fed storage
structure that allowed the water to stand and moisture soil called khadins in Jaiselmer and johad in other
part of Rajasthan.
Tankas:Circular holes are made in the ground, lined with fine polished line. In Bikaner and barmer of
Rajasthan almost all the house traditionally had underground tank as for storing drinking water.
2. Why did Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaim the dam as the temple of modern India?
Ans. Multipurpose projects launch after independence with their integrated water resources management
approach where thought of as a vehicle that would lead the nation to the development and progress.
Jawaharlal Nehru proclaims the dam as the temple of modern India, as it is would integrate the
development of agriculture and village economy with rapid industrialization and growth of urban
economy.
3. With the help of an example each compares a single issue movement and a long term movement?
Ans. Single issue movements are those Which seek to achieve a single objective within a limited time
period. example, Narmada Bachao Andolan.
Long term movement is those which seek to achieve a long goal in very long term. Example ,
environmental movement etc.
4. “The dam that were constructed to control flood have triggered flood”. analyzed the statement.
Ans. (i) Sedimentation in the reserves causes floods.
(ii) Big dams have mostly been unsuccessful for controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall.
(iii) Sudden release of water from dam cause devastation and flood.
5. Is rainwater harvesting practiced these days in the western Rajasthan? Support your answer.
Ans. These day, in western Rajasthan, sadly the practice of rooftop rainwater harvesting is on the decline
as plenty of water is available due to perennial Rajasthan canal though some house is still maintain the
tankers since they do not like the taste of tap water.
6. “Rainwater harvesting system is a viable alternative both socio-economically and environmentally”
.support the statement with example.
Ans., Keeping in views the disadvantage and rising resistance against the multi purpose dam water
harvesting system is considered a viable alternative both socio-Economically and environmentally.
For example, rooftop rainwater harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. Though
this region receives the highest rainfall in the world yet the state capital Shillong faces acute water
shortage. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure.
7. “Water scarcity maybe an outcome of the large and growing population in India”. Analysed a statement.
Ans. (i) Greater demand for water for domestic purpose.
(ii) Water resources over exploited to expand irrigation area.
(iii) falling groundwater levels.

LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION (5m)

1. India is heading towards water scarcity trace to possible solution to tackle this problem.
Ans. The major concern now in the country is water scarcity which can be tackled with the help
of following methods
1. Interlinking of river.
2. Rainfall in India is the second highest after Brazil but the distribution is highly uneven
certain channeling by Oil Company can solve the problem of distribution of water.
3. Over use and wastage of water in day to day life activities need to be controlled.
4. Thermal pollution need to be inhibited.
5. Bottled water or water packaging industries need to be dominated by strong hands and law
regarding extraction of groundwater should be there.
6. Over irrigation and agriculture industry need to considered a decreasing trend of
groundwater.
7. Proper disposal of waste otherwise leaches may pollute groundwater.
8. Rainwater harvesting in bamboo drip irrigation system can be helped a lot.
2. In what ways the Intensive industrialization and urbanization responsible for water scarcity?
Ans. (i) The ever increasing number of industry has made matters words by exerting pressure on
existing freshwater resources.
Industries apart from being heavy user of water, also require power to run them much of them play
this energy come from hydro electric power
(ii) Multiplying urban center with large and dense population and urban lifestyle have not
only added to water and energy requirement but have further aggravated the problem.
(iii) In housing societies or colonies we would find that most of these have their own
groundwater pumping device to meet their water needs with the result, fragile water resources are
been overexploited and have caused their depletion in several cities.
3. What do you know about bamboo drip irrigation system?
Ans. In Meghalaya, 200 year old system of tapping stream and spring water by using bamboo
pipes is prevalent.
(i) Bamboo pipes are used to divert perennial spring on the hilltop to the lower reaches bt the
gravity.
 (ii) The channel section made of bamboo; divert water to the plant site, where it is distributed into
branches.
(iii) If the pipes pass roads, they are taken high above the land on the tree branches.
(iv) Reduced channel sections and diversion unit are used at the last stage of water application.
(v) The last channel section enables water to be dropped near the root of the plant.

PASSAGE
Today, dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial
use, flood control, recreation, and inland navigation, add fish breeding. Hence, dams are now referred to as
multipurpose project where the many use of the impounded water are integrated with one another. For example,
the Satluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra-Nangal project Water is being used both for hydel power production and
irrigation. Similarly, play song the Hirakud project in Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood
control. Multipurpose project launched after independence with their integrated water resource management
approach were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, overcoming the
handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaim the dam as the “temple of modern India” the
reason being that it would integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid
industrialization and growth of urban economy
1. Hirakud dam is build on which river?
(A) Chenab
(B) Mahanadi
(C) Krishna
(D) Sutlej
2. Which one of the following is not a adverse effect of dam?
(A) Interstate water dispute
(B) Excessive sedimentation of reservoir
(C) Displacement of population
(D) Flood control
3. Which one of the multipurpose project is found in sutlej-beas basin?
(A) For generating electricity
(B) For supplying water to industries
(C) For flood control
(D) To impound the rain water for irrigation
ANSWER 1(A), 2(A), 3(A)
MAPWORK:- Locate the following dams and river on the given map of India
(A) Salal dam
(B) Tehri dam
(C) Gandak dam
(D) Saradrsarovar dam

AGRICULTURE
 (SUMMARY)
Types of Farming
Agriculture is an age-old economic activity is our country but over these year, cultivation methods have changed
with the use of modern techniques. Farming varies from subsistence to commercial type. At present, in different
parts of India these types of farming systems are practiced.

Primitive Subsistence Farming is a ‘slash and burn’ agriculture in which farmers clear a patch of land and grow
crops with the help of primitive tools to sustain their family. It depends upon monsoon, natural fertility of the soil
and availability of other environmental conditions suitable to the crops grown.

‘Slash and burn’ agriculture is known as Jhumming in north-eastern states, Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in Bastar
district of Chhattisgarh, and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.

Features of primitive subsistence agriculture in India are:

(i) It is practiced on small patches of land.

(ii) Tools used in this kind of farming are traditional tools such as hoe, dao and digging stick.

(iii) This type of agriculture is completely dependent on monsoon.

(iv) When soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift to another plot of land.

Intensive subsistence farming is practiced in areas of high population pressure on land, where high doses of
biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production. This type of farming is practiced in
areas of high population. Under this type of farming, high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for
obtaining higher production.

Features of intensive farming are:

(a) High yielding variety (HYV) seeds, modern chemical inputs and irrigation methods are used to increase the
production.

(b) The per hectare yield is very high.

(c) More than one crop is cultivated during a year.

Commercial Farming in which farmers grow crops with the aim of selling the products for commercial purpose.
The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g., high yielding
variety (HYV) seeds, chemical fertilizers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.

Plantation is a type of commercial farming. In this farming a single crop is grown on large area. It is practiced on
large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.

Plantation Agriculture: Plantation agriculture is a form of commercial farming where crops are grown for profit.
In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area. Hence, large land areas are needed for this type of
agriculture. This type of commercial farming is practiced in tropical and sub-tropical regions. It was introduced
by the British in India.

Some characteristics of plantation agriculture are:

(i) A single crop is grown over large area.

(ii) It is capital intensive and done with migrant labour.

(iii) Entire produce is used as raw material in industries such as tea, coffee, rubber, sugarcane, banana, etc.

(iv) Plantation agriculture has an interface of agriculture and industry both.

Cropping Season in India

Cropping Season: Season in which some particular crops are grown.

India has three cropping season– rabi, kharif and zaid.

Rabi crops: These crops are grown in winter between October to December and harvested in summer between
April to June. The rabi crops include wheat, barley, gram and oilseeds.

Kharif crops: These crops are sown with the onset of monsoon in different parts of the country and harvested in
September-October. The kharif crops include rice, maize, millet, cotton, jute, groundnut, moong, urad, etc.

Rice is a kharif crop. Conditions required for the growth of rice are as follows:

(a) High temperature (above 25°C).

(b) High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.

(c) In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.

(d) It is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and deltaic regions.

(e) Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tube wells have made it possible to grow rice in areas
of less rainfall such as Punjab and Haryana.
Zaid crops: In between the Rabi and the Kharif seasons, there is a short season during the summer months known
as the Zaid season. Crops like watermelons, muskmelons, cucumber, some vegetables and fodder crops are the
major crops of this season.

Major crops grown in India are rice, wheat, millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton, jute, etc. Rice
is the staple food crop of the majority of people in India. India is the second largest producer of rice in the world
after China.

Wheat is the second most important cereal crop. It is the main food crop in north and northwestern part of the
country. Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India. Maize is a crop which is used both as food
and fodder. It grows well in old alluvial soil.

Food Crops other than Grains

India is the second largest producer of sugarcane only after Brazil. India was the second largest producer of
groundnut in the world after China. India was the third largest producer rapeseed in the world after Canada and
China.

India is the largest producer of oilseeds in the world. Main oilseeds produced in India are groundnut, mustard,
coconut, sesamum (til), soyabean, castor seeds cotton seeds, linseed and sunflower. Most of these are edible and
used as cooking mediums.→Major pulses that are grown in India are tur (arhar), urad, moong, masur, peas and
gram.

Main oilseeds produced in India are groundnut, coconut, sesamum (til), soyabean, castor seeds, cotton seeds,
linseed and sunflower.

Oilseeds usually have two main uses:

(i) They are used as a cooking medium as most of them are edible. For example, groundnut oil sunflower oil,
coconut oil, etc.

(ii) They are used as raw material. For example, oilseeds are important raw materials for the production of soap,
cosmetics, ointments, etc.

Groundnut is a kharif crop and accounts for about half of the major oilseeds produced in the country.

Importance of groundnut:

(i) Groundnut seeds are edible.

(ii) Groundnut oil is a commonly used cooking medium.

(iii) Groundnut is used as raw material in production of soap, cosmetics and ointment.

(iv) India is the largest producer of groundnut.

(v) Groundnut oil accounts for half of the total oilseed production.

Gujarat is the largest producer of groundnut in India. Other states are Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh,
Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, West Bengal and Telangana.

Tea is an beverage crop introduced in India initially by the British. It is a labour intensive industry. India was the
second largest producer of tea after China and Turkey in 2014.
Tea cultivation is an example of plantation agriculture. It is also an important beverage crop introduced in India
initially by the British. Today, most of the tea plantations are owned by Indians.

(a) Climatic conditions: Tea grows well in tropical and sub-tropical climates. Tea bushes require warm and moist
frost-free climate all through the year.

(b) Soil type: It grows on deep and fertile, well-drained soil, rich in humus and organic matters.

(c) Rainfall: Frequent showers evenly distributed over the year ensure continuous growth of tender leaves.

(d) States: Assam, West Bengal, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Andhra Pradesh,
Meghalaya and Tripura.

Indian coffee is known in the world for its good quality. India produced 3.5 per cent of the world coffee production
in 2014. The Arabica variety which is in great demand all over the world is produced in India. Its cultivation was
introduced on the Baba Budan Hills.

Horticulture refers to intensive cultivation of vegetables, fruits and flower crops for the market. India was the
second largest producer of fruits and vegetables in the world after China in 2014.

Non-Food Crops

Rubber is a major industrial raw material. It is an equatorial crop, but under special condition.

Cotton, jute, hemp and natural silk are the four major fibre crops grown in India.

(i) Jute is called the ‘golden fibre’.

Geographical conditions suitable for production of jute:

(a)Grows well in the drained fertile soil of the flood plains where the soil is renewed every year.
(b)High temperature is required during the time of growth.

Uses of jute: Used to manufacture gunny bags, mats, ropes, yarn, carpets and other artifacts.

Geographical conditions required for the growth of sugarcane in India :

(i) It is a tropical as well as sub-tropical crop so it requires a hot and humid climate with a temperature of 24°C to
27°C.

(ii) It requires an annual rainfall between 75 to 100 cm.

(iii) It can be grown on a variety of soils. Major sugarcane producing states of North India are: Uttar Pradesh,
Bihar, Punjab and Haryana.

Geographical conditions required for the cultivation of cotton are:

(i)It grows well in drier parts of the black cotton soil of the Deccan plateau.

(ii)It requires high temperature.

(iii) It requires light rainfall or irrigation.

(iv) It requires 210 frost-free days and bright sunshine for its growth.

Sericulture is the rearing of silk worms for the production of silk fibre.

India was the second largest producer of cotton after China in 2008.

Jute is known as the golden fibre. It grows well in well-drained fertile soils in the flood plains where soils are
renewed every year.

Horticulture: Horticulture is the science and art of growing plants (fruits, vegetables, flowers and any other
cultivar). India is the largest producer of fruits and vegetables in the world. India is a producer of tropical as well
as temperate fruits.

Technological and Institutional Reforms

Agriculture, provides livelihood for more than 60% of population, needs some serious technical and institutional
reforms.

Collectivization, consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given priority to
bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.

The Green Revolution and the White Revolution (operation flood) were some of the strategies initiated to
improve the lot of Indian agriculture.

Green Revolution: Technologies that were introduced to increase the agricultural production such as use of HYV
seeds, fertilizers, modern machinery and inputs.

White Revolution: Increase in milk production due to introduction of technological and institutional reforms.

Kissan Credit Cards (KCC) and Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are introduced by government for
the benefit of the farmers.
Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on radio and television.
The government announces Minimum Support Price (MSP), remunerative and procurement prices for important
crops.
The Bhoodan-Gramdan movement initiated by Vinoba Bhave is also known as the Bloodless Revolution.

Establishment of Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR), agricultural universities, veterinary services
and animal breeding centers, horticulture development, research and development in the field of meteorology and
weather forecast were given priority for improving Indian agriculture.
Today, Indian farmers are facing a big challenge from international competition and reduction in the public
investment in agriculture sector.
The Government of India made concerted efforts to modernize agriculture by establishing the Indian Council of
Agricultural Research (ICAR), agricultural universities, veterinary services and animal breeding centres,
horticulture development, research and development in the field of meteorology and weather forecast, etc.

MCQ
1. Which one of the following describes a system of agriculture, where a single crop is group on a large area?
(a) Shifting Agriculture (b) plantation Agriculture (c) horticulture (d) Intensive Agriculture
2. Which one of the following is a rabi crop?
(a) Rice (b) Gram (c) Millets (d) Gram
3. Which one of the following is a leguminous crop?
(a) pulses (b) jowar (c) Millets (d) Sesamum
4. Choose the correctly matched pair about the agriculture in India from the following options:
(a) Rabi crops are sown- October to December
(b) Gram- paddy crops
(c) Aus, Aman and boro- Government schemes
(d) Kisaan credit card – Increased the production
5. What is “boro”?
(a) kharif crop (b) zaid crop (c) Rabi crop (d) None of these
6. Kharif: , Rabi: barley, zaid : watermelon
(a) Gram (b) wheat (c) oilseeds (d) moong
7. Which is the ideal condition for the growth of sugarcane?
(a) Temperature of 21 to 27 degrees Celsius and an annual rainfall between 75cm and 100cm
(b) Temperature below 17 degree Celsius and 50to 75 CM of rainfall.
(c) Temperature of 25 degree Celsius and 200cm if rainfall.
(d) None of the above
8. Choose the correctly matched pair about the major crops of India from the following options:
(a) Millets- North eastern part of the country
(b) Wheat- North western part of the country
(c) Pulse – South western part of the country
(d) Rice- South eastern part of the country.
9. Choose the correctly matched pair about the agriculture pattern of India from the following options:
(a) Primitive subsistence agriculture – Dao and digging sticks
(b) Slash and burn agriculture- cotton and tobacco
(c) Intensive subsistence agriculture- felled and burned vegetation
(d) Commercial farming- hoe
ANSWER :- 1.(B) 2.(B) 3(A) 4(A) 5(A) 6(D) 7(A) 8(B) 9(A)
VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS (2m)
1. Why is India called an ‘Agriculture' country?
Ans. Two thirds of India’s populations are engaged in agricultural activities. Agriculture is a primary activity.
2. Which factors are playing an important role in the development of a plantation?
Ans. A well developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing
industries and markets.
3. Which are the major wheat producing states of India?
Ans. Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of Madhya Pradesh.
4. Which factors contribute to increasing production of maize?
Ans. Use of modern inputs such as HYV seeds, fertilizer and irrigation have contributed to the increasing
production of maize.
5. Suggest any one measure to promote handspun khadi in India.
Ans. Government should promote it by reducing the cost of khadi. By launching scheme for its promotion.
6. Name the major maize producing states of India.
Ans. Karnataka, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh.
7. Name the two major beverage crops grown in India. Describe their growing areas.
Ans. Two major beverage crops: Tea and coffee
Tea growing areas:- Assam, west Bengal, Tamil Nadu and Kerala
Coffee producing states: Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu.
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS
1. What is primitive subsistence farming?

Ans. (I) It is practiced on small patches of land with the help of primitive tools.
(II) This type of farming depends upon the monsoons and natural fertility of the soil.
(III) It is also called ‘slash and burn ‘agriculture.
2. What is ‘slash and burn' agriculture?

Ans. (I) In this agriculture, farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other crops to sustain their
families.
(II) When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(III) This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
Land productivity in this type of agriculture is low, as the farmers do not use fertilizers or any modern inputs.
3. Describe the three cropping seasons of India.

Ans. (I) Rabi season:

(a) Crops sown in winters and harvested in summers.
(b) Some of the important rabi crops are wheat, barley, peas, gram and mustard.
(II) Kharif season:
(a) Crops grown with the onser of monsoons and harvested in September or October.
(b) Crops grown during this season are rice, maize, jowar, bajra, tur, moong, urad, cotton, jute,
groundnut and soyabean.
(III) zaid season:
(a) It falls in between the rabu and kharif seasons.
(b) Major crops grown are: watermelon, muskmelon, cucumbers, vegetables and fodder crops.
4. What do you know about rubber plantations in India?

Ans. (I) Rubber is an educational crop but is also grown in tropical and subtropical areas.
(II) It requires a moist and humid climate with rainfall of more than 200 CM and temperature above 25 degree
c.
(III) It is grown in Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Andaman and Nicobar Islands and Garo hills of Meghalaya.
India ranks fifth among the world's largest natural rubber producers.
5. What climatic conditions are requires for growing cotton?

Ans. (I) Cotton grows well in drier parts of the black cotton soil of the Deccan plateau.
(II) It requires high temperature, light rainfall or irrigation.
(III) It also requires 210 frosts – free days and bright sunshine for its growth.
It’s a kharif crop and requires 6 to8 months to mature.
6. Differentiate between commercial farming and plantation farming.

Ans. Commercial farming: - (I) In this type of farming, crops are grown only for commercial purposes.
(II) Farmers make use of higher doses of modern inputs, HYV seeds, chemical fertilizers etc.
(III) Eg : Rice is a commercial crop in Haryana and Punjab.
Plantation farming:- (I) In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
(II) labour is employed to work in large tracts of land, using capital intensive devices.
(III) Eg – Tea gardens produce tea, and coffee plantation produce coffee.
7. Describe any three institutional reforms taken by the Indian Government in the field of agriculture.

Ans. Institutional reforms in agriculture: (I) Land ceiling and consolidation of holdings.
(II) Abolition of zamindari etc.
(III) Establishment of Grameen bank, cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers
at lower rates of interest.
8. Which crop is known as a 'Golden fibre? Explain any two geographical conditions essential for the cultivation
of this crop. Mention its four uses.
Ans. Jute is known as ‘golden fibre'. It grows well on well – drained fertile soils in the flood plains where soils
are renewed every year. West Bengal, Bihar, Assam, Odisha, Meghalaya are the major jute producing states of
India. It is used in making gunny bags, mats ropes, yarn, carpets, and other artefacts. Due to its high cost, it is
losing market to synthetic fibres and packing material, particularly nylon.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS(5m)
1 What type of farming is called plantation farming? Which factors are needed to promote them in India?
Ans. (I) Plantation is a type of commercial farming.
(II) In This type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
(III) The plantation also includes the processing of that crop in the nearby industries.
(IV) Plantation covers large tracts of land using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
(V) All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
2. “Irrigation has changed the cropping pattern of many regions in India.” Analysis the statement.
Ans. (I) Well – developed irrigation facilities have lessened the dependency of peasants on monsoon by ensuring
regular supply of water.
(II) Major shift – The development of proper irrigation facilities has enabled peasants to grow the water – intensive
and commercial crop.
The following are the effects of developing proper irrigation facilities:
(I) This has resulted in the brininess of the earth
(II) It has increased productivity.
3. Explain any five technological and institutional reforms in Indian agriculture.
Ans. Technological and Institutional reforms in Indian agriculture are
(I) Collectivization and consolidation of land holding
(II) Abolition of zamindari
(III) Land reforms were the main focus of our first five – year plan
(IV) Provision of crop insurance against droughts, floods, cyclones etc. to protect farmers.
(V) Grameen banks, cooperative societies and bank provided loan facilities to farmers at low rates of
interest.
(VI) Kisaan credit cards and personal accident insurance for farmers introduced by the government.
4. Name the two major fibre crops grown in India. Describe the condition required for growth of these two
crops with their growing areas.
Ans. Two major fibre crops:
A cotton and jute are the fibre crops:
Geographical condition required for cotton:-
(1).It requires black soil
(2).It requires high temperature and light rainfall or irrigation.
(3). It requires 210 frost- free days and bright sunshine.
 Geographical condition required for jute:-
1. It requires well drained fertile soil in the flood plains
2. It requires a high temperature
3. It requires high rainfall
4. Requires fresh water and cheap labour.
5. Suggest the initiative taken by the government to ensure the increase in agricultural production.
Ans. (I) The green revolution based on the use of package technology and white revolution were initiated
to improve Indian agriculture.
( II) Land development programme was initiated, which included provision for crop insurance against
famine, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, cooperative societies, etc.
(I II) Kisan credit cards, personal accident Insurance schemes were introduced for the benefits of farmers.
(I V) Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers are run on the radio and television.
PASSAGE
Agriculture has been practiced in India for thousands of years. Sustainable uses of land without compatible techno
institutional changes have hindered the pace of agriculture development .Inspite of development of sources of
irrigation most of the farmers in a large part of country still depends upon monsoons and natural fertility in order
to carry on their agriculture. For a growing population ,This poses a serious challenges .Agriculture which
provides livelihood for more than 60% of its populations ,need some serious technical and institutional reforms
.Thus collectivisation, consolidation of holding corporation and abolition of zamindari, etc. where given priority
to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence. Land reforms were the main focus of our
first 5 year plan. The right of inheritance had already leaded to fragmentation of land holding necessitating
consolidation of holdings.
Question
1. Which of the following is the most important Occupation of the people of India?
(a) Food gathering (b) Agriculture (c) manufacturing (d) services
2. In spite of the development of irrigation, farmer stills depends on ?
(a) Artificial water resources (b) monsoon (c) wells (d) none of these
3. What was the main objective of the first five year plan?
(a) Land forms (b) land degradation
(c) Land reforms (d) All of these
ANSWER :- 1(B) 2(B) 3( C)
MAP WORK
Outline the following in the India map:-
1. Major areas where rice is grown.
2. Major areas where wheat is grown
3. Major areas where jowar is grown.
4. Major sugarcane producing states.
5. One rubber producing state.
6. Major Cotton producing states.
 MINERALS AND ENERGY RESOURCES
(SUMMARY)
Mineral:
Geologists define mineral as a “homogeneous, naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure.”
They have physical and chemical properties by which they can be identified.

Rocks are combinations or aggregates of minerals in varying proportions. Some rocks consist of a single mineral,
e.g., limestone while most rocks consist of several minerals.

The term ‘ore’ is used to describe an accumulation of any mineral mixed with other elements.

Minerals generally occur in the following forms:

1. Veins and lodes. In igneous and metamorphic rocks minerals may occur in the cracks, faults or joints by
getting solidified in them. The smaller occurrences are called veins and the larger lodes, e.g., metallic minerals
like tin, copper, zinc and lead, etc. are found in lodes and veins.
2. In sedimentary rocks minerals occur in beds or layers. They are formed as a result of deposition, accumulation
and concentration in horizontal strata. Some sedimentary minerals are formed as a result of evaporation,
especially in arid regions, e.g., gypsum, potash and salt.
3. Another mode of formation involves decomposition of surface rocks and the removal of soluble contents,
leaving a residual mass of weathered material containing ores. Bauxite is formed this way.
4. Placer deposits. Certain minerals occur as alluvial deposits in sands of valley floors and the base of hills, e.g.,
gold, silver, tin and platinum. These are called placer deposits and contain minerals which are not corroded
by water.
5. Ocean waters contain vast quantities of minerals, e.g., common salt, magnesium and bromide are largely
derived from the ocean waters. The ocean beds are rich in manganese nodules.

Four types of iron ores are:

Magnetite, Hematite, Siderite and Limonite.

Two best ores are:

● Magnetite—It is the finest iron ore available with upto 70% iron content. It has excellent magnetic qualities
and is especially valuable in the electrical industry.
● Hematite—It is the most important industrial iron ore in terms of quantity used. It has 50-60% iron content.

Four major iron ore belts:

1. Odisha-Jharkhand Belt: Badampahar Mines—High grade hematite ore is found here.

2. Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur Belt: Bailadila Mines—Super high grade hematite ore deposits are found in
Bailadila range. Iron ore from these mines is exported to Japan and South Korea.
3. Bellary-Chitradurga-Chikmaglur Tumkur Belt in Karnataka: Kudremukh Mines — A 100 per cent export
unit. The ore is transported as slurry to a port near Mangalore.
4. Maharashtra-Goa Belt: Ratnagiri district of Maharashtra—Ores are not of very high quality. Iron ore is
exported through Marmagao port.

Aluminum is obtained from bauxite ore. It is an important metal because—it has the strength of metals such as
iron, and is extremely light at the same time; it has good conductivity; and it has great malleability.
Bauxite deposits are formed by the decomposition of a wide variety of rocks rich in aluminum silicates. Leading
State of bauxite production is Odisha, producing 45% of the total bauxite of India. The most important bauxite
deposits are found in Panchpatmali in Koraput district. Other States are Gujarat (17%), Jharkhand (14%) and
Maharashtra (11%).
Mica is made up of a series of plates or leaves. It splits easily into such thin sheets that a thousand put together
are only a few centimeters thick. Mica is indispensable for electric and electronic industry because it has —
● excellent di-electric strength;
● Low power loss factor;
● Insulating properties; and
● Resistance to high voltage.
Mica deposits are found in the northern edge of Chhota Nagpur Plateau. Jharkhand is the leading producer. The
important mica producing belt here is Koderma-Gaya-Hazaribagh.
Dangers involved in mining are—
1. The risk of collapsing mine roofs;
2. Inundation, i.e., flooding in mines;
3. Fires in coal-mines is a constant threat to miners; and
4. Poisonous gases, dust and noxious fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to pulmonary diseases.
Adverse effects of mining on the environment:
1. The water sources in the region get contaminated;
2. Dumping of the slurry and waste leads to degradation of land and soil; and
3. It also leads to an increase in stream and river pollution.

Conservation of minerals is necessary because:

1. The formation of minerals takes a long geological period of millions of years.
2. They are finite in nature, non-renewable and exhaustible.
3. The rate of replenishment of minerals is infinitely small in comparison to rate of consumption.
4. They have to be preserved for our future generations.

Methods of mineral conservation:

1. We should use minerals in a planned and sustainable manner.
2. Improved technologies need to be evolved to allow use of low grade ores at low cost.
3. Recycling of metals, using scrap metals and other substitutes.
4. Wastage’s in mining, processing and distribution should be minimized.
5. Controlled export of minerals.

Energy resources can be classified as conventional and non-conventional sources.

Conventional sources include coal, petroleum, natural gas and electricity (both hydel and thermal). All these
sources have been in use for quite some time.
Non-conventional sources of energy are relatively new sources as their large scale generation has started recently.
These include solar, wind, tidal, geothermal, biogas and atomic energy.

Coal as an important source of energy:

1. It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs as it is abundantly available.
2. It is used for power generation, to supply energy for industrial and domestic needs.
3. India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial needs. Its share in total—67%.
4. It can easily be converted into other forms of energy—electricity, gas, oil, etc.

Coal as an industrial raw material:

1. It is an indispensable raw material for iron and steel industry.
2. It provides raw material for chemical industries and synthetic textile industries.
3. Many coal-based products are processed in industries, e.g., coal tar, graphite, soft coke, etc.
4. Power generation industry is mainly based on this fossil fuel.
Four types of coal and their characteristics:

(a) Anthracite—1. It is the highest quality hard coal; 2. It contains more than 80% carbon content. It gives less
smoke. ,

(b) Bituminous— 1. It is the most popular coal in commercial use and has 60-80% carbon content; 2. Metallurgical
coal is high grade bituminous coal and is of special value for smelting iron in blast furnaces.
(c) Lignite—1. It is a low grade brown coal; 2. It is soft with high moisture content. The main lignite reserve is
Neyveli in Tamil Nadu.

(d) Peat—1. It has a low carbon and high moisture content; 2. It has low heating capacity and gives lot of smoke
on burning.

Occurrence of coal:

● Gondwana Coal Belt—A little over 200 million years in age. Mainly metallurgical coal is found in: (a)
Damodar Valley Belt (West Bengal, Jharkhand) which contains important coal mines of Jharia, Raniganj and
Bokaro; (b) The Godavari Valley Belt; (c) The Mahanadi Valley Belt; and (d) Wardha Valley Belt.
● Tertiary coal deposits are only about 55 million years old, i.e., they are comparatively younger. They occur
in North-Eastern States, namely: (a) Assam (b) Meghalaya, (c) Arunachal Pradesh and (d) Nagaland.

Petroleum:
It is the second most important energy source of India after coal. It can be easily trans-ported by pipelines and
does not leave any residue. It provides fuel for heat and light. It provides lubricants for machinery. It provides
raw material for a number of manufacturing industries. It is an important fuel used in transportation sector.
Petroleum refineries act as a ‘nodal industry’ for synthetic textiles, fertilizers and many chemical industries.

Occurrence and formation of petroleum:

Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of
the tertiary age. In regions of folding anticlines it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the unfold. The oil
bearing layer is porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. Petroleum is also found in fault traps
between porous and non-porous rocks.

Distribution of petroleum:
1. Mumbai High—It is an offshore oilfield and is the richest oilfield of India. Its share is about 63% of India’s
petroleum production;
2. Gujarat—It produces 18% petroleum of India. Ankaleshwar is the most important field; and
3. Assam—It is the oldest oil producing State of India. Its contribution in the total production is 16%. Important
oilfields are Digboi, Naharkatiya and Moran-Hugrijan.

Non-Conventional Sources of Energy:

● Nuclear Energy:
Nuclear energy is obtained by altering the structure of atom. When the structure of an atom is altered, too
much energy is released in the form of heat. This heat is utilised to generate electric power. Uranium and
Thorium are used for generating atomic power. These minerals are available in Jharkhand, Aravalli ranges of
Rajasthan.

● Solar Energy:
Photovoltaic technology is used to convert solar energy into electricity. The largest solar plant of India is
located at Madhapur near Bhuj. Solar energy holds great promises for the future. It can help in minimizing
the dependence on firewood and animal dung cakes in rural areas. This will also help in conservation of fossil
fuels.
● Wind Power:
The wind farm cluster in Tamil Nadu (from Nagarcoil to Madurai) is the largest cluster in India. Andhra
Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep are also important centres of wind power
production. India is now a “Wind Super Power” in the world.

● Biogas:
Biogas can be produced from shrubs, farm waste, and animal and human waste. It is more efficient than
kerosene, dung cake and charcoal. Biogas plants can be set up at municipal, cooperative and individual levels.
The gobar gas plants provide energy and also manure.
● Tidal Energy:
Dams are built across inlets. The water flows into the inlet during high tide and gets trapped when the gate is
closed. Once the tide recedes, the floodgates are opened so that water can flow back to the sea. The flow of
water is used to run the turbine to generate electricity. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up by the
National Hydropower Corporation in the Gulf of Kuchchh.

● Geo Thermal Energy:

We know that the inside of the earth is very hot. At some places, this heat is released on the surface through
fissures. Groundwater in such areas becomes hot and rises up in the form of steam. This steam is used to drive
turbines. Two geo thermal energy projects—the Parvati valley near Manikam in Himachal Pradesh and the
Puga valley in Ladakh.

Importance of energy:

Energy is required for all activities. It is needed to cook, to provide light and heat, to propel vehicles and to drive
machinery in industries. It is the basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of national
economy—agriculture, industry, transport and commerce needs greater inputs of energy. Energy demands, in the
form of electricity, are growing because of increasing use of electrical gadgets and appliances.

Ways to conserve energy:

1. Using more of public transport system instead of individual vehicles.

2. Switching off electrical devices when not in use, using power saving devices.
3. Using non-conventional sources of energy such as solar energy, wind energy, etc.
4. Getting the power equipment regularly checked to detect damages and leakages.

MCQ
1. Which one of the following minerals are formed by decomposition of rocks , leaving a residual mass of
weathered material ?
(a) Coal
(b) Bauxite
(c) Gold
(d) Zinc
2. Koderma , in Jharkhand is the leading producer of which of the following minerals
(a) Bauxite
(b) Mica
(c) Iron ore
(d) Copper
3. Minerals are deposited and accumulated in the stratas of which of the following rocks ?
(a) Sedimentary rocks
(b) Metamorphic rocks
(c) Igneous rocks
(d) None of these
4. Which of the following minerals is contained in monazite sand ?
(a) Oil
(b) Uranium
(c) Thorium
(d) Coal
5. Which of the following place is known as lignite deposit?
(a) Khetri
(b) Neyveli
(c) Bailadila
(d) Bokaro
6. Minerals are generally found in.
(a) Ore
(b) Rocks
(c) Soil
(d) None of these
7. Gold, silver, and platinum are example of
(a) Ferrous minerals
(b) Precious minerals
(c) Non-essential minerals
(d) None of these
8. Sandstone and mica are example of .
(a) Non -metallic minerals
(b) Wasteful minerals
(c) Ferrous minerals
(d) Precious minerals
9. India’s deposit are mainly found in the Amarkantak plateau, Maikal hills and plateau region
of Bilaspur-Katni .
(a) Bauxite
(b) Steel
(c) Iron ore
(d) Manganese
10. The , Mahandi, son and Wardha valley contain coal deposit.
(a) Sutlej
(b) Krishna
(c) Narmada
(d) Godavari

ANSWER :- 1(B), 2(B), 3(A), 4(C), 5(B), 6(A), 7(B), 8(A), 9(A), 10(D)
VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTION(2m)
1. Name the best variety of iron ore.
Ans. magnetite
2. Where are Kudurmukh mines are located?
Ans. Westerns Ghat of Karnataka
3. Name the leading producer of copper?
Ans. Balaghat mines of MP, Khetri mines in Rajasthan etc
4. Name the mica deposit region of India .
Ans . Chotanagpur plateau , koderma Ajmer in Rajasthan
5. Why is copper mainly used in electrical cable and electrical Industries?
Ans. Because it is good conductor of electricity
6. Why are there a wide range of colours , hardness, crystal forms , lustre and density found in minerals ?
Ans. Due to physical and chemical condition.
7. How do minerals occurs in igneous and metamorphic rocks?
Ans. Minerals occur in cracks , crevices ,faults and joints .
8. Why should the use of cattle cake as fuel is discourage?
Ans. Because it create pollution and consume most valuable manure that used in agriculture
9. How are gobar gas plant beneficial to farmer?
Ans. It is beneficial in the form of energy and improved quality of manure production.
10. Name the best variety of iron ore found in India?
Ans. Magnetite
SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION (3m)
1. Why is conservation of mineral resource essential? Explain any three reason.
Ans. (I) Minerals are an indispensable part of our life.
(II) It is available in limited quantities.
(III) Takes millions of years to get formed.
2. Differentiate between ferrous and non-ferrous minerals.
Ans. Ferrous minerals: - 1. Ferrous minerals account for about three fourths of the total value of metallic minerals.
Iron manganese etc. is the example.
Non- ferrous minerals: - India's reserve and production of non- ferrous minerals are not very satisfactory.
Bauxite, lead, gold etc. are the examples.
3. What types of iron ore found in India?
Ans. India is rich in good quality iron ores.
(I) Magnetite: It is the finest iron ore with a very high content of iron upto 70 %. It has excellent magnetic
qualities and is valuable in the electrical industry.
(II) Hematite: It is the most important industrial iron ore I terms of the quantity used but has a slightly lower
iron content than magnetite.
4. What is the need of using non-conservational source of energy?
Ans. (I) The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on
fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas.
(II) Increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environment al problems.
Hence, there is a primary need to use renewable energy sources like solar, wind, tidal, biomass and energy from
waste material. They are called now conventional sources of energy.
5. Which state is the largest producer of manganese in India? Mention any two uses of it .
Ans. Odisha is the largest producer of manganese

Uses of manganese in India:

(I) It is used in manufacturing of steel and ferry manganese alloy.
(II) These alloys are strong and are used in making giant machine.
(III) It is also used in insecticides.
6. What are the uses of petroleum and mineral oil in India?
Ans. (I) Petroleum is also an important energy source in India after coal.
(II) It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials to a number of manufacturing
industries. Mineral oil is used in lotion and moisturizers.
(III) Petroleum refineries act as a ‘nodal industry’ for synthetic textile, fertilizer and numerous chemical
industries.
7. How does mining affect the health of miners?
Ans. (I) The dust and noxious fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to pulmonary disease.
(II) The risk of collapsing mine roofs, inundation and fires in coal mines are a constant threat, to miners.
(III) The water sources in the region get contaminated due to mining. Dumping of waste and slurry leads to
degradation of land, soil and increase in stream and river pollution.
8. How do we have to adopt a cautious approach for the judicious use of our limited energy resource?
Ans. Steps to adopt for judicious use of our limited energy resources:
(I) Use public transport.
(II) Switch off electricity when not in use.
(III) Use power saving device.
(IV) Use non conventional sources of energy.
9. “Energy saved is energy produced” support the statement with suitable example.
Ans. (I) Promotion of energy conservation and increased use of renewable energy sources are the twin plants of
sustainable energy.
(II) India is presently one of the least energy efficient countries in the world.
(III) Using public transport system instead of individual vehicles.
10.Why is there a pressing need to use renewable energy resources in India explain by giving any 3 reason .
Ans. (I) The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on
fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas.
(II) Renewable energy sources on the other hand, are pollution free and eco – friendly.
(III) Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tidal, biomass and
energy from waste material. These are called non- conventional energy resources.
LONG ANSWER QUESTION (5m)
Q1.“Minerals are unevenly distributed in India.” Support the statement with examples.
Ans. (I) India is fortunate to have fairly rich and varied mineral resources. However, they are unevenly distributed.
(II) Peninsular rocks contain most of the reserves of coal, metallic minerals, mica and many other one metallic
minerals.
(III) Sedimentary rocks on the Western and eastern flanks of peninsula, in Gujarat and assam have most of the
petroleum deposits.
(IV) Rajasthan with the rock system of the peninsula has reserve of many now ferrous minerals.
(V) The vast alluvial plains of North India are almost devoid of economic minerals.
Q2. Highlight the importance of petroleum. Explain the occurrence of petroleum in India.
Ans. Importance of petroleum:
(1) Petroleum is the major energy source in India.

(2) Provide fuel for heat and lightning.

(3) Provide lubricant for machinery.

(4) Provide raw material for a number of manufacturing industries.

(5) Petroleum refineries act as nodal industry for synthetic, textile, fertilizer and chemical industries.
Its occurrence:
1. Most of the petroleum occurrence in India are associated with Anticlines and fault traps.
2. In regions of folding, anticline or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
Q3. Explain the importance of conservation of materials. Highlight any 3 measures to conserve them.
Ans. Importance of conservation of material:
1. Mineral resources are being rapidly consumed which takes millions of year to be created and concentrated.
2. Mineral resources are finite and non renewable.
3. Continued extension of ores leads to increase cost as mineral extraction come from greater depth along
with decreasing quantity.
The three measures to conserve minerals:
1. It should be used in planned and sustainable manners. .
2. Improve technology needs to be consistently evolved to allow use of low grade ores at low cost.
3. Some of the metals are recyclable.
4. Scrap of metal can be used and some others substitute can be found.
Q4. “Minerals are indispensable part of our lives.” Support this statement with suitable examples.
Ans. Minerals are indispensable part of our lives:
1. Almost everything we use, from a tiny Pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from
minerals.
2. The railway lines and turmac (paving) of the roads are made from minerals
3. Cars ,buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived
from the earth.
4. Even the food that we eat contains minerals. 5 In all stage of
development human being have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration, festivities, religious
and ceremonial rites.
5. “Energy saved is energy produced.” Justify the statement by giving any six measures to conserve the energy
resources.
Ans. We have to adopt a cautious approach for the judicious use of our limited energy resources.
As concerned citizens, we can do our bit by:
1. Using public transport system instead of individual vehicles.

2 switching off electricity when not in use.

3. Using power saving devices like star appearing in electronic industries.
4.Using CNG fuel in which is environmental friendly.
5 increase use of renewable energy.
6 using biogas for domestic consumption in the ruler areas.
PASSAGE
The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil
 fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising price of oil and gas and their potential shortage has raised uncertainties
about the security of energy supply in future, which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of national
economy. Moreover increasingly use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems. Hence, there
is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste
material. These are called non-conventional energy sources. India is blessed with an abundance of sunlight
water, wind and biomass. It was the largest programmes for the development of these renewable energy
resources.
1. What are non-conventional energy resources?
2. What is causing serious environmental problems?
3. Why is there a pressing need to use renewable energy?
Answer:-
1. Sources like solar energy, wind, tide ,biomass are non conventional energy sources.
2. Increasing use of fossil fuels are causing serious environmental problem.
3. Due to serious environmental problem there is a pressing need to use renewable energy.
Map Question:-
Identify and mark the following on the given outline map of India.
(a) One power plant .
(b) One nuclear power plant .
(c) Narora nuclear power plant .
(d) Ramagundan power plant .
(e) A power plant station in kakrapara. (f) A nuclear
power station in Tarapur.
 MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES
(SUMMARY)
Manufacturing is the production of goods in large quantities after processing raw materials into more valuable
products. Industries that manufacture finished products from primary material are called manufacturing
industries.

Importance of Manufacturing
The economic strength of a country lies in the development of manufacturing industries because:

(1) Manufacturing industries help in modernizing agriculture; which forms the backbone of our economy.

(2) Manufacturing industries also reduce the heavy dependence of people on agricultural income because of the
creation of new jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.

(3) Industrial development helps in eradication of unemployment and poverty.

(4) Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce and enhances prosperity.

(5) A country with a high level of manufacturing activities becomes prosperous.

(6) It brings down regional disparities.

(7) It brings much needed foreign exchange.

(8) It increases the GDP/ National Income of the country.

Contribution of Industry to National Economy
The share of manufacturing sector in the GDP (Gross Domestic Product) has stagnated at 17% over the last two
decades. The total contribution of industry to the GDP is 27% out of which 10% comes from mining, quarrying,
electricity and gas. The growth of the manufacturing sector had been 7% in the last decade. Since 2003, the
growth rate has been 9 to 10% per annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12%.

The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set with the objectives of improving
productivity through proper policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry

Some of the factors which affect the industrial location are as follows:

(1) Availability of raw materials: Large quantities of raw materials are needed for industries. Therefore industries
are located near the source of raw materials. It saves the cost of transportation.

(2) Availability of labour : This factor also adds to the cost effectiveness aspect of an industry.

(3) Availability of capital: Industry can be in need of financial resources at any time. Therefore, it is necessary
that an industry has these facilities available easily.

(4) Availability of power: It is important that basic facilities like electricity etc. are available.

(5) Availability of market: An industry needs to have a sound market for the goods produced.

(6) Availability of adequate and swift means of transport: Modern industries need cheap, developed and quick
means of transportation.
A manufacturing industry promotes the urbanization of its neighborhood. Already urbanized areas also attract
industries, since they provide ready facilities for transport, banking, labour, consultancy, etc. If an urban centre
offers sufficient facilities and advantages, several industries come up there together to form an industrial
agglomeration. These industries together form an agglomeration economy. Before Independence, most industries
in India were located in port cities to enable easy overseas trade.

Agriculture gives boost to the industrial sector:

(i) Agriculture provides raw material to industries.

(ii) Agriculture provides market for industrial products.

(iii) Agriculture helps boost new industrial products.

(iv) The industries such as cotton, jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil, etc., are based on agricultural
raw materials.

Classification of industries on the basis of raw materials

(a) Agro – Based Industries: These industries are based on agricultural raw material.

Example: Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber, sugar, tea, coffee, etc.

(b) Mineral-Based Industries: Industries that use minerals and metals as raw materials are called mineral-based
industries.

Example: Iron and steel, cement, aluminum, petrochemicals, etc.

Classification of industries according to their main role
(a) Basic or Key Industries: These industries supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods,
e.g., iron and steel, copper smelting, aluminum smelting.

(b) Consumer Industries: These industries produce goods which are directly used by consumers, e.g., sugar, paper,
electronics, soap, etc.

Classification of industries on the basis of capital investment

(a) Small Scale Industry: If the invested capital is unto one crore, then the industry is called a small scale industry.
Manufacture small goods. No huge quantity of raw material as well as capital is required.

Example: Garment industry, soap making industry.

(b) Large Scale Industry: If the invested capital is more than one crore, then the industry is called a large scale
industry. Manufacture large quantities of finished goods. The quantity of raw material and capital investment are
large.

Example: Iron and steel industry, cotton textile industry.

Classification of industries on the basis of ownership
(a) Public Sector: These industries are owned and operated by government agencies, e.g., SAIL, BHEL, ONGC,
etc.

(b) Private Sector: These industries are owned and operated by individuals or a group of individuals, e.g., TISCO,
Reliance, Mahindra, etc.
(c) Joint Sector: These industries are jointly owned by the government and individuals or a group of individuals,
e.g., Oil India Limited.
(d) Cooperative Sector: These industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials,
workers or both.

The resources are pooled by each stakeholder and profits or losses are shared proportionately. AMUL which is
milk cooperative is a good example. The sugar industry in Maharashtra is another example.

Classification of industries on the basis of bulk and weight of raw materials and finished goods:

(a) Heavy Industries: Iron and steel.

(b) Light Industries: Electronic industry

Agro-based industries: Industries based on agricultural raw materials.

For example, cotton textiles, jute textiles, woolen textiles, silk textiles, synthetic textiles, sugar industry.

Cotton textiles: It occupies a unique position in the Indian economy, contributes 14% of industrial production.
Provides employment to 35 million persons directly. Today, they are spread over 80 towns and cities of India.

Earlier the cotton textile industries were located in Maharashtra and Gujarat because:

(i) Availability of raw cotton.

(ii) Ready markets are available.

(iii) Well-developed means of transportation.

(iv) Abundant skilled and unskilled labour at cheap rate.

(v) Moist climate which is suitable for the cotton industry.

Problems faced by the cotton textiles industry are Scarcity of good quality cotton, obsolete machinery, erratic
power supply, low productivity of labour and stiff competition are some of the

“Many of our spinners export cotton yarn while apparel manufacturers have to import fabric.”

(i) India has a world class production and quality in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric because
they are fragmented in small units. The mismatch is a major drawback.

(ii) Although the production of staple cotton has increased but we still need to import good quality staple cotton.

(iii) The industries also face erratic power supply problems which decreases labour productivity.

(iv) Then there is a stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry and Jute textiles. The machineries are not
upgrade.

Jute textiles: There are about 80 jute mills in India and most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly in the
Hugli basin. India is the second largest exporter of jute goods after Bangladesh.

Location of Jute industries in Hugli Basin is due to:

(i) Proximity of jute producing areas.

(ii) Cheap water transport supported by a good network.

(iii) Good network of roadways, railways and waterways.

(iv) Abundant water for processing raw jute.

(v) Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states.

(vi) Good banking, insurance and poor facilities in Kolkata.

Sugar: There are over 662 sugar mills in the country. 50% of them are found in Uttar Pradesh and Maharashtra.
Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh and Gujarat are also important producers of sugar in the country.

Major challenges of sugar industry are:

(i) Seasonal nature of the industry.

(ii) Old and inefficient methods of production.

(iii) Transport delay in reaching sugar factories and the need to maximize the use of bagasse.
Shifting of sugar industries to Southern states is because :
Sugarcane that grows there has higher sucrose content.

(i) Favorable climate provides longer crushing period and growing season.

(ii) Cooperatives are successful in these states.

(iii) Modern mills have more crushing capacity.

Manufacturing industries that use minerals as raw material are called mineral-based industries. The iron and steel
industry is the basic industry on which all other industries depend. The production and per capita consumption of
steel is a measure of a country’s economic development.

The main raw materials used in the iron and steel industry are iron ore, coal and limestone. The raw materials and
finished products of iron and steel industries are quite bulky; these industries must be located near the mining
areas of the required minerals and must be connected by a good transport network.

Steel
India is the ninth largest producer of crude steel and the largest producer of sponge iron in the world. India is also
a leading exporter of steel in the world.China has become the world’s largest producer and consumer of steel,
leaving India far behind.

The per capita consumption of steel in India is only 32 kg. There are 10 primary integrated steel plants in India.
These integrated plants handle all stages of steel production, from procurement of basic raw material to producing
finished rolled and shaped steel. India has many mini steel plants that produce customized alloy steel using scrap
iron or sponge iron as raw material.

Most steel manufacturing industries are located in the Chota Nagpur Plateau region because of the availability of
inexpensive, high-grade raw material and abundant cheap labour.

The main challenges faced by the industry in realizing its full potential are limited supply of expensive coking
coal, erratic power supply, and low output of labour and poor infrastructure. The future of India’s iron and steel
industry is bright due to India’s liberalization policy and foreign direct investment in the industry.

Iron and steel industry is the basic industry as:

(i) All the other industries depend on it for their machinery.

(ii) Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods.

(iii) It provides variety of consumer goods.

(iv) Construction material, defense, medical, telephonic, scientific equipments, etc., are the gift of iron and steel
industry.

We have maximum concentration of iron and steel industry in Chota Nagpur Plateau region due to :

(i) Low cost of iron ore. Iron mines are located in the nearby areas.

(ii) High grade raw materials in proximity and other bulky raw materials like, coking coal, limestone are also
available in proximity.

(iii) From the adjoining areas of Bihar, Jharkhand and Odisha, cheap labour is available in abundance.
(iv) This region is well connected with roadways and railways that help in the swift movement of raw materials
and finished goods to the industry and market areas, respectively.

(v) Kolkata is a well developed port that is near to this area.

We are not able to perform to our full potential in the production of iron and steel in India due to

(i) High costs and limited availability of cooking coal.

(ii) Lower productivity of labour.

(iii) Irregular supply of power.

(iv) Poor infrastructure.

The importance of IT sector is as follows:

(i) A major impact of this industry has been an employment generation. The IT industry employed over one
million persons.

(ii) It is encouraging to know that 30 per cent of the people employed in this sector are women.

(iii) This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast
growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.

(iv) The continuous growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of the IT industry in India.

Industries have caused severe pollution of our natural resources. Industries cause environmental degradation
through four main types of pollution, i.e., air pollution, water pollution, land pollution or soil degradation, and
noise pollution.
Smoke contains undesirable gases like carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide, besides solid and
liquid particulate matter, in the form of dust and spray mist, which cause air pollution.

(a) Air pollution affects the health of humans, animals and plants alike and also causes damage to buildings. Air
pollution is caused by the presence of a high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon
monoxide. Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and smelting plants, and
burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories.
(b) Water pollution is caused by the discharge of untreated chemical waste like dyes, detergents, acids, heavy
metals like lead and mercury, pesticides, fertilizers, and plastics from industries, into freshwater bodies like rivers
and lakes. Water pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and effluents discharged into
rivers. The discharge of hot water from thermal power plants into rivers before cooling is called thermal pollution
of water. The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile and dyeing, petroleum, refineries and
electroplating industries that let out dyes, detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury,
pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc., into the water bodies.

Solid wastes like fly ash, phospo-gypsum, and iron and steel slags also cause water pollution. Radioactive waste,
hazardous chemicals, glass, plastic, industrial effluents and non-biodegradable garbage are the main agents of
land pollution. Rainwater falling on polluted land dissolves and carries many of the pollutants further into the
ground and pollutes groundwater.

Noise pollution is due to industrial and construction activities. Machinery, factory equipment, generators, saws
and pneumatic and electric drills cause hearing problems and irritation. Loud noise can lead to irritation, loss of
hearing, and an increase in blood pressure and heart rate. Industrial machinery, construction activities, generators,
and equipment like saws and pneumatic drills are mainly responsible for noise pollution.

One of the most important steps for the control of environmental degradation is treating hot and polluted waste
water from industries before releasing it into our rivers and lakes.
Waste water treatment involves:

(a) Primary treatment through screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.

(b) Secondary treatment through bacterial action to digest harmful chemicals.

(c) Tertiary stage of stirring with chemicals to neutralize remaining harmful waste.

Treated waste water can be recycled for reuse in industrial processes. Rainwater harvesting can be used to meet
the requirements of water for industrial processes.

Legal provisions must be made to regulate the use of groundwater for industrial use. Smoke stacks, filters,
scrubbers, and electrostatic and inertial separators remove a large number of harmful particles from industrial
smoke. The emission of smoke itself from industries can be reduced by using more efficient fuels like oil and
natural gas in place of coal.

Industrial and generator silencers and sound-absorbing material are available to reduce the noise level in
industries. Industrial workers can use earphones and earplugs for individual protection of health and hearing.

National Thermal Power Corporation or NTPC is a major electricity generation and distribution company in India.

NTPC has demonstrated how conservation of environment and natural resources can happen simultaneously with
industrial growth by:

(a) Adopting latest technical knowhow minimizing waste

(b)Providing green cover

(c) Reducing environmental pollution

(d) Continuous monitoring

The pro-active approach adopted by the National Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC) for preserving the natural
environment:

(i) Optimum utilization of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.

(ii) Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.

(iii) Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing the question of special purpose vehicles
for afforestation.

(iv) Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid
waste management.

(v) Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

Ways to reduce industrial pollution are listed below:

(i) Restructuring the manufacturing processes to reduce or eliminate pollutants, through a process called pollution
prevention.

(ii) Creating cooling ponds, which are man-made and are designed to cool the heated water from industries by
evaporation, condensation and radiation.

(iii) Filtration of sewage in water treatment plants attached to industries.

(iv) Instructing industries to be set up far from residential areas.

(v) Backing the constitutional provisions by a number of laws − acts, rules, and
notifications.

Steps to be taken to minimize environmental degradation by industries

(i) Minimizing use of water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages.

(ii) Harvesting of rainwater to meet water requirements.

(iii) Treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds.

(iv) Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators,
fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.

(v) Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.

(vi) Machinery and equipments can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.

(vii) Almost all machineries can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise.

MCQ
1. Which one of the following industries uses limestone as a raw material?
(a) Aluminum (b) Cement (c) Plastic (d) Automobile
2. Which one of the following agencies markets steel for the public sector plants?
(a) HAIL (b) SAIL (c) TATA Steel (d) MNCC
3. Whjch one of the following industries uses bauxite as a raw material?
(a) Aluminum smelting (b) Cement (c) Paper (d) Steel
4. Which one of the following industries manufactures telephones, computers etc?
(a) Steel (b) Electronic (c) Aluminium smelting (d) Information Technology
5. Most of the integrated steel plants in India are located in :-
(a) Malwa Plateau (b) Bundelkhand Plateau (c) Meghalaya Plateau (d) Chotanagpur Plateau
6. Tools, implements, fertilisers, tractors, etc are supplied by:
(a) Government (b) Industry (c) People (d) None of these
7. Which are the two prime factors for the location of aluminium industry?
(a) Market and cheap labour (b) Transport network and unlimited water supply (c) Regular supply of electricity
and an assured source of raw material (d) None of the above
8. pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and
ponds before cooling.
(a) Thermal (b) Industrial (c) Noise (d) Air
9. India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods at second place as an exporter after .
(a) Bangladesh (b) Pakistan (c) China (d) Sri Lanka
10. Which one of the following organizations is responsible for the marketing of steel of the public sector
undertaking?
(a) TISCO (b) IISCO (c) BHEL (d) SAIL
ANSWER:- 1(B), 2(B), 3 (A), 4(B), 5(D), 6(B), 7(C), 8( A), 9(A), 10( D)
VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS(2M)
1. How does manufacturing help in earning foreign exchange?
Ans. Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce and brings in much needed foreign
exchange.
2. What are agglomeration economies?
Ans. Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known
as agglomeration economies.
3. What are consumer industries?
Ans. Consumer industries are the industries that produce goods for direct use by consumers. Example , sugar,
toothpaste, paper, sewing, machines etc.
4. Give one difference between public and private sectors.
Ans. Public sector is owned and operated by government agencies eg BHEL and the industries of the private
sector are owned and operated by individuals or a group of individual TISCO.
5. What are the main problems faced by cotton textile industries?
Ans. Power supply is erratic; machinery needs to be upgraded, low output of labour and stiff competition with
the synthetic fibre industry.
6. Suggest any one way to increase the income of Indian industrial workers.
Ans. Better employment benefit- paid leave, PF, Medical etc.
7. Classify industries on the basis of source of raw materials.
Ans. (I) Agro based industries.
(II) Mineral based industries.
 8. How is iron ore transported from Kudremukh mines to a port near Mangaluru?
Ans. Iron ore is transported as slurry through pipelines.
9. How did the ‘Bailadila' Iron ore field get its name?
Ans. The Bailadila hills look like the hump of an ox, hence the Bailadila name given to the iron ore field.
10. Name the mineral which is used to harden steel during manufacturing.
Ans. Manganese.
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS (3M)
1. Describe the role of industries in the development of agriculture.
Ans: Role of industries in the development of agriculture:
(I) Provides agricultural tools and machines.
(II) Increase agriculture and industrial production
(III) Mechanization of agriculture
(IV) Eradication of unemployment
2. “Industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.” Validate the statement.
Ans After an industrial activity starts in a town, urbanization follows. Industry provides employment to the people
of the area. Population migrates from rural hinterlands to seek jobs, housing and transport facilities are developed
to accommodate these people. Other infrastructural developments take place leading to growth and development
of the town into a city.
3. Highlight any three challenges faced by jute industry.
Ans. (I) stiff competition with Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand in the international market.
(II) There is competition with synthetic fibre that is cheaper.
(III) There is also a concern about increasing productivity and improving the quality of jute products.
4. What are the challenges faced by the sugar industry?
Ans. (I) The industry is seasonal, so getting labour becomes difficult.
(II) India is still using old and inefficient methods of production, thereby, affecting it’s production.
(III) There is a need to maximise the use of baggase to face the problem of power breakup.
5. How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced? Explain various ways.
Ans. I. Minimising the use of water for processing by reusing.
II. Harvesting of rainwater to meet water requirements.
III. Treating hot water and effluent before releasing them in rivers and ponds.
6. “Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development.” Examine the
statement.
Ans. (I) Iron and steel Industry is the basic industry. Since all the other industries- heavy, medium and light,
depend on it for their machinery.
(II) steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods.
(III) It is also needed as construction material, defense, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of
consumer goods.
7. Examine the impact of liberalization on automobile industry in India.
Ans. (I) Automobiles provide vehicles for quick transport of goods, services and passengers.
(II) Foreign direct investment has given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.
LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS (5M)
1. ”The challenge of sustainable development requires control over industrial pollution.” Substantiate the
statement with examples.
Ans. (I)On one hand, industries lead to extensive industrial growth and expansion, on the other hand, these are
also the cause of environmental degradation which prompt to the different type of air and water pollution.
(II) There is an increasing requirement to use a further sustainable model.

(III) Industries must produce eco- friendly products and dump waste responsibly.

(IV) Use of latest technology can help industries to control pollution and lead towards sustainable mode of
operation.
(V) Industries must use reuse- recycle -reduce approach for sustainable development.
2. Describe any three factors affecting location of industry in a region.

Ans. Factors required to set up an industry:

(I) Availability of raw materials: Raw materials should be easily available from nearby areas only.
(II) Labour: labour should be skilled and easily available from the neighbouring areas only.
(III) Power supply: without power supply an industry cannot run, so it should also be available as per the
requirements.
(IV) Market: If it is heavy material and a perishable good, market for the sale of the goods should also be
available in a nearby area only.
3. Why are jute mills concentrated along the Hoogly river? Explain giving reasons.

Ans. Reasons for concentration of jute mills along the Hooghly River:
(I) West Bengal is the storehouse of jute. It produces the highest quantity of jute.
(II) The industry requires a lot of water which is easily available from the Hooghly river.
(III) Cheap labour is easily available because of migrating labour from neighboring states of Bihar and
Odisha.
(IV) Inexpensive water transport in the river Hooghly is available.
(V) A large urban sector in Kolkata provides banking, insurance and loan facilities.

5. Describe the importance of manufacturing industries as a backbone of economic development of the

company.
Ans. Importance of manufacturing industries:
(I) Help in modernising agriculture
(II) Eradication of unemployment and poverty.
(III) Expands trade and commerce
(IV) Brings foreign exchange
(V) Increase standard of living and per capita income.
(VI) Self-sufficiency.
PASSAGE
Industrial locations are complex in nature .These are influenced by availability of raw material, labour,
capital, power and market, etc. It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place.
Consequently, manufacturing activities tends to locate at the most appropriate place where all the
factor of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost. After an industrial
activities starts, urbanization follows. Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus,
industrialisation and urbanisation go hand in hand. Cities provide markets and also provide services
such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice etc. to the industry.
Many industries tend to come together to make use of advantage offered by the urban Centre known
as agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industry agglomeration takes place.
Question:-
1. On what factors is the location of the industry dependent on?
2. What do you understand by agglomeration economies?
3. How do industrialization and urbanization go hand in
hand?
Answer:-
1. It is dependent on availability of raw material, labour, capital, power and market, etc.
2. Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centres
known as agglomeration economies.
3. Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour
consultants and financial advice, etc. to the industry.

MAP WORK
1. Locate the following in the India map
(A) Bhilai-iron and steel plant
(B) Gandhinagar software Technology park
(C) Software technology park in Maharashtra
(D) Iron and steel plant in Jharkhand.
(E) Durgapur- Iron and steel plant
(F) Jamshedpur- Iron and steel plant
(G) Noida- software technology park
 LIFELINE OF NATIONAL ECONOMY
Means of transport and communication—lifelines of our national economy:
They help in—

● increasing cooperation and assistance between countries;

● easy movement of goods and material between countries;
● trade and commerce within the country;
● reducing distances thus bringing the world closer;
● both production and distribution of goods; and
● movement of large number of people and over long distances.

Roadways:
Importance of road transport vis-a-vis rail transport—

● Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railway lines.

● Roads can traverse comparatively more dissected and undulating topography.
● Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slopes and as such can traverse mountains such as the Himalayas.
● Road transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over
short distances.
● It also provides door-to-door service, thus the cost of loading and unloading is much lower.
● Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transport.

● Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways: It’s a major road development project linking Delhi- Kolkata-
Chennai-Mumbai and Delhi by six-lane Super Highways.
● The North-South corridors linking Srinagar (Jammu & Kashmir) and Kanyakumari (Tamil Nadu), and East-
West Corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are part of this project. ‘
● They are made to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.

National Highways:
National Highways link all Major cities of extreme parts of the country. These are the primary road systems and
are maintained by the Central Public Works Department (CPWD). The National Highway 7 between Varanasi
and Kanyakumari is the longest highway of India.

● State Highways: Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters. These roads are constructed
and maintained by State Public Works Department in State and Union Territories.
● District Roads: These roads connect the district headquarters with other places of the district. These roads are
maintained by the Zila Parishad.
● Other Roads: Rural roads, which link rural areas and villages with towns, are classified under this category.
Under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojana scheme special provisions are made so that every village
in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season motorable road.
● Border Roads: Border Roads Organisation constructs and maintains roads in the bordering areas of the
country. These roads are of strategic importance in the northern and northeastern border areas.

Importance of Railways in India:

1. They are the principal mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India.

2. Railways also make it possible to conduct different activities like business, sightseeing, and pilgrimage along
with transportation of goods over longer distances.

3. Indian Railways plays a role of national integration.

4. Railways in India bind the economic life of the country as well as accelerate the development of the industry
and agriculture.

Factors which influence the distribution pattern of Railway network in India:

The distribution pattern of the Railway network in the country has been largely influenced by

1. Physiographic, economic and administrative factors.

2. The density railway network is high in the northern plains because they are vast level land, have high population
density and rich agricultural resources.

3. In the hilly terrains of the peninsular region, railway tracts are laid through low hills, gaps or tunnels therefore
it difficult to construct railway lines.

4. The Himalayan mountainous regions too are unfavorable for the construction of railway lines due to high relief,
sparse population and lack of economic opportunities.

5. It was difficult to lay railway lines on the sandy plain of western Rajasthan, swamps of Gujarat, forested tracks
of Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha and Jharkhand.

Importance of Pipelines in India:

In the past, these were used to transport water to cities and industries.

1. These are used for transporting crude oil, petroleum products and natural gas from oil and natural gas fields to
refineries, fertilizer factories and big thermal power plants.

2. Solids can also be transported through a pipeline when converted into slurry. Because of pipelines refineries
like Barauni, Mathura, Panipat and gas based fertilizer plants could be located in the interiors of India. Initial cost
of laying pipelines is high but subsequent running costs are minimal.

3.It rules out trans-shipment (during transportation) losses or delays.

Three important networks of pipeline transportation in the country:

● From oil field in upper Assam to Kanpur (Uttar Pradesh).

● From Salaya in Gujarat to Jalandhar in Punjab.
● Gas pipeline from Hazira in Gujarat connects Jagdishpur in Uttar Pradesh,

Importance of water transport:

1. Waterways are the cheapest means of transport.

2. They are most suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods.

3. It is a fuel-efficient and environment friendly mode.

The National Waterways by the Government

1. The Ganga river between Allahabad and Haldia (1620 km)-N.W. No.1
2. The Brahmaputra river between Sadiya and Dhubri (891 km)-N.W. No.2
3. The West-Coast Canal in Kerala (Kottapurma-Komman, Udyogamandal and Champakkara canals-205 km)-
N.W. No.3

Major Sea Ports:

1. Kandla: It was the first port developed soon after Independence. It was developed to ease the volume of trade
on the Mumbai port. Kandla is a tidal port.
2. Mumbai: It is the biggest port with a spacious natural and well-sheltered harbour.
3. The Jawaharlal Nehru port: It was planned with a view to decongest the Mumbai port and serve as a hub port
for this region.
4. Martnagao port (Goa): It is the premier iron ore exporting port of the country. This port accounts for about
fifty per cent of India’s iron ore export.
5. New Mangalore port: It export iron ore from Kudremukh mines.
6. Kochi: It is the located at the entrance of a lagoon with a natural harbour.
7. Tuticorin, in Tamil Nadu: This port has a natural harbour. It trades a large variety of cargoes to our
neighbouring countries like Sri Lanka, Maldives, etc.
8. Chennai: It is one of the oldest artificial ports of the country. It is ranked next to Mumbai in terms of the
volume of trade and cargo.
9. Vishakhapatnam: It is the deepest landlocked and well-protected port. This port was developed as a port for
iron ore exports.
10. Paradip port: It is located in Odisha. It specialises in the export of iron ore.
11. Kolkata: It is an inland riverine port. This port serves a very large and rich hinterland of Ganga- Brahmaputra
basin. Being a tidal port, it requires constant dredging of Floogly River.
12. Haldia port: It was developed as a subsidiary port, in order to relieve growing pressure on the Kolkata port.

Importance of Airways:
1. The air travel, today, is the fastest, most comfortable and prestigious mode of transport.

2. It can cover very difficult terrains like high mountains, dreary deserts, dense forests and also long oceanic
stretches with great ease.

3. Air travel has made access easier in the north-eastern part of the country which has big rivers, dissected relief,
dense forests and frequent floods and international frontiers.

Communication:
Two major means of communication in India:

● Personal communication including letter, email, telephone, etc.

● Mass communication including television, radio, press, films, etc.

Different types of mail handled by Indian postal department:

● First class mail: Cards and envelopes are airlifted between stations covering both land and air.
● Second class mail: includes book packets, registered newspapers and periodicals. They are carried by surface
mail, covering land and water transport.

Importance of mass communication:

1. Mass communication provides entertainment.

2. They create awareness among people about various national programmes and policies. They provide variety of
programmes in national, regional and local languages for various categories of people, spread over different parts
of the country.

3. They strengthen democracy in the country by providing news and information to the masses.

4. It helps in agriculture sector by helping farmers by providing them information about new agricultural practices.
5. Doordarshan is the national television channel of India. It is one of the largest terrestrial networks in the world.

6. The largest numbers of newspapers published in the country are in Hindi, followed by English and Urdu. India
is the largest producer of feature films in the world.

International Trade:

● International trade is defined as the exchange of goods and services between two or more countries.
● It is also considered as economic barometer because advancement of international trade of a country leads to
economic prosperity. Income earned from international trade constitutes a major part in the net national
income. Large international trade leads to revival of domestic economy.

Balance of trade:

● The difference between export and import is known as balance of trade.

● If the value of exports is more than the value of imports, it is called favorable balance of trade. And if the
value of imports is greater than the value of exports it is known as unfavorable balance of trade.
● Favorable balance of trade is regarded good for the economic development where as unfavorable balance of
trade is seen harmful for the domestic economy.

Importance of tourism as a trade:

● Tourism in India earns huge Foreign exchange,

● Over 2.6 million foreign tourists visit India every year.
● More than 15 million people are directly engaged in the tourism industry.
● Tourism also promotes national integration,
● It provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
● It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
● Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, cultural tourism, medical
tourism and business tourism.
● Rajasthan, Goa, Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign
tourists in India.
● There is vast potential of tourism development in the north-eastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas,
but due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far

MCQ
1. Which of the following extreme location are connected by the North-East corridor?
A) Mumbai and Nagpur
B) Silchar and Porbandar
C) Mumbai and Kolkatta
D) Nagpur and Siliguri
2. Which mode of transport reduces post shipments losses and delay?
A) Railways
B) Roadways
C) Waterways
D) Pipelines
3. Which of the following state is not connected to H.V.J Pipelines?
A) Madhya Pradesh
B) Maharastra
C) Gujarat
 D) Goa
4. Which one of the following ports is the deepest land locked and well protected port along the east coast?
A) Chennai
B) Vishakhapatnam
C) Tuticorin
D) Paradwip
5. Which of the following port is the oldest port of the eastern coast of india
A) Kolkatta
B) Kandla
C) Chennai
D) Mumbai
6. Countries like Nepal and Bhutan are called?
A) Land locked countries
B) Coastal countries
C) Gulf countries
D) None of these
7. Which one of the following port is a tidal port?
A) Mumbai
B) Kandla
C) New Manglore
D) Vishakhapatnam
8. What location are connected by the North -South corridor?
A) Delhi and Kanya-Kumari
B) Delhi and Mumbai
C) Jabalpur and Madhurai
D) Srinagar and Kanyakumari
9. Which organisation construct main road in border area?
A) NHAI.
B) BRO
C) BFS
D) None of these
10. Which one of the following port was developed to relieve the pressure on kolkatta port
A) Halidia
B) Vishkapatnam
C) Paradwip
D) Kandla
ANSWER:- 1(b), 2(d), 3(b) , 4(b), 5(c), 6(a), 7(b), 8(d), 9(b) , 10(a)
VERY SHORT ANSWER QUESTION(2M)
1. Name the southern terminal station of the North South corridor?
Ans Kanyakumari
2. Name the river which is related to national water way no. 1?
Ans Ganga
3. Name the river related to national waterway no. 2?
Ans Brahmaputra
4. What is new arrival on the transport map of India?
 Ans pipeline transport network
5. Name first sea port developed after independence on the Western coast of India?
Ans Kandla.
6. Name the state related to national waterways no. 3?
Ans Kerala
7. Which is oldest artificial port of India?
Ans. Chennai
8. Name the inland riverine major sea port of India?
Ans kolkatta
9. Write the name of international airport of Mumbai?
Ans Chatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Airport
10. Which is the deepest land locked well protected sea port of India?
Ans Vishakhapatnam

SHORT ANSWER QUESTION(3M)

1. Tourism industry in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. support the statement?
Ans. A) Than 50 million people is directly engaged tourism industry.
B) Tourism also promotes national integration and provide support to local handicraft.
C) it also help in development of international understanding about our cultural and heritage .
2. Rail transport suffers from certain problem in India. Support the statements with example?
Ans. A) Many passenger travel without ticket.
B) Theft and damaging of railway property.
C) Late running of train.
D) Unnecessary chain pulling.
3. What is pipeline transportation? Write its merit and demerit
Ans. Pipeline transport network is the new mode of transport used in these days in the past, pipelines where used
to transport water to Cities and Industries now this is used for transporting Crude Oil Petroleum products and
natural gas from oil and natural gas field to refinery , fertilizer factory and big thermal power plant. Solid can also
be transferred through Pipeline when converted into slurry.
Merits
1. useful in transporting liquid and solid slurry from far away location.
2. Subsequent running cost after laying down the network are minimal.
3. It rules out transshipment loss .
Demerits
1. Initial cost of plane pipeline is high.
 2. Pipelines can burst or even have leakage leading to wastage of valuable resource like water Mineral oil etc.

4. Which three highway are included in super highway of India?

Ans. i. Golden Quadilateral: links Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai, Chennai by a six lane super highways.
ii. The North South corridor: links Sri-Nagar to Kanyakumari.
iii. The east west corridor: links Silchar to Assam.
5. Why do movements of goods and service from one place to another require fast and efficient means of
transport? Explain with example.
Ans. i. We use different material and service in our daily life. Some of these are amiable in our immediate
surroundings, while other requirements are met by bringing thing from other places.
ii. The product comes to consumer by transportation.
iii. The pace of development of a country depends upon the production of goods and service as well as their
movements over space.
6. Evaluate any three feature of golden quadilateral.
Ans. i. It is six lane superhighway.
ii. It has the objective to reduce time and distance between mega cities.
iii. It is implemented by NHAI for quick and comfortable movements of goods and passenger in India.
7. Define the term ‘tourism’. Why tourism known as a trade? Explain.
Ans. i. Tourism is “the cultural, recreational and commercial visit to place of interest in a country.
ii. Tourism is known as trade because
iii. More than 15 million people are directly engaged in a tourism industry.
iv. Tourism provides supports to local handicraft.
v. It helps in the growth of national income and integrity.
8. Means of transport and communication called the lifeline of a nation and its economy. Why?
Ans. i. Movements of goods and services from their supply location to demand location necessitates the need for
transport.
ii. The pace of country depends upon the production of goods and service as well as their movement over space
9. “Airways is the most preferred mode of transport in North – eastern sated of India”.Give reason.
Ans. i. The North eastern part of the country is marked with the presence of big river, dissected relief and dense
forest hence, it is difficult to construct roads and railways lines there.
ii. Air travel has made access to North-eastern part of country easier and quicker
iii. There are frequent flood and international frontier, which require immediate and quick attention from
government authorities, flood also damage road and railways lines.
LONG ANSWER QUESTION (5M)
1. Explain with example the role of means of transport and communication in making our life prosperous
and comfortable?
Ans.i. Efficient means of transport are prerequisite for fast development
ii. Today the world has converted into large village with the help of efficient and fast moving transport.
iii. We can proudly say that India is well linked with the rest of the world despite of it’s large size
iv. Railways, newspaper, media, waterways, transport, radio etc has been contributing to the socio- economic
progress in many ways
v. The trades from local to international levels have added to the vatality of it’s economy
vi. It has enriched our lives and added substantially to growth and comfort
2. Compare and contrast the merits and demerits of roadways with those of railways
Ans. Construction time and construction cost of roadways are much less than railways
i. Road can transverse comparatively more dissected and dulating topography which is
limitation of railways roads can negotiate higher gradient of slope and as such can
transverse mountains like Himalaya, whereas the mountains region is unfavorable for
construction of railways
ii. Road transport are economical in transportation of few person and relatively smaller
amount of good over short distance , whereas railways is suitable for long distance
transport and carrying large amount people
iii. Road provide door to door service, thus cost of loading and unloading is much lower
but railways have nit reached everywhere, still there are place that places which are
yet to be connected with the railways.
3. “International trade is considered the economic barometer of a country”. Justify the statements with
arguments
Ans.i. Advancement of international trade is the index of prosperity of a country
ii. As the resource is space bound, no country can survive without international trade
iii. The balance of trade of country is the difference between the import and export
iv. The increase of export over import is favourable trade
v. India has emerged as a software giant at international level
vi. India has earned large foreign exchange through the export of IT
4. Explain with example the condition responsible for uneven distribution pattern of the railways network in
India.
Ans. Physical and economic factor have influence the distribution pattern of the Indian Railways network:
1. Northern plains: vast level land, high production density and rich agriculture resource
provided the development of railways in these plains. However a large number of river
requiring construction of bridge across their wide banks posed some obstacles.
2. Peninsular region and the Himalayan region : the railways tracks are laid through low hills,
gaps and tunnels. The Himalayan mountains regions are unfavourable for the construction
of railways lines due to high relief, sparse population and lack of economic opportunities.
3. Swamps of Gujarat, forested tracks of Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, and
Jharkhand, are also not suitable for the development of railways.
 4. Peninsular plateau rich in minerals promotes industrial developments, encouraging the
railways tracks.
MAP WORK
Locate and label the following features on the outline map of India
(A) Tuticorin port
(B) Rajiv Gandhi international airport
(C) Paradwip port
(D) Kandla
(E) Manglore
(F) Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose international airport
(G) Raja sansi international airport

PASSAGE
Mass Communication provides entertainment and create awareness among people about various National
programmes and policies. it includes videos ,television, newspaper magazine ,book, and films. All India Radio
Akashvani broadcast a variety of program in National, regional and local language for various categories of
people spread over different part of our country. Dordarshan the national television channel of India is one of
the largest Terrestrial network in the world it and it broadcast a variety of programs from entertainment,
educational to sports etc for people of different age group.
India public a large number of newspapers and periodicals annually they are of different type depending upon
their periodicity. Newspaper a public in the hundred language and dialect
Question
1. which radio broadcast a variety of programmes in national, regional, and local, language, for various
categories of people, to different and part of India
2. Which television channel of India is one of the largest terrestrial network in the world?
3. What is the purpose of mass communication other than entertainment?
Answer
1. All India radio ( aakashwani) .
2. Doordarshan .
3. It also creates awareness among people about various national programme and policies.